summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt
blob: d6bc68bdb68287f34abcdc46b53c10808e8bf273 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972
8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986
8987
8988
8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997
8998
8999
9000
9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021
9022
9023
9024
9025
9026
9027
9028
9029
9030
9031
9032
9033
9034
9035
9036
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043
9044
9045
9046
9047
9048
9049
9050
9051
9052
9053
9054
9055
9056
9057
9058
9059
9060
9061
9062
9063
9064
9065
9066
9067
9068
9069
9070
9071
9072
9073
9074
9075
9076
9077
9078
9079
9080
9081
9082
9083
9084
9085
9086
9087
9088
9089
9090
9091
9092
9093
9094
9095
9096
9097
9098
9099
9100
9101
9102
9103
9104
9105
9106
9107
9108
9109
9110
9111
9112
9113
9114
9115
9116
9117
9118
9119
9120
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9127
9128
9129
9130
9131
9132
9133
9134
9135
9136
9137
9138
9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155
9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170
9171
9172
9173
9174
9175
9176
9177
9178
9179
9180
9181
9182
9183
9184
9185
9186
9187
9188
9189
9190
9191
9192
9193
9194
9195
9196
9197
9198
9199
9200
9201
9202
9203
9204
9205
9206
9207
9208
9209
9210
9211
9212
9213
9214
9215
9216
9217
9218
9219
9220
9221
9222
9223
9224
9225
9226
9227
9228
9229
9230
9231
9232
9233
9234
9235
9236
9237
9238
9239
9240
9241
9242
9243
9244
9245
9246
9247
9248
9249
9250
9251
9252
9253
9254
9255
9256
9257
9258
9259
9260
9261
9262
9263
9264
9265
9266
9267
9268
9269
9270
9271
9272
9273
9274
9275
9276
9277
9278
9279
9280
9281
9282
9283
9284
9285
9286
9287
9288
9289
9290
9291
9292
9293
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9300
9301
9302
9303
9304
9305
9306
9307
9308
9309
9310
9311
9312
9313
9314
9315
9316
9317
9318
9319
9320
9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335
9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346
9347
9348
9349
9350
9351
9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371
9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385
9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
9403
9404
9405
9406
9407
9408
9409
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418
9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
9437
9438
9439
9440
9441
9442
9443
9444
9445
9446
9447
9448
9449
9450
9451
9452
9453
9454
9455
9456
9457
9458
9459
9460
9461
9462
9463
9464
9465
9466
9467
9468
9469
9470
9471
9472
9473
9474
9475
9476
9477
9478
9479
9480
9481
9482
9483
9484
9485
9486
9487
9488
9489
9490
9491
9492
9493
9494
9495
9496
9497
9498
9499
9500
9501
9502
9503
9504
9505
9506
9507
9508
9509
9510
9511
9512
9513
9514
9515
9516
9517
9518
9519
9520
9521
9522
9523
9524
9525
9526
9527
9528
9529
9530
9531
9532
9533
9534
9535
9536
9537
9538
9539
9540
9541
9542
9543
9544
9545
9546
9547
9548
9549
9550
9551
9552
9553
9554
9555
9556
9557
9558
9559
9560
9561
9562
9563
9564
9565
9566
9567
9568
9569
9570
9571
9572
9573
9574
9575
9576
9577
9578
9579
9580
9581
9582
9583
9584
9585
9586
9587
9588
9589
9590
9591
9592
9593
9594
9595
9596
9597
9598
9599
9600
9601
9602
9603
9604
9605
9606
9607
9608
9609
9610
9611
9612
9613
9614
9615
9616
9617
9618
9619
9620
9621
9622
9623
9624
9625
9626
9627
9628
9629
9630
9631
9632
9633
9634
9635
9636
9637
9638
9639
9640
9641
9642
9643
9644
9645
9646
9647
9648
9649
9650
9651
9652
9653
9654
9655
9656
9657
9658
9659
9660
9661
9662
9663
9664
9665
9666
9667
9668
9669
9670
9671
9672
9673
9674
9675
9676
9677
9678
9679
9680
9681
9682
9683
9684
9685
9686
9687
9688
9689
9690
9691
9692
9693
9694
9695
9696
9697
9698
9699
9700
9701
9702
9703
9704
9705
9706
9707
9708
9709
9710
9711
9712
9713
9714
9715
9716
9717
9718
9719
9720
9721
9722
9723
9724
9725
9726
9727
9728
9729
9730
9731
9732
9733
9734
9735
9736
9737
9738
9739
9740
9741
9742
9743
9744
9745
9746
9747
9748
9749
9750
9751
9752
9753
9754
9755
9756
9757
9758
9759
9760
9761
9762
9763
9764
9765
9766
9767
9768
9769
9770
9771
9772
9773
9774
9775
9776
9777
9778
9779
9780
9781
9782
9783
9784
9785
9786
9787
9788
9789
9790
9791
9792
9793
9794
9795
9796
9797
9798
9799
9800
9801
9802
9803
9804
9805
9806
9807
9808
9809
9810
9811
9812
9813
9814
9815
9816
9817
9818
9819
9820
9821
9822
9823
9824
9825
9826
9827
9828
9829
9830
9831
9832
9833
9834
9835
9836
9837
9838
9839
9840
9841
9842
9843
9844
9845
9846
9847
9848
9849
9850
9851
9852
9853
9854
9855
9856
9857
9858
9859
9860
9861
9862
9863
9864
9865
9866
9867
9868
9869
9870
9871
9872
9873
9874
9875
9876
9877
9878
9879
9880
9881
9882
9883
9884
9885
9886
9887
9888
9889
9890
9891
9892
9893
9894
9895
9896
9897
9898
9899
9900
9901
9902
9903
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
9909
9910
9911
9912
9913
9914
9915
9916
9917
9918
9919
9920
9921
9922
9923
9924
9925
9926
9927
9928
9929
9930
9931
9932
9933
9934
9935
9936
9937
9938
9939
9940
9941
9942
9943
9944
9945
9946
9947
9948
9949
9950
9951
9952
9953
9954
9955
9956
9957
9958
9959
9960
9961
9962
9963
9964
9965
9966
9967
9968
9969
9970
9971
9972
9973
9974
9975
9976
9977
9978
9979
9980
9981
9982
9983
9984
9985
9986
9987
9988
9989
9990
9991
9992
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
9999
10000
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
10007
10008
10009
10010
10011
10012
10013
10014
10015
10016
10017
10018
10019
10020
10021
10022
10023
10024
10025
10026
10027
10028
10029
10030
10031
10032
10033
10034
10035
10036
10037
10038
10039
10040
10041
10042
10043
10044
10045
10046
10047
10048
10049
10050
10051
10052
10053
10054
10055
10056
10057
10058
10059
10060
10061
10062
10063
10064
10065
10066
10067
10068
10069
10070
10071
10072
10073
10074
10075
10076
10077
10078
10079
10080
10081
10082
10083
10084
10085
10086
10087
10088
10089
10090
10091
10092
10093
10094
10095
10096
10097
10098
10099
10100
10101
10102
10103
10104
10105
10106
10107
10108
10109
10110
10111
10112
10113
10114
10115
10116
10117
10118
10119
10120
10121
10122
10123
10124
10125
10126
10127
10128
10129
10130
10131
10132
10133
10134
10135
10136
10137
10138
10139
10140
10141
10142
10143
10144
10145
10146
10147
10148
10149
10150
10151
10152
10153
10154
10155
10156
10157
10158
10159
10160
10161
10162
10163
10164
10165
10166
10167
10168
10169
10170
10171
10172
10173
10174
10175
10176
10177
10178
10179
10180
10181
10182
10183
10184
10185
10186
10187
10188
10189
10190
10191
10192
10193
10194
10195
10196
10197
10198
10199
10200
10201
10202
10203
10204
10205
10206
10207
10208
10209
10210
10211
10212
10213
10214
10215
10216
10217
10218
10219
10220
10221
10222
10223
10224
10225
10226
10227
10228
10229
10230
10231
10232
10233
10234
10235
10236
10237
10238
10239
10240
10241
10242
10243
10244
10245
10246
10247
10248
10249
10250
10251
10252
10253
10254
10255
10256
10257
10258
10259
10260
10261
10262
10263
10264
10265
10266
10267
10268
10269
10270
10271
10272
10273
10274
10275
10276
10277
10278
10279
10280
10281
10282
10283
10284
10285
10286
10287
10288
10289
10290
10291
10292
10293
10294
10295
10296
10297
10298
10299
10300
10301
10302
10303
10304
10305
10306
10307
10308
10309
10310
10311
10312
10313
10314
10315
10316
10317
10318
10319
10320
10321
10322
10323
10324
10325
10326
10327
10328
10329
10330
10331
10332
10333
10334
10335
10336
10337
10338
10339
10340
10341
10342
10343
10344
10345
10346
10347
10348
10349
10350
10351
10352
10353
10354
10355
10356
10357
10358
10359
10360
10361
10362
10363
10364
10365
10366
10367
10368
10369
10370
10371
10372
10373
10374
10375
10376
10377
10378
10379
10380
10381
10382
10383
10384
10385
10386
10387
10388
10389
10390
10391
10392
10393
10394
10395
10396
10397
10398
10399
10400
10401
10402
10403
10404
10405
10406
10407
10408
10409
10410
10411
10412
10413
10414
10415
10416
10417
10418
10419
10420
10421
10422
10423
10424
10425
10426
10427
10428
10429
10430
10431
10432
10433
10434
10435
10436
10437
10438
10439
10440
10441
10442
10443
10444
10445
10446
10447
10448
10449
10450
10451
10452
10453
10454
10455
10456
10457
10458
10459
10460
10461
10462
10463
10464
10465
10466
10467
10468
10469
10470
10471
10472
10473
10474
10475
10476
10477
10478
10479
10480
10481
10482
10483
10484
10485
10486
10487
10488
10489
10490
10491
10492
10493
10494
10495
10496
10497
10498
10499
10500
10501
10502
10503
10504
10505
10506
10507
10508
10509
10510
10511
10512
10513
10514
10515
10516
10517
10518
10519
10520
10521
10522
10523
10524
10525
10526
10527
10528
10529
10530
10531
10532
10533
10534
10535
10536
10537
10538
10539
10540
10541
10542
10543
10544
10545
10546
10547
10548
10549
10550
10551
10552
10553
10554
10555
10556
10557
10558
10559
10560
10561
10562
10563
10564
10565
10566
10567
10568
10569
10570
10571
10572
10573
10574
10575
10576
10577
10578
10579
10580
10581
10582
10583
10584
10585
10586
10587
10588
10589
10590
10591
10592
10593
10594
10595
10596
10597
10598
10599
10600
10601
10602
10603
10604
10605
10606
10607
10608
10609
10610
10611
10612
10613
10614
10615
10616
10617
10618
10619
10620
10621
10622
10623
10624
10625
10626
10627
10628
10629
10630
10631
10632
10633
10634
10635
10636
10637
10638
10639
10640
10641
10642
10643
10644
10645
10646
10647
10648
10649
10650
10651
10652
10653
10654
10655
10656
10657
10658
10659
10660
10661
10662
10663
10664
10665
10666
10667
10668
10669
10670
10671
10672
10673
10674
10675
10676
10677
10678
10679
10680
10681
10682
10683
10684
10685
10686
10687
10688
10689
10690
10691
10692
10693
10694
10695
10696
10697
10698
10699
10700
10701
10702
10703
10704
10705
10706
10707
10708
10709
10710
10711
10712
10713
10714
10715
10716
10717
10718
10719
10720
10721
10722
10723
10724
10725
10726
10727
10728
10729
10730
10731
10732
10733
10734
10735
10736
10737
10738
10739
10740
10741
10742
10743
10744
10745
10746
10747
10748
10749
10750
10751
10752
10753
10754
10755
10756
10757
10758
10759
10760
10761
10762
10763
10764
10765
10766
10767
10768
10769
10770
10771
10772
10773
10774
10775
10776
10777
10778
10779
10780
10781
10782
10783
10784
10785
10786
10787
10788
10789
10790
10791
10792
10793
10794
10795
10796
10797
10798
10799
10800
10801
10802
10803
10804
10805
10806
10807
10808
10809
10810
10811
10812
10813
10814
10815
10816
10817
10818
10819
10820
10821
10822
10823
10824
10825
10826
10827
10828
10829
10830
10831
10832
10833
10834
10835
10836
10837
10838
10839
10840
10841
10842
10843
10844
10845
10846
10847
10848
10849
10850
10851
10852
10853
10854
10855
10856
10857
10858
10859
10860
10861
10862
10863
10864
10865
10866
10867
10868
10869
10870
10871
10872
10873
10874
10875
10876
10877
10878
10879
10880
10881
10882
10883
10884
10885
10886
10887
10888
10889
10890
10891
10892
10893
10894
10895
10896
10897
10898
10899
10900
10901
10902
10903
10904
10905
10906
10907
10908
10909
10910
10911
10912
10913
10914
10915
10916
10917
10918
10919
10920
10921
10922
10923
10924
10925
10926
10927
10928
10929
10930
10931
10932
10933
10934
10935
10936
10937
10938
10939
10940
10941
10942
10943
10944
10945
10946
10947
10948
10949
10950
10951
10952
10953
10954
10955
10956
10957
10958
10959
10960
10961
10962
10963
10964
10965
10966
10967
10968
10969
10970
10971
10972
10973
10974
10975
10976
10977
10978
10979
10980
10981
10982
10983
10984
10985
10986
10987
10988
10989
10990
10991
10992
10993
10994
10995
10996
10997
10998
10999
11000
11001
11002
11003
11004
11005
11006
11007
11008
11009
11010
11011
11012
11013
11014
11015
11016
11017
11018
11019
11020
11021
11022
11023
11024
11025
11026
11027
11028
11029
11030
11031
11032
11033
11034
11035
11036
11037
11038
11039
11040
11041
11042
11043
11044
11045
11046
11047
11048
11049
11050
11051
11052
11053
11054
11055
11056
11057
11058
11059
11060
11061
11062
11063
11064
11065
11066
11067
11068
11069
11070
11071
11072
11073
11074
11075
11076
11077
11078
11079
11080
11081
11082
11083
11084
11085
11086
11087
11088
11089
11090
11091
11092
11093
11094
11095
11096
11097
11098
11099
11100
11101
11102
11103
11104
11105
11106
11107
11108
11109
11110
11111
11112
11113
11114
11115
11116
11117
11118
11119
11120
11121
11122
11123
11124
11125
11126
11127
11128
11129
11130
11131
11132
11133
11134
11135
11136
11137
11138
11139
11140
11141
11142
11143
11144
11145
11146
11147
11148
11149
11150
11151
11152
11153
11154
11155
11156
11157
11158
11159
11160
11161
11162
11163
11164
11165
11166
11167
11168
11169
11170
11171
11172
11173
11174
11175
11176
11177
11178
11179
11180
11181
11182
11183
11184
11185
11186
11187
11188
11189
11190
11191
11192
11193
11194
11195
11196
11197
11198
11199
11200
11201
11202
11203
11204
11205
11206
11207
11208
11209
11210
11211
11212
11213
11214
11215
11216
11217
11218
11219
11220
11221
11222
11223
11224
11225
11226
11227
11228
11229
11230
11231
11232
11233
11234
11235
11236
11237
11238
11239
11240
11241
11242
11243
11244
11245
11246
11247
11248
11249
11250
11251
11252
11253
11254
11255
11256
11257
11258
11259
11260
11261
11262
11263
11264
11265
11266
11267
11268
11269
11270
11271
11272
11273
11274
11275
11276
11277
11278
11279
11280
11281
11282
11283
11284
11285
11286
11287
11288
11289
11290
11291
11292
11293
11294
11295
11296
11297
11298
11299
11300
11301
11302
11303
11304
11305
11306
11307
11308
11309
11310
11311
11312
11313
11314
11315
11316
11317
11318
11319
11320
11321
11322
11323
11324
11325
11326
11327
11328
11329
11330
11331
11332
11333
11334
11335
11336
11337
11338
11339
11340
11341
11342
11343
11344
11345
11346
11347
11348
11349
11350
11351
11352
11353
11354
11355
11356
11357
11358
11359
11360
11361
11362
11363
11364
11365
11366
11367
11368
11369
11370
11371
11372
11373
11374
11375
11376
11377
11378
11379
11380
11381
11382
11383
11384
11385
11386
11387
11388
11389
11390
11391
11392
11393
11394
11395
11396
11397
11398
11399
11400
11401
11402
11403
11404
11405
11406
11407
11408
11409
11410
11411
11412
11413
11414
11415
11416
11417
11418
11419
11420
11421
11422
11423
11424
11425
11426
11427
11428
11429
11430
11431
11432
11433
11434
11435
11436
11437
11438
11439
11440
11441
11442
11443
11444
11445
11446
11447
11448
11449
11450
11451
11452
11453
11454
11455
11456
11457
11458
11459
11460
11461
11462
11463
11464
11465
11466
11467
11468
11469
11470
11471
11472
11473
11474
11475
11476
11477
11478
11479
11480
11481
11482
11483
11484
11485
11486
11487
11488
11489
11490
11491
11492
11493
11494
11495
11496
11497
11498
11499
11500
11501
11502
11503
11504
11505
11506
11507
11508
11509
11510
11511
11512
11513
11514
11515
11516
11517
11518
11519
11520
11521
11522
11523
11524
11525
11526
11527
11528
11529
11530
11531
11532
11533
11534
11535
11536
11537
11538
11539
11540
11541
11542
11543
11544
11545
11546
11547
11548
11549
11550
11551
11552
11553
11554
11555
11556
11557
11558
11559
11560
11561
11562
11563
11564
11565
11566
11567
11568
11569
11570
11571
11572
11573
11574
11575
11576
11577
11578
11579
11580
11581
11582
11583
11584
11585
11586
11587
11588
11589
11590
11591
11592
11593
11594
11595
11596
11597
11598
11599
11600
11601
11602
11603
11604
11605
11606
11607
11608
11609
11610
11611
11612
11613
11614
11615
11616
11617
11618
11619
11620
11621
11622
11623
11624
11625
11626
11627
11628
11629
11630
11631
11632
11633
11634
11635
11636
11637
11638
11639
11640
11641
11642
11643
11644
11645
11646
11647
11648
11649
11650
11651
11652
11653
11654
11655
11656
11657
11658
11659
11660
11661
11662
11663
11664
11665
11666
11667
11668
11669
11670
11671
11672
11673
11674
11675
11676
11677
11678
11679
11680
11681
11682
11683
11684
11685
11686
11687
11688
11689
11690
11691
11692
11693
11694
11695
11696
11697
11698
11699
11700
11701
11702
11703
11704
11705
11706
11707
11708
11709
11710
11711
11712
11713
11714
11715
11716
11717
11718
11719
11720
11721
11722
11723
11724
11725
11726
11727
11728
11729
11730
11731
11732
11733
11734
11735
11736
11737
11738
11739
11740
11741
11742
11743
11744
11745
11746
11747
11748
11749
11750
11751
11752
11753
11754
11755
11756
11757
11758
11759
11760
11761
11762
11763
11764
11765
11766
11767
11768
11769
11770
11771
11772
11773
11774
11775
11776
11777
11778
11779
11780
11781
11782
11783
11784
11785
11786
11787
11788
11789
11790
11791
11792
11793
11794
11795
11796
11797
11798
11799
11800
11801
11802
11803
11804
11805
11806
11807
11808
11809
11810
11811
11812
11813
11814
11815
11816
11817
11818
11819
11820
11821
11822
11823
11824
11825
11826
11827
11828
11829
11830
11831
11832
11833
11834
11835
11836
11837
11838
11839
11840
11841
11842
11843
11844
11845
11846
11847
11848
11849
11850
11851
11852
11853
11854
11855
11856
11857
11858
11859
11860
11861
11862
11863
11864
11865
11866
11867
11868
11869
11870
11871
11872
11873
11874
11875
11876
11877
11878
11879
11880
11881
11882
11883
11884
11885
11886
11887
11888
11889
11890
11891
11892
11893
11894
11895
11896
11897
11898
11899
11900
11901
11902
11903
11904
11905
11906
11907
11908
11909
11910
11911
11912
11913
11914
11915
11916
11917
11918
11919
11920
11921
11922
11923
11924
11925
11926
11927
11928
11929
11930
11931
11932
11933
11934
11935
11936
11937
11938
11939
11940
11941
11942
11943
11944
11945
11946
11947
11948
11949
11950
11951
11952
11953
11954
11955
11956
11957
11958
11959
11960
11961
11962
11963
11964
11965
11966
11967
11968
11969
11970
11971
11972
11973
11974
11975
11976
11977
11978
11979
11980
11981
11982
11983
11984
11985
11986
11987
11988
11989
11990
11991
11992
11993
11994
11995
11996
11997
11998
11999
12000
12001
12002
12003
12004
12005
12006
12007
12008
12009
12010
12011
12012
12013
12014
12015
12016
12017
12018
12019
12020
12021
12022
12023
12024
12025
12026
12027
12028
12029
12030
12031
12032
12033
12034
12035
12036
12037
12038
12039
12040
12041
12042
12043
12044
12045
12046
12047
12048
12049
12050
12051
12052
12053
12054
12055
12056
12057
12058
12059
12060
12061
12062
12063
12064
12065
12066
12067
12068
12069
12070
12071
12072
12073
12074
12075
12076
12077
12078
12079
12080
12081
12082
12083
12084
12085
12086
12087
12088
12089
12090
12091
12092
12093
12094
12095
12096
12097
12098
12099
12100
12101
12102
12103
12104
12105
12106
12107
12108
12109
12110
12111
12112
12113
12114
12115
12116
12117
12118
12119
12120
12121
12122
12123
12124
12125
12126
12127
12128
12129
12130
12131
12132
12133
12134
12135
12136
12137
12138
12139
12140
12141
12142
12143
12144
12145
12146
12147
12148
12149
12150
12151
12152
12153
12154
12155
12156
12157
12158
12159
12160
12161
12162
12163
12164
12165
12166
12167
12168
12169
12170
12171
12172
12173
12174
12175
12176
12177
12178
12179
12180
12181
12182
12183
12184
12185
12186
12187
12188
12189
12190
12191
12192
12193
12194
12195
12196
12197
12198
12199
12200
12201
12202
12203
12204
12205
12206
12207
12208
12209
12210
12211
12212
12213
12214
12215
12216
12217
12218
12219
12220
12221
12222
12223
12224
12225
12226
12227
12228
12229
12230
12231
12232
12233
12234
12235
12236
12237
12238
12239
12240
12241
12242
12243
12244
12245
12246
12247
12248
12249
12250
12251
12252
12253
12254
12255
12256
12257
12258
12259
12260
12261
12262
12263
12264
12265
12266
12267
12268
12269
12270
12271
12272
12273
12274
12275
12276
12277
12278
12279
12280
12281
12282
12283
12284
12285
12286
12287
12288
12289
12290
12291
12292
12293
12294
12295
12296
12297
12298
12299
12300
12301
12302
12303
12304
12305
12306
12307
12308
12309
12310
12311
12312
12313
12314
12315
12316
12317
12318
12319
12320
12321
12322
12323
12324
12325
12326
12327
12328
12329
12330
12331
12332
12333
12334
12335
12336
12337
12338
12339
12340
12341
12342
12343
12344
12345
12346
12347
12348
12349
12350
12351
12352
12353
12354
12355
12356
12357
12358
12359
12360
12361
12362
12363
12364
12365
12366
12367
12368
12369
12370
12371
12372
12373
12374
12375
12376
12377
12378
12379
12380
12381
12382
12383
12384
12385
12386
12387
12388
12389
12390
12391
12392
12393
12394
12395
12396
12397
12398
12399
12400
12401
12402
12403
12404
12405
12406
12407
12408
12409
12410
12411
12412
12413
12414
12415
12416
12417
12418
12419
12420
12421
12422
12423
12424
12425
12426
12427
12428
12429
12430
12431
12432
12433
12434
12435
12436
12437
12438
12439
12440
12441
12442
12443
12444
12445
12446
12447
12448
12449
12450
12451
12452
12453
12454
12455
12456
12457
12458
12459
12460
12461
12462
12463
12464
12465
12466
12467
12468
12469
12470
12471
12472
12473
12474
12475
12476
12477
12478
12479
12480
12481
12482
12483
12484
12485
12486
12487
12488
12489
12490
12491
12492
12493
12494
12495
12496
12497
12498
12499
12500
12501
12502
12503
12504
12505
12506
12507
12508
12509
12510
12511
12512
12513
12514
12515
12516
12517
12518
12519
12520
12521
12522
12523
12524
12525
12526
12527
12528
12529
12530
12531
12532
12533
12534
12535
12536
12537
12538
12539
12540
12541
12542
12543
12544
12545
12546
12547
12548
12549
12550
12551
12552
12553
12554
12555
12556
12557
12558
12559
12560
12561
12562
12563
12564
12565
12566
12567
12568
12569
12570
12571
12572
12573
12574
12575
12576
12577
12578
12579
12580
12581
12582
12583
12584
12585
12586
12587
12588
12589
12590
12591
12592
12593
12594
12595
12596
12597
12598
12599
12600
12601
12602
12603
12604
12605
12606
12607
12608
12609
12610
12611
12612
12613
12614
12615
12616
12617
12618
12619
12620
12621
12622
12623
12624
12625
12626
12627
12628
12629
12630
12631
12632
12633
12634
12635
12636
12637
12638
12639
12640
12641
12642
12643
12644
12645
12646
12647
12648
12649
12650
12651
12652
12653
12654
12655
12656
12657
12658
12659
12660
12661
12662
12663
12664
12665
12666
12667
12668
12669
12670
12671
12672
12673
12674
12675
12676
12677
12678
12679
12680
12681
12682
12683
12684
12685
12686
12687
12688
12689
12690
12691
12692
12693
12694
12695
12696
12697
12698
12699
12700
12701
12702
12703
12704
12705
12706
12707
12708
12709
12710
12711
12712
12713
12714
12715
12716
12717
12718
12719
12720
12721
12722
12723
12724
12725
12726
12727
12728
12729
12730
12731
12732
12733
12734
12735
12736
12737
12738
12739
12740
12741
12742
12743
12744
12745
12746
12747
12748
12749
12750
12751
12752
12753
12754
12755
12756
12757
12758
12759
12760
12761
12762
12763
12764
12765
12766
12767
12768
12769
12770
12771
12772
12773
12774
12775
12776
12777
12778
12779
12780
12781
12782
12783
12784
12785
12786
12787
12788
12789
12790
12791
12792
12793
12794
12795
12796
12797
12798
12799
12800
12801
12802
12803
12804
12805
12806
12807
12808
12809
12810
12811
12812
12813
12814
12815
12816
12817
12818
12819
12820
12821
12822
12823
12824
12825
12826
12827
12828
12829
12830
12831
12832
12833
12834
12835
12836
12837
12838
12839
12840
12841
12842
12843
12844
12845
12846
12847
12848
12849
12850
12851
12852
12853
12854
12855
12856
12857
12858
12859
12860
12861
12862
12863
12864
12865
12866
12867
12868
12869
12870
12871
12872
12873
12874
12875
12876
12877
12878
12879
12880
12881
12882
12883
12884
12885
12886
12887
12888
12889
12890
12891
12892
12893
12894
12895
12896
12897
12898
12899
12900
12901
12902
12903
12904
12905
12906
12907
12908
12909
12910
12911
12912
12913
12914
12915
12916
12917
12918
12919
12920
12921
12922
12923
12924
12925
12926
12927
12928
12929
12930
12931
12932
12933
12934
12935
12936
12937
12938
12939
12940
12941
12942
12943
12944
12945
12946
12947
12948
12949
12950
12951
12952
12953
12954
12955
12956
12957
12958
12959
12960
12961
12962
12963
12964
12965
12966
12967
12968
12969
12970
12971
12972
12973
12974
12975
12976
12977
12978
12979
12980
12981
12982
12983
12984
12985
12986
12987
12988
12989
12990
12991
12992
12993
12994
12995
12996
12997
12998
12999
13000
13001
13002
13003
13004
13005
13006
13007
13008
13009
13010
13011
13012
13013
13014
13015
13016
13017
13018
13019
13020
13021
13022
13023
13024
13025
13026
13027
13028
13029
13030
13031
13032
13033
13034
13035
13036
13037
13038
13039
13040
13041
13042
13043
13044
13045
13046
13047
13048
13049
13050
13051
13052
13053
13054
13055
13056
13057
13058
13059
13060
13061
13062
13063
13064
13065
13066
13067
13068
13069
13070
13071
13072
13073
13074
13075
13076
13077
13078
13079
13080
13081
13082
13083
13084
13085
13086
13087
13088
13089
13090
13091
13092
13093
13094
13095
13096
13097
13098
13099
13100
13101
13102
13103
13104
13105
13106
13107
13108
13109
13110
13111
13112
13113
13114
13115
13116
13117
13118
13119
13120
13121
13122
13123
13124
13125
13126
13127
13128
13129
13130
13131
13132
13133
13134
13135
13136
13137
13138
13139
13140
13141
13142
13143
13144
13145
13146
13147
13148
13149
13150
13151
13152
13153
13154
13155
13156
13157
13158
13159
13160
13161
13162
13163
13164
13165
13166
13167
13168
13169
13170
13171
13172
13173
13174
13175
13176
13177
13178
13179
13180
13181
13182
13183
13184
13185
13186
13187
13188
13189
13190
13191
13192
13193
13194
13195
13196
13197
13198
13199
13200
13201
13202
13203
13204
13205
13206
13207
13208
13209
13210
13211
13212
13213
13214
13215
13216
13217
13218
13219
13220
13221
13222
13223
13224
13225
13226
13227
13228
13229
13230
13231
13232
13233
13234
13235
13236
13237
13238
13239
13240
13241
13242
13243
13244
13245
13246
13247
13248
13249
13250
13251
13252
13253
13254
13255
13256
13257
13258
13259
13260
13261
13262
13263
13264
13265
13266
13267
13268
13269
13270
13271
13272
13273
13274
13275
13276
13277
13278
13279
13280
13281
13282
13283
13284
13285
13286
13287
13288
13289
13290
13291
13292
13293
13294
13295
13296
13297
13298
13299
13300
13301
13302
13303
13304
13305
13306
13307
13308
13309
13310
13311
13312
13313
13314
13315
13316
13317
13318
13319
13320
13321
13322
13323
13324
13325
13326
13327
13328
13329
13330
13331
13332
13333
13334
13335
13336
13337
13338
13339
13340
13341
13342
13343
13344
13345
13346
13347
13348
13349
13350
13351
13352
13353
13354
13355
13356
13357
13358
13359
13360
13361
13362
13363
13364
13365
13366
13367
13368
13369
13370
13371
13372
13373
13374
13375
13376
13377
13378
13379
13380
13381
13382
13383
13384
13385
13386
13387
13388
13389
13390
13391
13392
13393
13394
13395
13396
13397
13398
13399
13400
13401
13402
13403
13404
13405
13406
13407
13408
13409
13410
13411
13412
13413
13414
13415
13416
13417
13418
13419
13420
13421
13422
13423
13424
13425
13426
13427
13428
13429
13430
13431
13432
13433
13434
13435
13436
13437
13438
13439
13440
13441
13442
13443
13444
13445
13446
13447
13448
13449
13450
13451
13452
13453
13454
13455
13456
13457
13458
13459
13460
13461
13462
13463
13464
13465
13466
13467
13468
13469
13470
13471
13472
13473
13474
13475
13476
13477
13478
13479
13480
13481
13482
13483
13484
13485
13486
13487
13488
13489
13490
13491
13492
13493
13494
13495
13496
13497
13498
13499
13500
13501
13502
13503
13504
13505
13506
13507
13508
13509
13510
13511
13512
13513
13514
13515
13516
13517
13518
13519
13520
13521
13522
13523
13524
13525
13526
13527
13528
13529
13530
13531
13532
13533
13534
13535
13536
13537
13538
13539
13540
13541
13542
13543
13544
13545
13546
13547
13548
13549
13550
13551
13552
13553
13554
13555
13556
13557
13558
13559
13560
13561
13562
13563
13564
13565
13566
13567
13568
13569
13570
13571
13572
13573
13574
13575
13576
13577
13578
13579
13580
13581
13582
13583
13584
13585
13586
13587
13588
13589
13590
13591
13592
13593
13594
13595
13596
13597
13598
13599
13600
13601
13602
13603
13604
13605
13606
13607
13608
13609
13610
13611
13612
13613
13614
13615
13616
13617
13618
13619
13620
13621
13622
13623
13624
13625
13626
13627
13628
13629
13630
13631
13632
13633
13634
13635
13636
13637
13638
13639
13640
13641
13642
13643
13644
13645
13646
13647
13648
13649
13650
13651
13652
13653
13654
13655
13656
13657
13658
13659
13660
13661
13662
13663
13664
13665
13666
13667
13668
13669
13670
13671
13672
13673
13674
13675
13676
13677
13678
13679
13680
13681
13682
13683
13684
13685
13686
13687
13688
13689
13690
13691
13692
13693
13694
13695
13696
13697
13698
13699
13700
13701
13702
13703
13704
13705
13706
13707
13708
13709
13710
13711
13712
13713
13714
13715
13716
13717
13718
13719
13720
13721
13722
13723
13724
13725
13726
13727
13728
13729
13730
13731
13732
13733
13734
13735
13736
13737
13738
13739
13740
13741
13742
13743
13744
13745
13746
13747
13748
13749
13750
13751
13752
13753
13754
13755
13756
13757
13758
13759
13760
13761
13762
13763
13764
13765
13766
13767
13768
13769
13770
13771
13772
13773
13774
13775
13776
13777
13778
13779
13780
13781
13782
13783
13784
13785
13786
13787
13788
13789
13790
13791
13792
13793
13794
13795
13796
13797
13798
13799
13800
13801
13802
13803
13804
13805
13806
13807
13808
13809
13810
13811
13812
13813
13814
13815
13816
13817
13818
13819
13820
13821
13822
13823
13824
13825
13826
13827
13828
13829
13830
13831
13832
13833
13834
13835
13836
13837
13838
13839
13840
13841
13842
13843
13844
13845
13846
13847
13848
13849
13850
13851
13852
13853
13854
13855
13856
13857
13858
13859
13860
13861
13862
13863
13864
13865
13866
13867
13868
13869
13870
13871
13872
13873
13874
13875
13876
13877
13878
13879
13880
13881
13882
13883
13884
13885
13886
13887
13888
13889
13890
13891
13892
13893
13894
13895
13896
13897
13898
13899
13900
13901
13902
13903
13904
13905
13906
13907
13908
13909
13910
13911
13912
13913
13914
13915
13916
13917
13918
13919
13920
13921
13922
13923
13924
13925
13926
13927
13928
13929
13930
13931
13932
13933
13934
13935
13936
13937
13938
13939
13940
13941
13942
13943
13944
13945
13946
13947
13948
13949
13950
13951
13952
13953
13954
13955
13956
13957
13958
13959
13960
13961
13962
13963
13964
13965
13966
13967
13968
13969
13970
13971
13972
13973
13974
13975
13976
13977
13978
13979
13980
13981
13982
13983
13984
13985
13986
13987
13988
13989
13990
13991
13992
13993
13994
13995
13996
13997
13998
13999
14000
14001
14002
14003
14004
14005
14006
14007
14008
14009
14010
14011
14012
14013
14014
14015
14016
14017
14018
14019
14020
14021
14022
14023
14024
14025
14026
14027
14028
14029
14030
14031
14032
14033
14034
14035
14036
14037
14038
14039
14040
14041
14042
14043
14044
14045
14046
14047
14048
14049
14050
14051
14052
14053
14054
14055
14056
14057
14058
14059
14060
14061
14062
14063
14064
14065
14066
14067
14068
14069
14070
14071
14072
14073
14074
14075
14076
14077
14078
14079
14080
14081
14082
14083
14084
14085
14086
14087
14088
14089
14090
14091
14092
14093
14094
14095
14096
14097
14098
14099
14100
14101
14102
14103
14104
14105
14106
14107
14108
14109
14110
14111
14112
14113
14114
14115
14116
14117
14118
14119
14120
14121
14122
14123
14124
14125
14126
14127
14128
14129
14130
14131
14132
14133
14134
14135
14136
14137
14138
14139
14140
14141
14142
14143
14144
14145
14146
14147
14148
14149
14150
14151
14152
14153
14154
14155
14156
14157
14158
14159
14160
14161
14162
14163
14164
14165
14166
14167
14168
14169
14170
14171
14172
14173
14174
14175
14176
14177
14178
14179
14180
14181
14182
14183
14184
14185
14186
14187
14188
14189
14190
14191
14192
14193
14194
14195
14196
14197
14198
14199
14200
14201
14202
14203
14204
14205
14206
14207
14208
14209
14210
14211
14212
14213
14214
14215
14216
14217
14218
14219
14220
14221
14222
14223
14224
14225
14226
14227
14228
14229
14230
14231
14232
14233
14234
14235
14236
14237
14238
14239
14240
14241
14242
14243
14244
14245
14246
14247
14248
14249
14250
14251
14252
14253
14254
14255
14256
14257
14258
14259
14260
14261
14262
14263
14264
14265
14266
14267
14268
14269
14270
14271
14272
14273
14274
14275
14276
14277
14278
14279
14280
14281
14282
14283
14284
14285
14286
14287
14288
14289
14290
14291
14292
14293
14294
14295
14296
14297
14298
14299
14300
14301
14302
14303
14304
14305
14306
14307
14308
14309
14310
14311
14312
14313
14314
14315
14316
14317
14318
14319
14320
14321
14322
14323
14324
14325
14326
14327
14328
14329
14330
14331
14332
14333
14334
14335
14336
14337
14338
14339
14340
14341
14342
14343
14344
14345
14346
14347
14348
14349
14350
14351
14352
14353
14354
14355
14356
14357
14358
14359
14360
14361
14362
14363
14364
14365
14366
14367
14368
14369
14370
14371
14372
14373
14374
14375
14376
14377
14378
14379
14380
14381
14382
14383
14384
14385
14386
14387
14388
14389
14390
14391
14392
14393
14394
14395
14396
14397
14398
14399
14400
14401
14402
14403
14404
14405
14406
14407
14408
14409
14410
14411
14412
14413
14414
14415
14416
14417
14418
14419
14420
14421
14422
14423
14424
14425
14426
14427
14428
14429
14430
14431
14432
14433
14434
14435
14436
14437
14438
14439
14440
14441
14442
14443
14444
14445
14446
14447
14448
14449
14450
14451
14452
14453
14454
14455
14456
14457
14458
14459
14460
14461
14462
14463
14464
14465
14466
14467
14468
14469
14470
14471
14472
14473
14474
14475
14476
14477
14478
14479
14480
14481
14482
14483
14484
14485
14486
14487
14488
14489
14490
14491
14492
14493
14494
14495
14496
14497
14498
14499
14500
14501
14502
14503
14504
14505
14506
14507
14508
14509
14510
14511
14512
14513
14514
14515
14516
14517
14518
14519
14520
14521
14522
14523
14524
14525
14526
14527
14528
14529
14530
14531
14532
14533
14534
14535
14536
14537
14538
14539
14540
14541
14542
14543
14544
14545
14546
14547
14548
14549
14550
14551
14552
14553
14554
14555
14556
14557
14558
14559
14560
14561
14562
14563
14564
14565
14566
14567
14568
14569
14570
14571
14572
14573
14574
14575
14576
14577
14578
14579
14580
14581
14582
14583
14584
14585
14586
14587
14588
14589
14590
14591
14592
14593
14594
14595
14596
14597
14598
14599
14600
14601
14602
14603
14604
14605
14606
14607
14608
14609
14610
14611
14612
14613
14614
14615
14616
14617
14618
14619
14620
14621
14622
14623
14624
14625
14626
14627
14628
14629
14630
14631
14632
14633
14634
14635
14636
14637
14638
14639
14640
14641
14642
14643
14644
14645
14646
14647
14648
14649
14650
14651
14652
14653
14654
14655
14656
14657
14658
14659
14660
14661
14662
14663
14664
14665
14666
14667
14668
14669
14670
14671
14672
14673
14674
14675
14676
14677
14678
14679
14680
14681
14682
14683
14684
14685
14686
14687
14688
14689
14690
14691
14692
14693
14694
14695
14696
14697
14698
14699
14700
14701
14702
14703
14704
14705
14706
14707
14708
14709
14710
14711
14712
14713
14714
14715
14716
14717
14718
14719
14720
14721
14722
14723
14724
14725
14726
14727
14728
14729
14730
14731
14732
14733
14734
14735
14736
14737
14738
14739
14740
14741
14742
14743
14744
14745
14746
14747
14748
14749
14750
14751
14752
14753
14754
14755
14756
14757
14758
14759
14760
14761
14762
14763
14764
14765
14766
14767
14768
14769
14770
14771
14772
14773
14774
14775
14776
14777
14778
14779
14780
14781
14782
14783
14784
14785
14786
14787
14788
14789
14790
14791
14792
14793
14794
14795
14796
14797
14798
14799
14800
14801
14802
14803
14804
14805
14806
14807
14808
14809
14810
14811
14812
14813
14814
14815
14816
14817
14818
14819
14820
14821
14822
14823
14824
14825
14826
14827
14828
14829
14830
14831
14832
14833
14834
14835
14836
14837
14838
14839
14840
14841
14842
14843
14844
14845
14846
14847
14848
14849
14850
14851
14852
14853
14854
14855
14856
14857
14858
14859
14860
14861
14862
14863
14864
14865
14866
14867
14868
14869
14870
14871
14872
14873
14874
14875
14876
14877
14878
14879
14880
14881
14882
14883
14884
14885
14886
14887
14888
14889
14890
14891
14892
14893
14894
14895
14896
14897
14898
14899
14900
14901
14902
14903
14904
14905
14906
14907
14908
14909
14910
14911
14912
14913
14914
14915
14916
14917
14918
14919
14920
14921
14922
14923
14924
14925
14926
14927
14928
14929
14930
14931
14932
14933
14934
14935
14936
14937
14938
14939
14940
14941
14942
14943
14944
14945
14946
14947
14948
14949
14950
14951
14952
14953
14954
14955
14956
14957
14958
14959
14960
14961
14962
14963
14964
14965
14966
14967
14968
14969
14970
14971
14972
14973
14974
14975
14976
14977
14978
14979
14980
14981
14982
14983
14984
14985
14986
14987
14988
14989
14990
14991
14992
14993
14994
14995
14996
14997
14998
14999
15000
15001
15002
15003
15004
15005
15006
15007
15008
15009
15010
15011
15012
15013
15014
15015
15016
15017
15018
15019
15020
15021
15022
15023
15024
15025
15026
15027
15028
15029
15030
15031
15032
15033
15034
15035
15036
15037
15038
15039
15040
15041
15042
15043
15044
15045
15046
15047
15048
15049
15050
15051
15052
15053
15054
15055
15056
15057
15058
15059
15060
15061
15062
15063
15064
15065
15066
15067
15068
15069
15070
15071
15072
15073
15074
15075
15076
15077
15078
15079
15080
15081
15082
15083
15084
15085
15086
15087
15088
15089
15090
15091
15092
15093
15094
15095
15096
15097
15098
15099
15100
15101
15102
15103
15104
15105
15106
15107
15108
15109
15110
15111
15112
15113
15114
15115
15116
15117
15118
15119
15120
15121
15122
15123
15124
15125
15126
15127
15128
15129
15130
15131
15132
15133
15134
15135
15136
15137
15138
15139
15140
15141
15142
15143
15144
15145
15146
15147
15148
15149
15150
15151
15152
15153
15154
15155
15156
15157
15158
15159
15160
15161
15162
15163
15164
15165
15166
15167
15168
15169
15170
15171
15172
15173
15174
15175
15176
15177
15178
15179
15180
15181
15182
15183
15184
15185
15186
15187
15188
15189
15190
15191
15192
15193
15194
15195
15196
15197
15198
15199
15200
15201
15202
15203
15204
15205
15206
15207
15208
15209
15210
15211
15212
15213
15214
15215
15216
15217
15218
15219
15220
15221
15222
15223
15224
15225
15226
15227
15228
15229
15230
15231
15232
15233
15234
15235
15236
15237
15238
15239
15240
15241
15242
15243
15244
15245
15246
15247
15248
15249
15250
15251
15252
15253
15254
15255
15256
15257
15258
15259
15260
15261
15262
15263
15264
15265
15266
15267
15268
15269
15270
15271
15272
15273
15274
15275
15276
15277
15278
15279
15280
15281
15282
15283
15284
15285
15286
15287
15288
15289
15290
15291
15292
15293
15294
15295
15296
15297
15298
15299
15300
15301
15302
15303
15304
15305
15306
15307
15308
15309
15310
15311
15312
15313
15314
15315
15316
15317
15318
15319
15320
15321
15322
15323
15324
15325
15326
15327
15328
15329
15330
15331
15332
15333
15334
15335
15336
15337
15338
15339
15340
15341
15342
15343
15344
15345
15346
15347
15348
15349
15350
15351
15352
15353
15354
15355
15356
15357
15358
15359
15360
15361
15362
15363
15364
15365
15366
15367
15368
15369
15370
15371
15372
15373
15374
15375
15376
15377
15378
15379
15380
15381
15382
15383
15384
15385
15386
15387
15388
15389
15390
15391
15392
15393
15394
15395
15396
15397
15398
15399
15400
15401
15402
15403
15404
15405
15406
15407
15408
15409
15410
15411
15412
15413
15414
15415
15416
15417
15418
15419
15420
15421
15422
15423
15424
15425
15426
15427
15428
15429
15430
15431
15432
15433
15434
15435
15436
15437
15438
15439
15440
15441
15442
15443
15444
15445
15446
15447
15448
15449
15450
15451
15452
15453
15454
15455
15456
15457
15458
15459
15460
15461
15462
15463
15464
15465
15466
15467
15468
15469
15470
15471
15472
15473
15474
15475
15476
15477
15478
15479
15480
15481
15482
15483
15484
15485
15486
15487
15488
15489
15490
15491
15492
15493
15494
15495
15496
15497
15498
15499
15500
15501
15502
15503
15504
15505
15506
15507
15508
15509
15510
15511
15512
15513
15514
15515
15516
15517
15518
15519
15520
15521
15522
15523
15524
15525
15526
15527
15528
15529
15530
15531
15532
15533
15534
15535
15536
15537
15538
15539
15540
15541
15542
15543
15544
15545
15546
15547
15548
15549
15550
15551
15552
15553
15554
15555
15556
15557
15558
15559
15560
15561
15562
15563
15564
15565
15566
15567
15568
15569
15570
15571
15572
15573
15574
15575
15576
15577
15578
15579
15580
15581
15582
15583
15584
15585
15586
15587
15588
15589
15590
15591
15592
15593
15594
15595
15596
15597
15598
15599
15600
15601
15602
15603
15604
15605
15606
15607
15608
15609
15610
15611
15612
15613
15614
15615
15616
15617
15618
15619
15620
15621
15622
15623
15624
15625
15626
15627
15628
15629
15630
15631
15632
15633
15634
15635
15636
15637
15638
15639
15640
15641
15642
15643
15644
15645
15646
15647
15648
15649
15650
15651
15652
15653
15654
15655
15656
15657
15658
15659
15660
15661
15662
15663
15664
15665
15666
15667
15668
15669
15670
15671
15672
15673
15674
15675
15676
15677
15678
15679
15680
15681
15682
15683
15684
15685
15686
15687
15688
15689
15690
15691
15692
15693
15694
15695
15696
15697
15698
15699
15700
15701
15702
15703
15704
15705
15706
15707
15708
15709
15710
15711
15712
15713
15714
15715
15716
15717
15718
15719
15720
15721
15722
15723
15724
15725
15726
15727
15728
15729
15730
15731
15732
15733
15734
15735
15736
15737
15738
15739
15740
15741
15742
15743
15744
15745
15746
15747
15748
15749
15750
15751
15752
15753
15754
15755
15756
15757
15758
15759
15760
15761
15762
15763
15764
15765
15766
15767
15768
15769
15770
15771
15772
15773
15774
15775
15776
15777
15778
15779
15780
15781
15782
15783
15784
15785
15786
15787
15788
15789
15790
15791
15792
15793
15794
15795
15796
15797
15798
15799
15800
15801
15802
15803
15804
15805
15806
15807
15808
15809
15810
15811
15812
15813
15814
15815
15816
15817
15818
15819
15820
15821
15822
15823
15824
15825
15826
15827
15828
15829
15830
15831
15832
15833
15834
15835
15836
15837
15838
15839
15840
15841
15842
15843
15844
15845
15846
15847
15848
15849
15850
15851
15852
15853
15854
15855
15856
15857
15858
15859
15860
15861
15862
15863
15864
15865
15866
15867
15868
15869
15870
15871
15872
15873
15874
15875
15876
15877
15878
15879
15880
15881
15882
15883
15884
15885
15886
15887
15888
15889
15890
15891
15892
15893
15894
15895
15896
15897
15898
15899
15900
15901
15902
15903
15904
15905
15906
15907
15908
15909
15910
15911
15912
15913
15914
15915
15916
15917
15918
15919
15920
15921
15922
15923
15924
15925
15926
15927
15928
15929
15930
15931
15932
15933
15934
15935
15936
15937
15938
15939
15940
15941
15942
15943
15944
15945
15946
15947
15948
15949
15950
15951
15952
15953
15954
15955
15956
15957
15958
15959
15960
15961
15962
15963
15964
15965
15966
15967
15968
15969
15970
15971
15972
15973
15974
15975
15976
15977
15978
15979
15980
15981
15982
15983
15984
15985
15986
15987
15988
15989
15990
15991
15992
15993
15994
15995
15996
15997
15998
15999
16000
16001
16002
16003
16004
16005
16006
16007
16008
16009
16010
16011
16012
16013
16014
16015
16016
16017
16018
16019
16020
16021
16022
16023
16024
16025
16026
16027
16028
16029
16030
16031
16032
16033
16034
16035
16036
16037
16038
16039
16040
16041
16042
16043
16044
16045
16046
16047
16048
16049
16050
16051
16052
16053
16054
16055
16056
16057
16058
16059
16060
16061
16062
16063
16064
16065
16066
16067
16068
16069
16070
16071
16072
16073
16074
16075
16076
16077
16078
16079
16080
16081
16082
16083
16084
16085
16086
16087
16088
16089
16090
16091
16092
16093
16094
16095
16096
16097
16098
16099
16100
16101
16102
16103
16104
16105
16106
16107
16108
16109
16110
16111
16112
16113
16114
16115
16116
16117
16118
16119
16120
16121
16122
16123
16124
16125
16126
16127
16128
16129
16130
16131
16132
16133
16134
16135
16136
16137
16138
16139
16140
16141
16142
16143
16144
16145
16146
16147
16148
16149
16150
16151
16152
16153
16154
16155
16156
16157
16158
16159
16160
16161
16162
16163
16164
16165
16166
16167
16168
16169
16170
16171
16172
16173
16174
16175
16176
16177
16178
16179
16180
16181
16182
16183
16184
16185
16186
16187
16188
16189
16190
16191
16192
16193
16194
16195
16196
16197
16198
16199
16200
16201
16202
16203
16204
16205
16206
16207
16208
16209
16210
16211
16212
16213
16214
16215
16216
16217
16218
16219
16220
16221
16222
16223
16224
16225
16226
16227
16228
16229
16230
16231
16232
16233
16234
16235
16236
16237
16238
16239
16240
16241
16242
16243
16244
16245
16246
16247
16248
16249
16250
16251
16252
16253
16254
16255
16256
16257
16258
16259
16260
16261
16262
16263
16264
16265
16266
16267
16268
16269
16270
16271
16272
16273
16274
16275
16276
16277
16278
16279
16280
16281
16282
16283
16284
16285
16286
16287
16288
16289
16290
16291
16292
16293
16294
16295
16296
16297
16298
16299
16300
16301
16302
16303
16304
16305
16306
16307
16308
16309
16310
16311
16312
16313
16314
16315
16316
16317
16318
16319
16320
16321
16322
16323
16324
16325
16326
16327
16328
16329
16330
16331
16332
16333
16334
16335
16336
16337
16338
16339
16340
16341
16342
16343
16344
16345
16346
16347
16348
16349
16350
16351
16352
16353
16354
16355
16356
16357
16358
16359
16360
16361
16362
16363
16364
16365
16366
16367
16368
16369
16370
16371
16372
16373
16374
16375
16376
16377
16378
16379
16380
16381
16382
16383
16384
16385
16386
16387
16388
16389
16390
16391
16392
16393
16394
16395
16396
16397
16398
16399
16400
16401
16402
16403
16404
16405
16406
16407
16408
16409
16410
16411
16412
16413
16414
16415
16416
16417
16418
16419
16420
16421
16422
16423
16424
16425
16426
16427
16428
16429
16430
16431
16432
16433
16434
16435
16436
16437
16438
16439
16440
16441
16442
16443
16444
16445
16446
16447
16448
16449
16450
16451
16452
16453
16454
16455
16456
16457
16458
16459
16460
16461
16462
16463
16464
16465
16466
16467
16468
16469
16470
16471
16472
16473
16474
16475
16476
16477
16478
16479
16480
16481
16482
16483
16484
16485
16486
16487
16488
16489
16490
16491
16492
16493
16494
16495
16496
16497
16498
16499
16500
16501
16502
16503
16504
16505
16506
16507
16508
16509
16510
16511
16512
16513
16514
16515
16516
16517
16518
16519
16520
16521
16522
16523
16524
16525
16526
16527
16528
16529
16530
16531
16532
16533
16534
16535
16536
16537
16538
16539
16540
16541
16542
16543
16544
16545
16546
16547
16548
16549
16550
16551
16552
16553
16554
16555
16556
16557
16558
16559
16560
16561
16562
16563
16564
16565
16566
16567
16568
16569
16570
16571
16572
16573
16574
16575
16576
16577
16578
16579
16580
16581
16582
16583
16584
16585
16586
16587
16588
16589
16590
16591
16592
16593
16594
16595
16596
16597
16598
16599
16600
16601
16602
16603
16604
16605
16606
16607
16608
16609
16610
16611
16612
16613
16614
16615
16616
16617
16618
16619
16620
16621
16622
16623
16624
16625
16626
16627
16628
16629
16630
16631
16632
16633
16634
16635
16636
16637
16638
16639
16640
16641
16642
16643
16644
16645
16646
16647
16648
16649
16650
16651
16652
16653
16654
16655
16656
16657
16658
16659
16660
16661
16662
16663
16664
16665
16666
16667
16668
16669
16670
16671
16672
16673
16674
16675
16676
16677
16678
16679
16680
16681
16682
16683
16684
16685
16686
16687
16688
16689
16690
16691
16692
16693
16694
16695
16696
16697
16698
16699
16700
16701
16702
16703
16704
16705
16706
16707
16708
16709
16710
16711
16712
16713
16714
16715
16716
16717
16718
16719
16720
16721
16722
16723
16724
16725
16726
16727
16728
16729
16730
16731
16732
16733
16734
16735
16736
16737
16738
16739
16740
16741
16742
16743
16744
16745
16746
16747
16748
16749
16750
16751
16752
16753
16754
16755
16756
16757
16758
16759
16760
16761
16762
16763
16764
16765
16766
16767
16768
16769
16770
16771
16772
16773
16774
16775
16776
16777
16778
16779
16780
16781
16782
16783
16784
16785
16786
16787
16788
16789
16790
16791
LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
1 About this document
2 Overview of LaTeX
3 Document classes
4 Fonts
5 Layout
6 Sectioning
7 Cross references
8 Environments
9 Line breaking
10 Page breaking
11 Footnotes
12 Definitions
13 Counters
14 Lengths
15 Making paragraphs
16 Math formulas
17 Modes
18 Page styles
19 Spaces
20 Boxes
21 Color
22 Graphics
23 Special insertions
24 Splitting the input
25 Front/back matter
26 Letters
27 Terminal input/output
28 Command line
Appendix A Document templates
Index
LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
1 About this document
2 Overview of LaTeX
  2.1 Starting and ending
  2.2 Output files
  2.3 TeX engines
  2.4 LaTeX command syntax
  2.5 Environment
  2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
3 Document classes
  3.1 Document class options
  3.2 Additional packages
  3.3 Class and package construction
    3.3.1 Class and package structure
    3.3.2 Class and package commands
4 Fonts
  4.1 Font styles
  4.2 Font sizes
  4.3 Low-level font commands
5 Layout
  5.1 '\onecolumn'
  5.2 '\twocolumn'
  5.3 '\flushbottom'
  5.4 '\raggedbottom'
  5.5 Page layout parameters
  5.6 Floats
6 Sectioning
  6.1 '\part'
  6.2 '\chapter'
  6.3 '\section'
  6.4 '\subsection'
  6.5 '\subsubsection', '\paragraph', '\subparagraph'
  6.6 '\appendix'
  6.7 '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', '\backmatter'
  6.8 '\@startsection'
7 Cross references
  7.1 '\label'
  7.2 '\pageref'
  7.3 '\ref'
8 Environments
  8.1 'abstract'
  8.2 'array'
  8.3 'center'
    8.3.1 '\centering'
  8.4 'description'
  8.5 'displaymath'
  8.6 'document'
    8.6.1 '\AtBeginDocument'
    8.6.2 '\AtEndDocument'
  8.7 'enumerate'
  8.8 'eqnarray'
  8.9 'equation'
  8.10 'figure'
  8.11 'filecontents': Write an external file
  8.12 'flushleft'
    8.12.1 '\raggedright'
  8.13 'flushright'
    8.13.1 '\raggedleft'
  8.14 'itemize'
  8.15 'letter' environment: writing letters
  8.16 'list'
    8.16.1 '\item': An entry in a list
    8.16.2 'trivlist': A restricted form of 'list'
  8.17 'math'
  8.18 'minipage'
  8.19 'picture'
    8.19.1 '\put'
    8.19.2 '\multiput'
    8.19.3 '\qbezier'
    8.19.4 '\graphpaper'
    8.19.5 '\line'
    8.19.6 '\linethickness'
    8.19.7 '\thinlines'
    8.19.8 '\thicklines'
    8.19.9 '\circle'
    8.19.10 '\oval'
    8.19.11 '\shortstack'
    8.19.12 '\vector'
    8.19.13 '\makebox' (picture)
    8.19.14 '\framebox' (picture)
    8.19.15 '\frame'
    8.19.16 '\dashbox'
  8.20 'quotation' & 'quote'
  8.21 'tabbing'
  8.22 'table'
  8.23 'tabular'
    8.23.1 '\multicolumn'
    8.23.2 '\vline'
    8.23.3 '\cline'
    8.23.4 '\hline'
  8.24 'thebibliography'
    8.24.1 '\bibitem'
    8.24.2 '\cite'
    8.24.3 '\nocite'
    8.24.4 Using BibTeX
  8.25 'theorem'
  8.26 'titlepage'
  8.27 'verbatim'
    8.27.1 '\verb'
  8.28 'verse'
9 Line breaking
  9.1 '\\'
  9.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr'
  9.3 '\newline'
  9.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen)
  9.5 '\discretionary' (generalized hyphenation point)
  9.6 '\fussy' & '\sloppy'
    9.6.1 'sloppypar'
  9.7 '\hyphenation'
  9.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak'
10 Page breaking
  10.1 '\clearpage' & '\cleardoublepage'
  10.2 '\newpage'
  10.3 '\enlargethispage'
  10.4 '\pagebreak' & '\nopagebreak'
11 Footnotes
  11.1 '\footnote'
  11.2 '\footnotemark'
  11.3 '\footnotetext'
  11.4 Footnotes in section headings
  11.5 Footnotes in a table
  11.6 Footnotes of footnotes
12 Definitions
  12.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand'
  12.2 '\providecommand'
  12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
  12.4 '\@ifstar'
  12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
  12.6 '\newlength'
  12.7 '\newsavebox'
  12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
  12.9 '\newtheorem'
  12.10 '\newfont'
  12.11 '\protect'
  12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
13 Counters
  13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters
  13.2 '\usecounter'
  13.3 '\value'
  13.4 '\setcounter'
  13.5 '\addtocounter'
  13.6 '\refstepcounter'
  13.7 '\stepcounter'
  13.8 '\day' & '\month' & '\year'
14 Lengths
  14.1 Units of length
  14.2 '\setlength'
  14.3 '\addtolength'
  14.4 '\settodepth'
  14.5 '\settoheight'
  14.6 '\settowidth'
15 Making paragraphs
  15.1 '\par'
  15.2 '\indent' & '\noindent'
  15.3 '\parindent' & '\parskip'
  15.4 Marginal notes
16 Math formulas
  16.1 Subscripts & superscripts
  16.2 Math symbols
    16.2.1 Blackboard bold
    16.2.2 Calligraphic
    16.2.3 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath'
    16.2.4 Dots, horizontal or vertical
  16.3 Math functions
  16.4 Math accents
  16.5 Over- and Underlining
  16.6 Spacing in math mode
    16.6.1 '\smash'
    16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom'
  16.7 Math miscellany
    16.7.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon'
    16.7.2 '\*'
    16.7.3 '\frac'
    16.7.4 '\left' & '\right'
    16.7.5 '\sqrt'
    16.7.6 '\stackrel'
17 Modes
  17.1 '\ensuremath'
18 Page styles
  18.1 '\maketitle'
  18.2 '\pagenumbering'
  18.3 '\pagestyle'
  18.4 '\thispagestyle'
19 Spaces
  19.1 '\enspace' & '\quad' & '\qquad'
  19.2 '\hspace'
  19.3 '\hfill'
  19.4 '\hss'
  19.5 '\spacefactor'
    19.5.1 '\@'
    19.5.2 '\frenchspacing'
    19.5.3 '\normalsfcodes'
  19.6 Backslash-space, '\ '
  19.7 '~'
  19.8 '\thinspace' & '\negthinspace'
  19.9 '\/'
  19.10 '\hrulefill' & '\dotfill'
  19.11 '\bigskip' & '\medskip' & '\smallskip'
  19.12 '\bigbreak' & '\medbreak' & '\smallbreak'
  19.13 '\strut'
  19.14 '\vspace'
  19.15 '\vfill'
  19.16 '\addvspace'
20 Boxes
  20.1 '\mbox' & '\makebox'
  20.2 '\fbox' & '\framebox'
  20.3 '\parbox'
  20.4 '\raisebox'
  20.5 '\sbox' & '\savebox'
  20.6 'lrbox'
  20.7 '\usebox'
21 Color
  21.1 'color' package options
  21.2 Color models
  21.3 Commands for color
    21.3.1 Define colors
    21.3.2 Colored text
    21.3.3 Colored boxes
    21.3.4 Colored pages
22 Graphics
  22.1 'graphics' package options
  22.2 'graphics' package configuration
    22.2.1 '\graphicspath'
    22.2.2 '\DeclareGraphicsExtensions'
    22.2.3 '\DeclareGraphicsRule'
  22.3 Commands for graphics
    22.3.1 '\includegraphics'
    22.3.2 '\rotatebox'
    22.3.3 '\scalebox'
    22.3.4 '\resizebox'
23 Special insertions
  23.1 Reserved characters
  23.2 Upper and lower case
  23.3 Symbols by font position
  23.4 Text symbols
  23.5 Accents
  23.6 Additional Latin letters
  23.7 '\rule'
  23.8 '\today'
24 Splitting the input
  24.1 '\endinput'
  24.2 '\include' & '\includeonly'
  24.3 '\input'
25 Front/back matter
  25.1 Table of contents etc.
    25.1.1 '\addcontentsline'
    25.1.2 '\addtocontents'
    25.1.3 '\nofiles'
  25.2 Indexes
    25.2.1 '\index'
    25.2.2 'makeindex'
    25.2.3 '\printindex'
  25.3 Glossaries
    25.3.1 '\newglossaryentry'
    25.3.2 '\gls'
26 Letters
  26.1 '\address'
  26.2 '\cc'
  26.3 '\closing'
  26.4 '\encl'
  26.5 '\location'
  26.6 '\makelabels'
  26.7 '\name'
  26.8 '\opening'
  26.9 '\ps'
  26.10 '\signature'
  26.11 '\telephone'
27 Terminal input/output
  27.1 '\typein'
  27.2 '\typeout'
28 Command line
  28.1 Command line options
  28.2 Command line input
  28.3 Recovering from errors
Appendix A Document templates
  A.1 'beamer' template
  A.2 'article' template
  A.3 'book' template
  A.4 Larger 'book' template
  A.5 'tugboat' template
Index
LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
***************************************

This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October
2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.

1 About this document
*********************

This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document
preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting
program (*note Overview::).

   This document's home page is
<https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>.  There you can get
the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its archives, see
other infrastructure, and get the current output in various formats.  In
particular, the output comes in two web formats.  Probably the most
convenient one, shown at <http://latexref.xyz/>, has pages for each
topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the note there about
easy-to-remember links.  The other, shown at
<http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co>,
has all the information on single page.

   In this document, we will mostly just use 'LaTeX' rather than
'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades
ago.

   LaTeX is currently maintained by a group of volunteers
(<http://latex-project.org>).  The official documentation written by the
LaTeX project is available from their web site.  This document is
completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the LaTeX
maintainers.  Do not send bug reports or anything else about this
document to them.  Instead, please send all comments to
<latexrefman@tug.org>.

   This document is a reference.  There is a vast array of other sources
of information about LaTeX, at all levels.  Here are a few
introductions.

<http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr>
     Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation.

<http://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc>
     Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math.

<http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide>
     The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of LaTeX.
     Many other guides by many other people are also available,
     independent of LaTeX itself; one such is the next item:

<http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort>
     A short introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages.

<http://tug.org/begin.html>
     Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX, with further
     references.

2 Overview of LaTeX
*******************

LaTeX is a system for typesetting documents.  It was originally created
by Leslie Lamport and is now maintained by a group of volunteers
(<http://latex-project.org>).  It is widely used, particularly for
complex and technical documents, such as those involving mathematics.

   A LaTeX user writes an input file containing text along with
interspersed commands, for instance commands describing how the text
should be formatted.  It is implemented as a set of related commands
that interface with Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program (the
technical term is that LaTeX is a "macro package" for the TeX engine).
The user produces the output document by giving that input file to the
TeX engine.

   The term LaTeX is also sometimes used to mean the language in which
the document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands
available to a LaTeX user.

   The name LaTeX is short for "Lamport TeX".  It is pronounced LAH-teck
or LAY-teck, or sometimes LAY-tecks.  Inside a document, produce the
logo with '\LaTeX'.  Where use of the logo is not sensible, such as in
plain text, write it as 'LaTeX'.

2.1 Starting and ending
=======================

LaTeX files have a simple global structure, with a standard beginning
and ending.  This is a small example.

     \documentclass{article}
     \begin{document}
     Hello, \LaTeX\ world.
     \end{document}

Every LaTeX document has a '\begin{document}' line and an
'\end{document}' line.

Here, the 'article' is the "document class".  It is implemented in a
file 'article.cls'.  You can use any document class on your system.  A
few document classes are defined by LaTeX itself, and vast array of
others are widely available.  *Note Document classes::.

   You can include other LaTeX commands between the '\documentclass' and
the '\begin{document}' commands.  This area is called the "preamble".

   The '\begin{document}', '\end{document}' pair defines an
"environment"; the 'document' environment (and no others) is required in
all LaTeX documents (*note document::).  LaTeX make available to you
many environments that are documented here (*note Environments::).  Many
more are available to you from external packages, most importantly those
available at CTAN (*note CTAN::).

   The following sections discuss how to produce PDF or other output
from a LaTeX input file.

2.2 Output files
================

LaTeX produces a main output file and at least two auxiliary files.  The
main output file's name ends in either '.dvi' or '.pdf'.

'.dvi'
     If LaTeX is invoked with the system command 'latex' then it
     produces a DeVice Independent file, with extension '.dvi'.  You can
     view this file with a command such as 'xdvi', or convert it to a
     PostScript '.ps' file with 'dvips' or to a Portable Document Format
     '.pdf' file with 'dvipdfmx'.  The contents of the file can be
     dumped in human-readable form with 'dvitype'.  A vast array of
     other DVI utility programs are available
     (<http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>).

'.pdf'
     If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'pdflatex', among other
     commands (*note TeX engines::), then the main output is a Portable
     Document Format (PDF) file.  Typically this is a self-contained
     file, with all fonts and images included.

   LaTeX also produces at least two additional files.

'.log'
     This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of
     loaded packages.  It also includes diagnostic messages and perhaps
     additional information for any errors.

'.aux'
     Auxiliary information is used by LaTeX for things such as cross
     references.  For example, the first time that LaTeX finds a forward
     reference--a cross reference to something that has not yet appeared
     in the source--it will appear in the output as a doubled question
     mark '??'.  When the referred-to spot does eventually appear in the
     source then LaTeX writes its location information to this '.aux'
     file.  On the next invocation, LaTeX reads the location information
     from this file and uses it to resolve the reference, replacing the
     double question mark with the remembered location.

   LaTeX may produce yet more files, characterized by the filename
ending.  These include a '.lof' file that is used to make a list of
figures, a '.lot' file used to make a list of tables, and a '.toc' file
used to make a table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::).  A
particular class may create others; the list is open-ended.

2.3 TeX engines
===============

LaTeX is defined to be a set of commands that are run by a TeX
implementation (*note Overview::).  This section gives a terse overview
of the main programs (see also *note Command line::).

'latex'
'pdflatex'
     In TeX Live (<http://tug.org/texlive>), if LaTeX is invoked via
     either the system command 'latex' or 'pdflatex', then the pdfTeX
     engine is run (<http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex>).  When invoked as
     'latex', the main output is a '.dvi' file; as 'pdflatex', the main
     output is a '.pdf' file.

     pdfTeX incorporates the e-TeX extensions to Knuth's original
     program (<http://ctan.org/pkg/etex>), including additional
     programming features and bi-directional typesetting, and has plenty
     of extensions of its own.  e-TeX is available on its own as the
     system command 'etex', but this is plain TeX (and produces '.dvi').

     In other TeX distributions, 'latex' may invoke e-TeX rather than
     pdfTeX.  In any case, the e-TeX extensions can be assumed to be
     available in LaTeX.

'lualatex'
     If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'lualatex', the LuaTeX
     engine is run (<http://ctan.org/pkg/luatex>).  This program allows
     code written in the scripting language Lua (<http://luatex.org>) to
     interact with TeX's typesetting.  LuaTeX handles UTF-8 Unicode
     input natively, can handle OpenType and TrueType fonts, and
     produces a '.pdf' file by default.  There is also 'dvilualatex' to
     produce a '.dvi' file, but this is rarely used.

'xelatex'
     If LaTeX is invoked with the system command 'xelatex', the XeTeX
     engine is run (<http://tug.org/xetex>).  Like LuaTeX, XeTeX
     natively supports UTF-8 Unicode and TrueType and OpenType fonts,
     though the implementation is completely different, mainly using
     external libraries instead of internal code.  XeTeX produces a
     '.pdf' file as output; it does not support DVI output.

     Internally, XeTeX creates an '.xdv' file, a variant of DVI, and
     translates that to PDF using the ('x')'dvipdfmx' program, but this
     process is automatic.  The '.xdv' file is only useful for
     debugging.

   Other variants of LaTeX and TeX exist, e.g., to provide additional
support for Japanese and other languages ([u]pTeX,
<http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex>, <http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>).

2.4 LaTeX command syntax
========================

In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a backslash
character, '\'.  The name itself then consists of either (a) a string of
letters or (b) a single non-letter.

   LaTeX commands names are case sensitive so that '\pagebreak' differs
from '\Pagebreak' (the latter is not a standard command).  Most commands
are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the same
case as they are defined.

   A command may be followed by zero, one, or more arguments.  These
arguments may be either required or optional.  Required arguments are
contained in curly braces, '{...}'.  Optional arguments are contained in
square brackets, '[...]'.  Generally, but not universally, if the
command accepts an optional argument, it comes first, before any
required arguments.

   Inside of an optional argument, to use the character close square
bracket (']') hide it inside curly braces, as in '\item[closing bracket
{]}]'.  Similarly, if an optional argument comes last, with no required
argument after it, then to make the first character of the following
text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces.

   Some of LaTeX's commands are a "declaration".  Such a command changes
the value the meaning of some other command or parameter.  For instance,
the '\mainmatter' declaration changes the typesetting of page numbers
from roman numerals to arabic (*note \frontmatter & \mainmatter &
\backmatter::).

   LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a '*' form that is
related to the form without a '*', such as '\chapter' and '\chapter*'.
The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command.

   This manual describes all accepted options and '*'-forms for the
commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs).

2.5 Environment
===============

Synopsis:

     \begin{ENVIRONMENT NAME}
       ...
     \end{ENVIRONMENT NAME}

   An area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is a distinct
behavior.  For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between
'\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'.

     \begin{verse}
       There once was a man from Nantucket \\
       ...
     \end{verse}

   *Note Environments:: for a list of environments.  Particularly
notable is that every LaTeX document must have a 'document' environment,
a '\begin{document} ... \end{document}' pair.

   The ENVIRONMENT NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the
end.  This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT NAME ends in a
star ('*'); both the '\begin' and '\end' texts must include the star.

   Environments may have arguments, including optional arguments.  This
example produces a table.  The first argument is optional (and causes
the table to be aligned on its top row) while the second argument is
required (it specifies the formatting of columns).

     \begin{tabular}[t]{r|l}
       ... rows of table ...
     \end{tabular}

2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
===============================================

The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX
community's repository of free material.  It is a set of Internet sites
around the world that offer material related to LaTeX for download.
Visit CTAN on the web at <https://ctan.org>.

   This material is organized into packages, discrete bundles that
typically offer some coherent functionality and are maintained by one
person or a small number of people.  For instance, many publishers have
a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher's
specifications.

   In addition to the massive holdings, the web site offers features
such as search by name or by functionality.

   CTAN is not a single site, but instead is a set of sites.  One of the
sites is the core.  This site actively manages the material, for
instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages.  It is hosted
by the German TeX group DANTE e.V. Other sites around the world help out
by mirroring, that is, automatically syncing their collections with the
core site and then in turn making their copies publicly available.  This
gives users close to their location better access and relieves the load
on the core site.  The list of mirrors is at <https://ctan.org/mirrors>.

3 Document classes
******************

The document's overall class is defined with this command, which is
normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.

     \documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS}

   The following document CLASS names are built into LaTeX.  (Many other
document classes are available as separate packages; *note Overview::.)

'article'
     For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general
     use.

'book'
     Full-length books, including chapters and possibly including front
     matter, such as a preface, and back matter, such as an appendix
     (*note Front/back matter::).

'letter'
     Mail, optionally including mailing labels (*note Letters::).

'report'
     For documents of length between an 'article' and a 'book', such as
     technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters.

'slides'
     For slide presentations--rarely used today.  In its place the
     'beamer' package is perhaps the most prevalent (*note beamer
     template::).

   Standard OPTIONS are described in the next section.

3.1 Document class options
==========================

You can specify "global options" or "class options" to the
'\documentclass' command by enclosing them in square brackets.  To
specify more than one OPTION, separate them with a comma.

     \documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS}

   Here is the list of the standard class options.

   All of the standard classes except 'slides' accept the following
options for selecting the typeface size (default is '10pt'):

     10pt  11pt  12pt

   All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the
paper size (these show height by width):

'a4paper'
     210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches)

'a5paper'
     148 by 210mm (about 5.8 by 8.3 inches)

'b5paper'
     176 by 250mm (about 6.9 by 9.8 inches)

'executivepaper'
     7.25 by 10.5 inches

'legalpaper'
     8.5 by 14 inches

'letterpaper'
     8.5 by 11 inches (the default)

   When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX (*note
TeX engines::), options other than 'letterpaper' set the print area but
you must also set the physical paper size.  One way to do that is to put
'\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth' and '\pdfpageheight=\paperheight' in your
document's preamble.

   The 'geometry' package provides flexible ways of setting the print
area and physical page size.

   Miscellaneous other options:

'draft'
'final'
     Mark ('draft') or do not mark ('final') overfull boxes with a black
     box in the margin; default is 'final'.

'fleqn'
     Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered.

'landscape'
     Selects landscape format; default is portrait.

'leqno'
     Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the
     right side.

'openbib'
     Use "open" bibliography format.

'titlepage'
'notitlepage'
     Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title
     information and for the abstract also, if there is one.  The
     default for the 'report' class is 'titlepage', for the other
     classes it is 'notitlepage'.

   The following options are not available with the 'slides' class.

'onecolumn'
'twocolumn'
     Typeset in one or two columns; default is 'onecolumn'.

'oneside'
'twoside'
     Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is 'oneside', except that
     in the 'book' class the default is 'twoside'.

     For one-sided printing, the text is centered on the page.  For
     two-sided printing, the '\evensidemargin' ('\oddsidemargin')
     parameter determines the distance on even (odd) numbered pages
     between the left side of the page and the text's left margin, with
     '\oddsidemargin' being 40% of the difference between '\paperwidth'
     and '\textwidth', and '\evensidemargin' is the remainder.

'openright'
'openany'
     Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default
     is 'openright' for 'book', and 'openany' for 'report'.

   The 'slides' class offers the option 'clock' for printing the time at
the bottom of each note.

3.2 Additional packages
=======================

Load a package PKG, with the package options given in the
comma-separated list OPTIONS, as here.

     \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}.

   To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma,
as in '\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}', or use multiple '\usepackage'
commands.

   Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown to
the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
'\usepackage'.

3.3 Class and package construction
==================================

You can create new document classes and new packages.  For instance, if
your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a standard
header for each page, then you could create a new class 'smcmemo.cls'
and begin your documents with '\documentclass{smcmemo}'.

   What separates a package from a document class is that the commands
in a package are useful across classes while those in a document class
are specific to that class.  Thus, a command to set page headers is for
a package while a command to make the page headers say 'Memo from the
SMC Math Department' is for a class.

   Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign '@' as a
character in command names without having to surround the code
containing that command with '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother'.  *Note
\makeatletter & \makeatother::.  This allow you to create commands that
users will not accidentally redefine.  Another technique is to preface
class- or package-specific commands with some string to prevent your
class or package from interfering with others.  For instance, the class
'smcmemo' might have commands '\smc@tolist', '\smc@fromlist', etc.

3.3.1 Class and package structure
---------------------------------

A class file or package file typically has four parts.
  1. In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX
     package or class and describes itself, using the '\NeedsTeXFormat'
     and '\ProvidesClass' or '\ProvidesPackage' commands.

  2. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can
     also load other files.  Usually these commands will be those needed
     for the code used in the next part.  For example, an 'smcmemo'
     class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list
     of people for the to-head, as '\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}',
     and therefore needs to define a command
     '\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}' used in that file.

  3. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and
     processes its options.  Class options allow a user to start their
     document as '\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}', to modify
     the behavior of the class.  An example is when you declare
     '\documentclass[11pt]{article}' to set the default document font
     size.

  4. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package
     usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands
     and fonts, and loading other files.

   Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as 'stub.cls'
where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the '.tex'
file.

     \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
     \ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 stub to start building classes from]
     \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
     \ProcessOptions\relax
     \LoadClass{article}

It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
passing them all to the 'article' class, and then loads the 'article'
class to provide the basis for this class's code.

   For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the
Class Guide, at
<http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (much of
the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
<https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>.

3.3.2 Class and package commands
--------------------------------

These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.

'\AtBeginDvi{specials}'
     Save in a box register things that are written to the '.dvi' file
     at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.

'\AtEndOfClass{CODE}'
'\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}'
     Hook to insert CODE to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing
     the current class or package.  You can use these hooks multiple
     times; the 'code' will be executed in the order that you called it.
     See also *note \AtBeginDocument::.

'\CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
'\CheckCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
     Like '\newcommand' (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) but does
     not define CMD; instead it checks that the current definition of
     CMD is exactly as given by DEFINITION and is or is not "long" as
     expected.  A long command is a command that accepts '\par' within
     an argument.  The CMD command is expected to be long with the
     unstarred version of '\CheckCommand'.  Raises an error when the
     check fails.  This allows you to check before you start redefining
     'cmd' yourself that no other package has already redefined this
     command.

'\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}'
'\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}'
'\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
'\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
'\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
'\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
'\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
'\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
'\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
'\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
     Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.

     For '\ClassError' and '\PackageError' the message is ERROR TEXT,
     followed by TeX's '?' error prompt.  If the user then asks for help
     by typing 'h', they see the HELP TEXT.

     The four warning commands are similar except that they write
     WARNING TEXT on the screen with no error prompt.  The four info
     commands write INFO TEXT only in the transcript file.  The 'NoLine'
     versions do not show the number of the line generating the message,
     while the other versions do show that number.

     To format the messages, including the HELP TEXT: use '\protect' to
     stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
     '\MessageBreak', and get a space with '\space' when a space
     character does not allow it, like after a command.  Note that LaTeX
     appends a period to the messages.

'\CurrentOption'
     Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option.  Can
     only be used within the CODE argument of either '\DeclareOption' or
     '\DeclareOption*'.

'\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}'
'\DeclareOption*{CODE}'
     Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
     '\documentclass' command.  For example, the 'smcmemo' class could
     have an option '\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}' allowing users to
     put the institutional logo on the first page.  The class file must
     contain '\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}' (and later,
     '\ProcessOptions').

     If you request an option that has not been declared, by default
     this will produce a warning like 'Unused global option(s):
     [badoption].' Change this behaviour with the starred version
     '\DeclareOption*{CODE}'.  For example, many classes extend an
     existing class, using a declaration such as '\LoadClass{article}',
     and for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such
     as this.

          \DeclareOption*{%
          \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
          }

     Another example is that the class 'smcmemo' may allow users to keep
     lists of memo recipients in external files.  Then the user could
     invoke '\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}' and it will read the file
     'math.memo'.  This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
     passes the option to the 'article' class.

          \DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
              \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}

'\DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
'\DeclareRobustCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
     Like '\newcommand' and '\newcommand*' (*note \newcommand &
     \renewcommand::) but these declare a robust command, even if some
     code within the DEFINITION is fragile.  (For a discussion of robust
     and fragile commands *note \protect::.)  Use this command to define
     new robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them
     robust.  Unlike '\newcommand' these do not give an error if macro
     CMD already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
     transcript file if a command is redefined.

     Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those
     defined using '\newcommand' so unless the command's data is fragile
     and the command is used within a moving argument, use
     '\newcommand'.

     The 'etoolbox' package offers the commands '\newrobustcmd',
     '\newrobustcmd*', as well as the commands '\renewrobustcmd',
     '\renewrobustcmd*', and the commands '\providerobustcmd', and
     '\providerobustcmd*'.  These are similar to '\newcommand',
     '\newcommand*', '\renewcommand', '\renewcommand*',
     '\providecommand', and '\providecommand*', but define a robust CMD
     with two advantages as compared to '\DeclareRobustCommand':
       1. They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than
          the higher level LaTeX '\protect' mechanism, so they do not
          incur the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
       2. They make the same distinction between '\new...', '\renew...',
          and '\provide...', as the standard commands, so they do not
          just make a log message when you redefine CMD that already
          exists, in that case you need to use either '\renew...' or
          '\provide...' or you get an error.

'\IfFileExists{FILE NAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}'
'\InputIfFileExists{FILE NAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}'
     Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX finds the file 'FILE NAME' or FALSE CODE
     otherwise.  In the first case it executing TRUE CODE and then
     inputs the file.  Thus the command

          \IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
            \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}

     will include the graphic 'img.pdf' if it is found and otherwise
     give a warning.

     This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX
     uses, not only in the current directory.  To look only in the
     current directory do something like '\IfFileExists{./filename}{TRUE
     CODE}{FALSE CODE}'.  If you ask for a filename without a '.tex'
     extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by appending the
     '.tex'; for more on how LaTeX handles file extensions see *note
     \input::.

'\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
'\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
     Load a class, as with '\documentclass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS
     NAME}[RELEASE INFO]'.  An example is
     '\LoadClass[twoside]{article}'.

     The OPTIONS LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list.  The
     RELEASE DATE is optional.  If present it must have the form
     YYYY/MM/DD.

     If you request a RELEASE DATE and the date of the package installed
     on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the screen and
     in the log like this.

          You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
          document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
          Standard LaTeX document class' is available.

     The command version '\LoadClassWithOptions' uses the list of
     options for the current class.  This means it ignores any options
     passed to it via '\PassOptionsToClass'.  This is a convenience
     command that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the
     standard 'article' class, without having to track which options
     were passed.

'\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}'
     For each option OPTION in the OPTIONS-LIST, in order, this command
     executes the command '\ds@OPTION'.  If this command is not defined
     then that option is silently ignored.

     It can be used to provide a default option list before
     '\ProcessOptions'.  For example, if in a class file you want the
     default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
     '\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax'.

'\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT DATE]'
     Specifies the format that this class must be run under.  Often
     issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
     '\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}'.  When a document using that class is
     processed, the format name given here must match the format that is
     actually being run (including that the FORMAT string is case
     sensitive).  If it does not match then execution stops with an
     error like 'This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.'

     To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain
     features, include the optional FORMAT DATE on which those features
     were implemented.  If present it must be in the form 'YYYY/MM/DD'.
     If the format version installed on your system is earlier than
     FORMAT DATE then you get a warning like this.

          You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
          release `2016/02/01' is available.

'\OptionNotUsed'
     Adds the current option to the list of unused options.  Can only be
     used within the CODE argument of either '\DeclareOption' or
     '\DeclareOption*'.

'\PassOptionsToClass{OPTION LIST}{CLASS NAME}'
'\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTION LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}'
     Adds the options in the comma-separated list OPTION LIST to the
     options used by any future '\RequirePackage' or '\usepackage'
     command for package PACKAGE NAME or the class CLASS NAME.

     The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number
     of times with no options but if you want options then you may only
     supply them when you first load the package.  Loading a package
     with options more than once will get you an error like 'Option
     clash for package foo.' (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no
     conflict between the options.)

     If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can
     collapse that to once, for example replacing the two
     '\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}' and
     '\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}' with the single command
     '\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}'.

     However, imagine that you are loading 'firstpkg' and inside that
     package it loads 'secondpkg', and you need the second package to be
     loaded with option 'draft'.  Then before doing the first package
     you must queue up the options for the second package, like this.

          \PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
          \RequirePackage{firstpkg}

     (If 'firstpkg.sty' loads an option in conflict with what you want
     then you may have to alter its source.)

     These commands are useful for general users as well as class and
     package writers.  For instance, suppose a user wants to load the
     'graphicx' package with the option 'draft' and also wants to use a
     class 'foo' that loads the 'graphicx' package, but without that
     option.  The user could start their LaTeX file with
     '\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}'.

'\ProcessOptions'
'\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS'
     Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked.
     Include it in the class file as '\ProcessOptions\relax' (because of
     the existence of the starred command).

     Options come in two types.  "Local options" have been specified for
     this particular package in the OPTIONS argument of
     '\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}', '\usepackage[OPTIONS]', or
     '\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]'.  "Global options" are those given by
     the class user in '\documentclass[OPTIONS]' (If an option is
     specified both locally and globally then it is local.)

     When '\ProcessOptions' is called for a package 'pkg.sty', the
     following happens:
       1. For each option OPTION so far declared with '\DeclareOption',
          it looks to see if that option is either a global or a local
          option for 'pkg'.  If so then it executes the declared code.
          This is done in the order in which these options were given in
          'pkg.sty'.
       2. For each remaining local option, it executes the command
          '\ds@'OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than by a
          '\DeclareOption'); otherwise, it executes the default option
          code given in '\DeclareOption*'.  If no default option code
          has been declared then it gives an error message.  This is
          done in the order in which these options were specified.

     When '\ProcessOptions' is called for a class it works in the same
     way except that all options are local, and the default CODE for
     '\DeclareOption*' is '\OptionNotUsed' rather than an error.

     The starred version '\ProcessOptions*' executes the options in the
     order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order
     of declaration in the class or package.  For a package this means
     that the global options are processed first.

'\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]'
'\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
'\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]'
'\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
     Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen
     and the log file.

     When you load a class or package, for example with
     '\documentclass{smcmemo}' or '\usepackage{test}', LaTeX inputs a
     file.  If the name of the file does not match the class or package
     name declared in it then you get a warning.  Thus, if you invoke
     '\documentclass{smcmemo}', and the file 'smcmemo.cls' has the
     statement '\ProvidesClass{xxx}' then you get a warning like 'You
     have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document class
     provides 'xxx'.' This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
     processing the rest of the class file normally.

     If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
     before any spaces, of the form 'YYYY/MM/DD'.  The rest of the
     optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally
     identifies the class, and is written to the screen during
     compilation and to the log file.  Thus, if your file 'smcmemo.cls'
     contains the line '\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
     class]' and your document's first line is '\documentclass{smcmemo}'
     then you will see 'Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
     class'.

     The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to
     ask to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier
     than RELEASE DATE.  For instance, a user could enter
     '\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]' or
     '\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]' to require a class or package with
     certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier
     than the given date.  (Although, in practice package users only
     rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.)

'\ProvidesFile{FILE NAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]'
     Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
     configuration files or font definition files.  Put this command in
     that file and you get in the log a string like 'File: test.config
     2017/10/12 config file for test.cls' for FILE NAME equal to
     'test.config' and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equal to '2017/10/12
     config file for test.cls'.

'\RequirePackage[OPTION LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
'\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
     Load a package, like the command '\usepackage' (*note Additional
     packages::).  The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of
     these commands over Plain TeX's '\input'; see the Class Guide.  An
     example is '\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}'.

     The OPTION LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list.  The
     RELEASE DATE, if present, must have the form YYYY/MM/DD.  If the
     release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier
     than RELEASE DATE then you get a warning like 'You have requested,
     on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but only
     version `2000/01/01' is available'.

     The '\RequirePackageWithOptions' version uses the list of options
     for the current class.  This means it ignores any options passed to
     it via '\PassOptionsToClass'.  This is a convenience command to
     allow easily building classes on existing ones without having to
     track which options were passed.

     The difference between '\usepackage' and '\RequirePackage' is
     small.  The '\usepackage' command is intended for the document file
     while '\RequirePackage' is intended for package and class files.
     Thus, using '\usepackage' before the '\documentclass' command
     causes LaTeX to give error like '\usepackage before
     \documentclass', but you can use '\RequirePackage' there.

4 Fonts
*******

Two important aspects of selecting a "font" are specifying a size and a
style.  The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here.

4.1 Font styles
===============

The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.

   In the table below the listed commands, the '\text...' commands, is
used with an argument, as in '\textit{TEXT}'.  This is the preferred
form.  But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the corresponding
declaration form, which is sometimes useful.  This form takes no
arguments, as in '{\itshape TEXT}'.  The scope of the declaration form
lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group.
In addition, each has an environment form such as
'\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}'.

   These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form,
are cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying
either of '\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily'.

   One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert
italic corrections if needed (*note \/::).  Specifically, they insert
the italic correction unless the following character is in the list
'\nocorrlist', which by default consists of a period and a comma.  To
suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use '\nocorr' at
the start or end of the command argument, such as '\textit{\nocorr
text}' or '\textsc{text \nocorr}'.

'\textrm (\rmfamily)'
     Roman.

'\textit (\itshape)'
     Italics.

'\textmd (\mdseries)'
     Medium weight (default).

'\textbf (\bfseries)'
     Boldface.

'\textup (\upshape)'
     Upright (default).

'\textsl (\slshape)'
     Slanted.

'\textsf (\sffamily)'
     Sans serif.

'\textsc (\scshape)'
     Small caps.

'\texttt (\ttfamily)'
     Typewriter.

'\textnormal (\normalfont)'
     Main document font.

   Although it also changes fonts, the '\emph{TEXT}' command is
semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
substitute for '\textit'.  For example, '\emph{START TEXT \emph{MIDDLE
TEXT} END TEXT}' will result in the START TEXT and END TEXT in italics,
but MIDDLE TEXT will be in roman.

   LaTeX also provides the following commands, which unconditionally
switch to the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative.  They are used
as declarations: '{\CMD...}' instead of '\CMD{...}'.

   (The unconditional commands below are an older version of font
switching.  The earlier commands are an improvement in most
circumstances.  But sometimes an unconditional font switch is precisely
what you want.)

'\bf'
     Switch to bold face.

'\cal'
     Switch to calligraphic letters for math.

'\it'
     Italics.

'\rm'
     Roman.

'\sc'
     Small caps.

'\sf'
     Sans serif.

'\sl'
     Slanted (oblique).

'\tt'
     Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).

   The '\em' command is the unconditional version of '\emph'.

   The following commands are for use in math mode.  They are not
cumulative, so '\mathbf{\mathit{SYMBOL}}' does not create a boldface and
italic SYMBOL; instead, it will just be in italics.  This is because
typically math symbols need consistent typographic treatment, regardless
of the surrounding environment.

'\mathrm'
     Roman, for use in math mode.

'\mathbf'
     Boldface, for use in math mode.

'\mathsf'
     Sans serif, for use in math mode.

'\mathtt'
     Typewriter, for use in math mode.

'\mathit'
'(\mit)'
     Italics, for use in math mode.

'\mathnormal'
     For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration.

'\mathcal'
     Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode.

   In addition, the command '\mathversion{bold}' can be used for
switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas.
'\mathversion{normal}' restores the default.

   Finally, the command '\oldstylenums{NUMERALS}' will typeset so-called
"old-style" numerals, which have differing heights and depths (and
sometimes widths) from the standard "lining" numerals, which all have
the same height as uppercase letters.  LaTeX's default fonts support
this, and will respect '\textbf' (but not other styles; there are no
italic old-style numerals in Computer Modern).  Many other fonts have
old-style numerals also; sometimes the 'textcomp' package must be
loaded, and sometimes package options are provided to make them the
default.  FAQ entry:
<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf>.

4.2 Font sizes
==============

The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX.  The
table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font size used
(in points) with the '10pt', '11pt', and '12pt' document size options,
respectively (*note Document class options::).

Command                     '10pt'    '11pt'    '12pt'
--------------------------------------------------------
'\tiny'                     5         6         6
'\scriptsize'               7         8         8
'\footnotesize'             8         9         10
'\small'                    9         10        10.95
'\normalsize' (default)     10        10.95     12
'\large'                    12        12        14.4
'\Large'                    14.4      14.4      17.28
'\LARGE'                    17.28     17.28     20.74
'\huge'                     20.74     20.74     24.88
'\Huge'                     24.88     24.88     24.88

   The commands are listed here in declaration forms.  You use them by
declaring them, as with this example.

     \begin{quotation} \small
       The Tao that can be named is not the eternal Tao.
     \end{quotation}

The scope of the '\small' lasts until the end of the 'quotation'
environment.  It would also end at the next type style command or the
end of the current group, so you could enclose it in extra curly braces
'{\small We are here, we are here, we are here!}'.  You can instead use
the environment form of these commands; for instance,
'\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'.

4.3 Low-level font commands
===========================

These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
packages.  The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
ones.

'\fontencoding{ENCODING}'
     Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font.  There
     are a large number of valid encodings.  The most common are 'OT1',
     Knuth's original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and
     'T1', also known as the Cork encoding, which has support for the
     accented characters used by the most widespread European languages
     (German, French, Italian, Polish and others), which allows TeX to
     hyphenate words containing accented letters.  For more, see
     <https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide>.

'\fontfamily{FAMILY}'
     Select the font family.  The web page
     <http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/> provides one way to browse
     through many of the fonts easily used with LaTeX.  Here are
     examples of some common families.

     'pag'  Avant Garde
     'fvs'  Bitstream Vera Sans
     'pbk'  Bookman
     'bch'  Charter
     'ccr'  Computer Concrete
     'cmr'  Computer Modern
     'cmss' Computer Modern Sans Serif
     'cmtt' Computer Modern Typewriter
     'pcr'  Courier
     'phv'  Helvetica
     'fi4'  Inconsolata
     'lmr'  Latin Modern
     'lmss' Latin Modern Sans
     'lmtt' Latin Modern Typewriter
     'pnc'  New Century Schoolbook
     'ppl'  Palatino
     'ptm'  Times
     'uncl' Uncial
     'put'  Utopia
     'pzc'  Zapf Chancery

'\fontseries{SERIES}'
     Select the font series.  A "series" combines a "weight" and a
     "width".  Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
     combinations.  Some common combined series values include:

     'm'  Medium (normal)
     'b'  Bold
     'c'  Condensed
     'bc' Bold condensed
     'bx' Bold extended

     The possible values for weight, individually, are:

     'ul' Ultra light
     'el' Extra light
     'l'  Light
     'sl' Semi light
     'm'  Medium (normal)
     'sb' Semi bold
     'b'  Bold
     'eb' Extra bold
     'ub' Ultra bold

     The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and
     relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces):

     'uc' Ultra condensed
     'ec' Extra condensed
     'c'  Condensed
     'sc' Semi condensed
     'm'  Medium
     'sx' Semi expanded
     'x'  Expanded
     'ex' Extra expanded
     'ux' Ultra expanded

     When forming the SERIES string from the weight and width, drop the
     'm' that stands for medium weight or medium width, unless both
     weight and width are 'm', in which case use just one (''m'').

'\fontshape{SHAPE}'
     Select font shape.  Valid shapes are:

     'n'  Upright (normal)
     'it' Italic
     'sl' Slanted (oblique)
     'sc' Small caps
     'ui' Upright italics
     'ol' Outline

     The two last shapes are not available for most font families, and
     small caps are often missing as well.

'\fontsize{SIZE}{SKIP}'
     Set the font size and the line spacing.  The unit of both
     parameters defaults to points ('pt').  The line spacing is the
     nominal vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline.  It is
     stored in the parameter '\baselineskip'.  The default
     '\baselineskip' for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the
     '\fontsize'.  Changing '\baselineskip' directly is inadvisable
     since its value is reset every time a size change happens; see
     '\baselinestretch', next.

'\baselinestretch'
     LaTeX multiplies the line spacing by the value of the
     '\baselinestretch' parameter; the default factor is 1.  A change
     takes effect when '\selectfont' (see below) is called.  You can
     make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for
     instance doubling it, by doing
     '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}' in the preamble.

     However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the
     'setspace' package.  In addition to offering a number of spacing
     options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in
     places where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and
     figure captions.  See the package documentation.

'\linespread{FACTOR}'
     Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and
     therefore must be followed by '\selectfont' to have any effect.
     Best specified in the preamble, or use the 'setspace' package, as
     just described.

'\selectfont'
     The effects of the font commands described above do not happen
     until '\selectfont' is called, as in
     '\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont'.  It is often useful to put
     this in a macro:
     '\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont}'
     (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).

'\usefont{ENC}{FAMILY}{SERIES}{SHAPE}'
     The same as invoking '\fontencoding', '\fontfamily', '\fontseries'
     and '\fontshape' with the given parameters, followed by
     '\selectfont'.  For example:

          \usefont{ot1}{cmr}{m}{n}

5 Layout
********

Commands for controlling the general page layout.

5.1 '\onecolumn'
================

Synopsis:

     \onecolumn

   Start a new page and produce single-column output.  If the document
is given the class option 'onecolumn' then this is the default behavior
(*note Document class options::).  This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).

5.2 '\twocolumn'
================

Synopses:

     \twocolumn
     \twocolumn[PRELIM ONE COLUMN TEXT]

   Start a new page and produce two-column output.  If the document is
given the class option 'twocolumn' then this is the default (*note
Document class options::).  This command is fragile (*note \protect::).

   If the optional PRELIM ONE COLUMN TEXT argument is present, it is
typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts.

   These parameters control typesetting in two-column output:

'\columnsep'
     The distance between columns.  The default is 35pt.  Change it with
     a command such as '\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}' You must change it
     before the two column environment starts; in the preamble is a good
     place.

'\columnseprule'
     The width of the rule between columns.  The rule appears halfway
     between the two columns.  The default is 0pt, meaning that there is
     no rule.  Change it with a command such as
     '\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}', before the two-column
     environment starts.

'\columnwidth'
     The width of a single column.  In one-column mode this is equal to
     '\textwidth'.  In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the width
     of each of the two columns to be half of '\textwidth' minus
     '\columnsep'.

   In a two-column document, the starred environments 'table*' and
'figure*' are two columns wide, whereas the unstarred environments
'table' and 'figure' take up only one column (*note figure:: and *note
table::).  LaTeX places starred floats at the top of a page.  The
following parameters control float behavior of two-column output.

'\dbltopfraction'
     The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be
     occupied by two-column wide floats.  The default is 0.7, meaning
     that the height of a 'table*' or 'figure*' environment must not
     exceed '0.7\textheight' .  If the height of your starred float
     environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following
     actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the
     document:

        * Use the '[tp]' location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put
          the bulky float on a page by itself, as well as at the top of
          a page.

        * Use the '[t!]' location specifier to override the effect of
          '\dbltopfraction' for this particular float.

        * Increase the value of '\dbltopfraction' to a suitably large
          number, to avoid going to float pages so soon.

     You can redefine it, as with '\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}'.

'\dblfloatpagefraction'
     For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum
     fraction that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of
     blank space.  LaTeX's default is '0.5'.  Change it with
     '\renewcommand'.

'\dblfloatsep'
     On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the
     distance between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page.
     The default is '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for a document set at '10pt'
     or '11pt', and '14pt plus2pt minus4pt' for a document set at
     '12pt'.

'\dbltextfloatsep'
     This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top
     or bottom of a page and the main text.  The default is '20pt
     plus2pt minus4pt'.

'\dbltopnumber'
     On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the
     maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page.  The LaTeX
     default is '2'.

   This example uses '\twocolumn''s optional argument of to create a
title that spans the two-column article:

     \documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
     \newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
     \begin{document}
     \twocolumn[{% inside this optional argument goes one-column text
       \centering
       \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em]
       \large Author One\authormark{1},
              Author Two\authormark{2},
              Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em]
       \normalsize
       \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}}
         \authormark{1}Department one  &\authormark{2}Department two \\
          School one                   &School two
       \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part
       }]

     Two column text here.

5.3 '\flushbottom'
==================

Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same
height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the
page.  This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the
differences in facing pages can be glaring.

   If TeX cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page
then you get a message like 'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has
occurred while \output is active'.  If you get that, one option is to
change to '\raggedbottom' (*note \raggedbottom::).  Alternatively, you
can adjust the 'textheight' to make compatible pages, or you can add
some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, as in
'\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}'.  Your last option is to, in a
final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages (*note
\enlargethispage::).

   The '\flushbottom' state is the default only if you select the
'twoside' document class option (*note Document class options::).

5.4 '\raggedbottom'
===================

Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
rubber vertical lengths will be stretched.  Thus, in a two-sided
document the facing pages may be different heights.  This command can go
at any point in the document body.  See *note \flushbottom::.

   This is the default unless you select the 'twoside' document class
option (*note Document class options::).

5.5 Page layout parameters
==========================

'\columnsep'
'\columnseprule'
'\columnwidth'
     The distance between the two columns, the width of a rule between
     the columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class
     option 'twocolumn' is in effect (*note Document class options::).
     *Note \twocolumn::.

'\headheight'
     Height of the box that contains the running head.  The default in
     the 'article', 'report', and 'book' classes is '12pt', at all type
     sizes.

'\headsep'
     Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top
     of the main text.  The default in the 'article' and 'report'
     classes is '25pt'.  In the 'book' class the default is: if the
     document is set at 10pt then it is '0.25in', and at 11pt and 12pt
     it is '0.275in'.

'\footskip'
     Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline
     of the page footer.  The default in the 'article' and 'report'
     classes is '30pt'.  In the 'book' class the default is: when the
     type size is 10pt the default is '0.35in', while at 11pt it is
     '0.38in', and at 12pt it is '30pt'.

'\linewidth'
     Width of the current line, decreased for each nested 'list' (*note
     list::).  That is, the nominal value for '\linewidth' is to equal
     '\textwidth' but for each nested list the '\linewidth' is decreased
     by the sum of that list's '\leftmargin' and '\rightmargin' (*note
     itemize::).

'\marginparpush'
'\marginsep'
'\marginparwidth'
     The minimum vertical space between two marginal notes, the
     horizontal space between the text body and the marginal notes, and
     the horizontal width of the notes.

     Normally marginal notes appear on the outside of the page, but the
     declaration '\reversemarginpar' changes that (and
     '\normalmarginpar' changes it back).

     The defaults for '\marginparpush' in both 'book' and 'article'
     classes are: '7pt' if the document is set at 12pt, and '5pt' if the
     document is set at 11pt or 10pt.

     For '\marginsep', in 'article' class the default is '10pt' except
     if the document is set at 10pt and in two-column mode where the
     default is '11pt'.

     For '\marginsep' in 'book' class the default is '10pt' in
     two-column mode and '7pt' in one-column mode.

     For '\marginparwidth' in both 'book' and 'article' classes, in
     two-column mode the default is 60% of '\paperwidth - \textwidth',
     while in one-column mode it is 50% of that distance.

'\oddsidemargin'
'\evensidemargin'
     The '\oddsidemargin' is the extra distance between the left side of
     the page and the text's left margin, on odd-numbered pages when the
     document class option 'twoside' is chosen and on all pages when
     'oneside' is in effect.  When 'twoside' is in effect, on
     even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is
     'evensidemargin'.

     LaTeX's default is that '\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference
     between '\paperwidth' and '\textwidth', and '\evensidemargin' is
     the remainder.

'\paperheight'
     The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print
     area.  Normally set with a document class option, as in
     '\documentclass[a4paper]{article}' (*note Document class
     options::).

'\paperwidth'
     The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print
     area.  Normally set with a document class option, as in
     '\documentclass[a4paper]{article}' (*note Document class
     options::).

'\textheight'
     The normal vertical height of the page body.  If the document is
     set at a nominal type size of 10pt then for an 'article' or
     'report' the default is '43\baselineskip', while for a 'book' it is
     '41\baselineskip'.  At a type size of 11pt the default is
     '38\baselineskip' for all document classes.  At 12pt it is
     '36\baselineskip' for all classes.

'\textwidth'
     The full horizontal width of the entire page body.  For an
     'article' or 'report' document, the default is '345pt' when the
     chosen type size is 10pt, the default is '360pt' at 11pt, and it is
     '390pt' at 12pt.  For a 'book' document, the default is '4.5in' at
     a type size of 10pt, and '5in' at 11pt or 12pt.

     In multi-column output, '\textwidth' remains the width of the
     entire page body, while '\columnwidth' is the width of one column
     (*note \twocolumn::).

     In lists (*note list::), '\textwidth' remains the width of the
     entire page body (and '\columnwidth' the width of the entire
     column), while '\linewidth' may decrease for nested lists.

     Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or '\parbox' (*note
     \parbox::), all the width-related parameters are set to the
     specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of
     the 'minipage' or '\parbox'.

'\hsize'
     This entry is included for completeness: '\hsize' is the TeX
     primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines.  It should
     not be used in normal LaTeX documents.

'\topmargin'
     Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the
     paper, by default) and the top of the header.  The value is
     computed based on many other parameters: '\paperheight - 2in -
     \headheight - \headsep - \textheight - \footskip', and then divided
     by two.

'\topskip'
     Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline
     of the first line of text.  For the standard classes, the default
     is the same as the font size, e.g., '10pt' at a type size of 10pt.

5.6 Floats
==========

Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken
across pages.  They must be typeset outside of the normal flow of text,
for instance floating to the top of a later page.

   LaTeX can have a number of different classes of floating material.
The default is the two classes, 'figure' (*note figure::) and 'table'
(*note table::), but you can create a new class with the package
'float'.

   Within any one float class LaTeX always respects the order, so that
the first figure in a document source must be typeset before the second
figure.  However, LaTeX may mix the classes, so it can happen that while
the first table appears in the source before the first figure, it
appears in the output after it.

   The placement of floats is subject to parameters, given below, that
limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and the
bottom, etc.  If so many floats are queued that the limits prevent them
all from fitting on a page then LaTeX places what it can and defers the
rest to the next page.  In this way, floats may end up being typeset far
from their place in the source.  In particular, a float that is big may
migrate to the end of the document.  In which event, because all floats
in a class must appear in sequential order, every following float in
that class also appears at the end.

   In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak
where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its
PLACEMENT argument.  The possible values are a sequence of the letters
below.  The default for both 'figure' and 'table', in both 'article' and
'book' classes, is 'tbp'.

't'
     (Top)--at the top of a text page.

'b'
     (Bottom)--at the bottom of a text page.  (However, 'b' is not
     allowed for full-width floats ('figure*') with double-column
     output.  To ameliorate this, use the 'stfloats' or 'dblfloatfix'
     package, but see the discussion at caveats in the FAQ:
     <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat>.

'h'
     (Here)--at the position in the text where the 'figure' environment
     appears.  However, 'h' is not allowed by itself; 't' is
     automatically added.

     To absolutely force a float to appear "here", you can
     '\usepackage{float}' and use the 'H' specifier which it defines.
     For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at
     <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere>.

'p'
     (Page of floats)--on a separate "float page", which is a page
     containing no text, only floats.

'!'
     Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, LaTeX
     ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can
     appear and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the
     page.  The '!' specifier does _not_ mean "put the float here"; see
     above.

   Note: the order in which letters appear in the PLACEMENT argument
does not change the order in which LaTeX tries to place the float; for
instance, 'btp' has the same effect as 'tbp'.  All that PLACEMENT does
is that if a letter is not present then the algorithm does not try that
location.  Thus, LaTeX's default of 'tbp' is to try every location
except placing the float where it occurs in the source.

   To prevent LaTeX from moving floats to the end of the document or a
chapter you can use a '\clearpage' command to start a new page and
insert all pending floats.  If a pagebreak is undesirable then you can
use the 'afterpage' package and issue '\afterpage{\clearpage}'.  This
will wait until the current page is finished and then flush all
outstanding floats.

   LaTeX can typeset a float before where it appears in the source
(although on the same output page) if there is a 't' specifier in the
PLACEMENT parameter.  If this is not desired, and deleting the 't' is
not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the
next page, then you can prevent it by either using the 'flafter' package
or using the command '\suppressfloats[t]', which causes floats for the
top position on this page to moved to the next page.

   Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and
non-float text (change them with '\renewcommand{PARAMETER}{DECIMAL
BETWEEN 0 AND 1}'):

'\bottomfraction'
     The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats
     at the bottom; default '.3'.

'\floatpagefraction'
     The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by
     floats; default '.5'.

'\textfraction'
     Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
     much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a
     different page.  The default is '.2'.

'\topfraction'
     Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
     floats; default '.7'.

   Parameters relating to vertical space around floats (change them with
a command of the form '\setlength{PARAMETER}{LENGTH EXPRESSION}'):

'\floatsep'
     Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default '12pt
     plus2pt minus2pt'.

'\intextsep'
     Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text;
     default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for 10 point and 11 point
     documents, and '14pt plus4pt minus4pt' for 12 point documents.

'\textfloatsep'
     Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
     default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'.

   Counters relating to the number of floats on a page (change them with
a command of the form '\setcounter{CTRNAME}{NATURAL NUMBER}'):

'bottomnumber'
     Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text
     page; default 1.

'dbltopnumber'
     Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a
     two-column page; default 2.

'topnumber'
     Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
     default 2.

'totalnumber'
     Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.

   The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats
<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats> contains
suggestions for relaxing LaTeX's default parameters to reduce the
problem of floats being pushed to the end.  A full explanation of the
float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach's article "How to
influence the position of float environments like figure and table in
LaTeX?"  (<http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf>).

6 Sectioning
************

Structure your text into divisions: parts, chapters, sections, etc.  All
sectioning commands have the same form, one of:

     SECTIONING-COMMAND{TITLE}
     SECTIONING-COMMAND*{TITLE}
     SECTIONING-COMMAND[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}

For instance, declare the start of a subsection as with
'\subsection{Motivation}'.

   The table has each SECTIONING-COMMAND in LaTeX.  All are available in
all of LaTeX's standard document classes 'book', 'report',
and 'article', except that '\chapter' is not available in 'article'.

Sectioning unit    Command            Level
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Part               '\part'            -1 ('book', 'report'), 0
                                      ('article')
Chapter            '\chapter'         0
Section            '\section'         1
Subsection         '\subsection'      2
Subsubsection      '\subsubsection'   3
Paragraph          '\paragraph'       4
Subparagraph       '\subparagraph'    5

   All these commands have a '*'-form that prints TITLE as usual but is
not numbered and does not make an entry in the table of contents.  An
example of using this is for an appendix in an 'article' .  The input
'\appendix\section{Appendix}' gives the output 'A Appendix' (*note
\appendix::).  You can lose the numbering 'A' by instead entering
'\section*{Appendix}' (articles often omit a table of contents and have
simple page headers so the other differences from the '\section' command
may not matter).

   The section title TITLE provides the heading in the main text, but it
may also appear in the table of contents and in the running head or foot
(*note Page styles::).  You may not want the same text in these places
as in the main text.  All of these commands have an optional argument
TOC-TITLE for these other places.

   The level number in the table above determines which sectional units
are numbered, and which appear in the table of contents.  If the
sectioning command's LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the
counter 'secnumdepth' then the titles for this sectioning command will
be numbered (*note Sectioning/secnumdepth::).  And, if LEVEL is less
than or equal to the value of the counter 'tocdepth' then the table of
contents will have an entry for this sectioning unit (*note
Sectioning/tocdepth::).

   LaTeX expects that before you have a '\subsection' you will have a
'\section' and, in a book, that before a '\section' you will have a
'\chapter'.  Otherwise you can get a something like a subsection
numbered '3.0.1'.

   Two counters relate to the appearance of sectioning commands.

'secnumdepth'
     Controls which sectioning commands are numbered.  Suppress
     numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than LEVEL
     '\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}' (*note \setcounter::).  See the
     above table for the level numbers.  For instance, if the
     'secnumdepth' is 1 in an 'article' then a '\section{Introduction}'
     command will produce output like '1 Introduction' while
     '\subsection{Discussion}' will produce output like 'Discussion',
     without the number.  LaTeX's default 'secnumdepth' is 3 in
     'article' class and  2 in the 'book' and 'report' classes.

'tocdepth'
     Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of
     contents.  The setting '\setcounter{tocdepth}{LEVEL}' makes the
     sectioning units at LEVEL be the smallest ones listed (*note
     \setcounter::).  See the above table for the level numbers.  For
     instance, if 'tocdepth' is 1 then the table of contents will list
     sections but not subsections.  LaTeX's default 'secnumdepth' is 3
     in 'article' class and  2 in the 'book' and 'report' classes.

6.1 '\part'
===========

Synopsis, one of:

     \part{TITLE}
     \part*{TITLE}
     \part[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}

   Start a document part.  The standard LaTeX classes 'book', 'report',
and 'article', all have this command.

   This produces a document part, in a book.

     \part{VOLUME I \\
            PERSONAL MEMOIRS OF  U.\ S.\ GRANT}
     \chapter{ANCESTRY--BIRTH--BOYHOOD.}
     My family is American, and has been for generations,
     in all its branches, direct and collateral.

   In each standard class the '\part' command outputs a part number such
as 'Part I', alone on its line, in boldface, and in large type.  Then
LaTeX outputs TITLE, also alone on its line, in bold and in even larger
type.  In class 'book', the LaTeX default puts each part alone on its
own page.  If the book is two-sided then LaTeX will skip a page if
needed to have the new part on an odd-numbered page.  In 'report' it is
again alone on a page, but LaTeX won't force it onto an odd-numbered
page.  In an 'article' LaTeX does not put it on a fresh page, but
instead outputs the part number and part title onto the main document
page.

   The '*' form shows TITLE but it does not show the part number, does
not increment the 'part' counter, and produces no table of contents
entry.

   The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the part title in the
table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::) and in running
headers (*note Page styles::).  If it is not present then TITLE will be
there.  This example puts a line break in TITLE but leaves out the break
in the table of contents.

     \part[Up from the bottom; my life]{Up from the bottom\\ my life}

   For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear
in the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 (*note
Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).

   In the class 'article', if a paragraph immediately follows the part
title then it is not indented.  To get an indent you can use the package
'indentfirst'.

   One package to change the behavior of '\part' is 'titlesec'.  See its
documentation on CTAN.

6.2 '\chapter'
==============

Synopsis, one of:

     \chapter{TITLE}
     \chapter*{TITLE}
     \chapter[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}

   Start a chapter.  The standard LaTeX classes 'book' and 'report' have
this command but 'article' does not.

   This produces a chapter.

     \chapter{Loomings}
     Call me Ishmael.
     Some years ago---never mind how long precisely---having little or no
     money in my purse, and nothing particular to interest me on shore, I
     thought I would sail about a little and see the watery part of
     the world.

   The LaTeX default starts each chapter on a fresh page, an
odd-numbered page if the document is two-sided.  It produces a chapter
number such as 'Chapter 1' in large boldface type (the size is '\huge').
It then puts TITLE on a fresh line, in boldface type that is still
larger (size '\Huge').  It also increments the 'chapter' counter, adds
an entry to the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::), and
sets the running header information (*note Page styles::).

   The '*' form shows TITLE on a fresh line, in boldface.  But it does
not show the chapter number, does not increment the 'chapter' counter,
produces no table of contents entry, and does not affect the running
header.  (If you use the page style 'headings' in a two-sided document
then the header will be from the prior chapter.)  This example
illustrates.

     \chapter*{Preamble}

   The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the chapter title in
the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::) and in running
headers (*note Page styles::).  If it is not present then TITLE will be
there.  This shows the full name in the chapter title,

     \chapter[Weyl]{Hermann Klaus Hugo (Peter) Weyl (1885--1955)}

but only 'Weyl' on the contents page.  This puts a line break in the
title but that doesn't work well with running headers so it omits the
break in the contents

     \chapter[Given it all\\ my story]{Given it all\\ my story}

   For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear
in the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0 (*note
Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).

   The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice.  To get an indent use the package
'indentfirst'.

   You can change what is shown for the chapter number.  To change it to
something like 'Lecture 1', put in the preamble either
'\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Lecture}' or this (*note \makeatletter &
\makeatother::).

     \makeatletter
     \renewcommand{\@chapapp}{Lecture}
     \makeatother

To make this change because of the primary language for the document,
see the package 'babel'.

   In a two-sided document LaTeX puts a chapter on odd-numbered page, if
necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any
running headers.  To make that page completely blank, see *note
\clearpage & \cleardoublepage::.

   To change the behavior of the '\chapter' command, you can copy its
definition from the LaTeX format file and make adjustments.  But there
are also many packages on CTAN that address this.  One is 'titlesec'.
See its documentation, but the example below gives a sense of what it
can do.

     \usepackage{titlesec}   % in preamble
     \titleformat{\chapter}
       {\Huge\bfseries}  % format of title
       {}                % label, such as 1.2 for a subsection
       {0pt}             % length of separation between label and title
       {}                % before-code hook

This omits the chapter number 'Chapter 1' from the page but unlike
'\chapter*' it keeps the chapter in the table of contents and the
running headers.

6.3 '\section'
==============

Synopsis, one of:

     \section{TITLE}
     \section*{TITLE}
     \section[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}

   Start a section.  The standard LaTeX classes 'article', 'book', and
'report' all have this command.

   This produces a section.

     In this Part we tend to be more interested in the function,
     in the input-output behavior,
     than in the details of implementing that behavior.

     \section{Turing machines}
     Despite this desire to downplay implementation,
     we follow the approach of A~Turing that the
     first step toward defining the set of computable functions
     is to reflect on the details of what mechanisms can do.

   For the standard LaTeX classes 'book' and 'report' the default output
is like '1.2 TITLE' (for chapter 1, section 2), alone on its line and
flush left, in boldface and a larger type (the type size is '\Large').
The same holds in 'article' except that there are no chapters in that
class so it looks like '2 TITLE'.

   The '*' form shows TITLE.  But it does not show the section number,
does not increment the 'section' counter, produces no table of contents
entry, and does not affect the running header.  (If you use the page
style 'headings' in a two-sided document then the header will be from
the prior section.)

   The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the section title in
the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::) and in running
headers (*note Page styles::).  If it is not present then TITLE will be
there.  This shows the full name in the title of the section,

     \section[Elizabeth~II]{Elizabeth the Second,
       by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom,
       Canada and Her other Realms and Territories Queen,
       Head of the Commonwealth, Defender of the Faith.}

but only 'Elizabeth II' on the contents page and in the headers.  This
has a line break in TITLE but that does not work with headers so it is
omitted from the contents and headers.

     \section[Truth is, I cheated; my life story]{Truth is,
       I cheated\\my life story}

   For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear
in the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1 (*note
Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).

   The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
package 'indentfirst'.

   In general, to change the behavior of the '\section' command, there
are a number of options.  One is the '\@startsection' command (*note
\@startsection::).  There are also many packages on CTAN that address
this, including 'titlesec'.  See the documentation but the example below
gives a sense of what they can do.

     \usepackage{titlesec}   % in preamble
     \titleformat{\section}
       {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}  % format of title
       {\makebox[1pc][r]{\thesection\hspace{1pc}}} % label
       {0pt}                   % length of separation between label and title
       {}                      % before-code hook
     \titlespacing*{\section}
       {-1pc}{18pt}{10pt}[10pc]

That puts the section number in the margin.

6.4 '\subsection'
=================

Synopsis, one of:

     \subsection{TITLE}
     \subsection*{TITLE}
     \subsection[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}

   Start a subsection.  The standard LaTeX classes 'article', 'book',
and 'report' all have this command.

   This produces a subsection.

     We will show that there are more functions than Turing machines and that
     therefore some functions have no associated machine.

     \subsection{Cardinality} We will begin with two paradoxes that
     dramatize the challenge to our intuition posed by comparing the sizes of
     infinite sets.

   For the standard LaTeX classes 'book' and 'report' the default output
is like '1.2.3 TITLE' (for chapter 1, section 2, subsection 3), alone on
its line and flush left, in boldface and a larger type (the type size is
'\large').  The same holds in 'article' except that there are no
chapters in that class so it looks like '2.3 TITLE'.

   The '*' form shows TITLE.  But it does not show the section number,
does not increment the 'section' counter, and produces no table of
contents entry.

   The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the section title in
the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::).  If it is not
present then TITLE will be there.  This shows the full name in the title
of the section,

     \subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of
       Chemical Elements} by R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe, and G.~Gamow}

but only 'U+03B1,U+03B2,U+03B3 paper' on the contents page.

   For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear
in the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 (*note
Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).

   The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as
is a standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to
use the package 'indentfirst'.

   There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
'\subsection' command.  One is the '\@startsection' command (*note
\@startsection::).  There are also many packages on CTAN that address
this, including 'titlesec'.  See the documentation but the example below
gives a sense of what they can do.

     \usepackage{titlesec}   % in preamble
     \titleformat{\subsection}[runin]
       {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}  % format of the title
       {\thesubsection}                   % label
       {0.6em}                            % space between label and title
       {}                                 % before-code hook

That puts the subsection number and TITLE in the first line of text.

6.5 '\subsubsection', '\paragraph', '\subparagraph'
===================================================

Synopsis, one of:

     \subsubsection{TITLE}
     \subsubsection*{TITLE}
     \subsubsection[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}

or one of:

     \paragraph{TITLE}
     \paragraph*{TITLE}
     \paragraph[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}

or one of:

     \subparagraph{TITLE}
     \subparagraph*{TITLE}
     \subparagraph[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}

   Start a subsubsection, paragraph, or subparagraph.  The standard
LaTeX classes 'article', 'book', and 'report' all have these commands,
although they are not commonly used.

   This produces a subsubsection.

     \subsubsection{Piston ring compressors: structural performance}
     Provide exterior/interior wall cladding assemblies
     capable of withstanding the effects of load and stresses from
     consumer-grade gasoline engine piston rings.

   The default output of each of the three does not change over the
standard LaTeX classes 'article', 'book', and 'report'.  For
'\subsubsection' the TITLE is alone on its line, in boldface and normal
size type.  For '\paragraph' the TITLE is inline with the text, not
indented, in boldface and normal size type.  For '\subparagraph' the
TITLE is inline with the text, with a paragraph indent, in boldface and
normal size type (Because an 'article' has no chapters its
subsubsections are numbered and so it looks like '1.2.3 TITLE', for
section 1, subsection 2, and subsubsection 3.  The other two divisions
are not numbered.)

   The '*' form shows TITLE.  But it does not increment the associated
counter and produces no table of contents entry (and does not show the
number for '\subsubsection').

   The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the division title in
the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::).  If it is not
present then TITLE will be there.

   For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear
in the table of contents, the level number of a subsubsection is 3, of a
paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5 (*note
Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).

   The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented,
as is a standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to
use the package 'indentfirst'.

   There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these
commands.  One is the '\@startsection' command (*note \@startsection::).
There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
'titlesec'.  See the documentation on CTAN.

6.6 '\appendix'
===============

Synopsis:

     \appendix

   This does not directly produce any output.  But in a book or report
it declares that subsequent '\chapter' commands start an appendix.  In
an article it does the same, for '\section' commands.  It also resets
the 'chapter' and 'section' counters to 0 in a book or report, and in an
article resets the 'section' and 'subsection' counters.

   In this book

     \chapter{One}  ...
     \chapter{Two}  ...
      ...
     \appendix
     \chapter{Three}  ...
     \chapter{Four}  ...

the first two will generate output numbered 'Chapter 1' and 'Chapter 2'.
After the '\appendix' the numbering will be 'Appendix A' and 'Appendix
B'.  *Note Larger book template:: for another example.

   The 'appendix' package adds the command '\appendixpage' to put a
separate 'Appendices' in the document body before the first appendix,
and the command '\addappheadtotoc' to do the same in the table of
contents.  You can reset the name 'Appendix' with a command like
'\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}', as well as a number of
other features.  See the documentation on CTAN.

6.7 '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', '\backmatter'
================================================

Synopsis, one of:

     \frontmatter
     \mainmatter
     \backmatter

   Format a 'book' class document differently according to which part of
the document is being produced.  All three commands are optional.

   Traditionally, a book's front matter contains such things as the
title page, an abstract, a table of contents, a preface, a list of
notations, a list of figures, and a list of tables.  (Some of these
front matter pages, such as the title page, are traditionally not
numbered.)  The back matter may contain such things as a glossary,
notes, a bibliography, and an index.

   The '\frontmatter' declaration makes the pages numbered in lowercase
roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter's title
appears in the table of contents; if you use other sectioning commands
here, use the '*'-version (*note Sectioning::).  The '\mainmatter'
changes the behavior back to the expected version, and resets the page
number.  The '\backmatter' leaves the page numbering alone but switches
the chapters back to being not numbered.  *Note Larger book template::
for an example using the three.

6.8 '\@startsection'
====================

Synopsis:

     \@startsection{NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}

   Used to help redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning
divisions such as '\section' or '\subsection'.

   Note that the 'titlesec' package makes manipulation of sectioning
easier.  Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be
satisfied with '\@startsection', some cannot.  For instance, in the
standard LaTeX 'book' and 'report' classes the commands '\chapter' and
'\report' are not constructed in this way.  To make such a command you
may want to use the '\secdef' command.

   Technically, '\@startsection' has the form

     \@startsection{NAME}
       {LEVEL}
       {INDENT}
       {BEFORESKIP}
       {AFTERSKIP}
       {STYLE}*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}

so that issuing

     \renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{NAME}
       {LEVEL}
       {INDENT}
       {BEFORESKIP}
       {AFTERSKIP}
       {STYLE}}

redefines '\section' to have the form '\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}' (here
too, the star '*' is optional).  *Note Sectioning::.  This implies that
when you write a command like '\renewcommand{section}{...}', the
'\@startsection{...}' must come last in the definition.  See the
examples below.

NAME
     Name of the counter used to number the sectioning header.  This
     counter must be defined separately.  Most commonly this is either
     'section', 'subsection', or 'paragraph'.  Although in those cases
     the counter name is the same as the sectioning command itself, you
     don't have to use the same name.

     Then '\the'NAME displays the title number and '\'NAME'mark' is for
     the page headers.  See the third example below.

LEVEL
     An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command.  *Note
     Sectioning:: for the list of standard level numbers.

     If LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the counter
     'secnumdepth' then titles for this sectioning command will be
     numbered (*note Sectioning/secnumdepth::).  For instance, if
     'secnumdepth' is 1 in an 'article' then the command
     '\section{Introduction}' will produce output like "1 Introduction"
     while '\subsection{Discussion}' will produce output like
     "Discussion", without the number prefix.

     If LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the counter TOCDEPTH
     then the table of contents will have an entry for this sectioning
     unit (*note Sectioning/tocdepth::).  For instance, in an 'article',
     if TOCDEPTH is 1 then the table of contents will list sections but
     not subsections.

INDENT
     A length giving the indentation of all of the title lines with
     respect to the left margin.  To have the title flush with the
     margin use '0pt'.  A negative indentation such as '-\parindent'
     will move the title into the left margin.

BEFORESKIP
     The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space
     that is inserted before this sectioning unit's title.  This space
     will be discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the
     top of a fresh page.  If this number is negative then the first
     paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is
     non-negative then the first paragraph is indented.  (Note that the
     negative of '1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt' is '-1pt plus -2pt minus
     -3pt'.)

     For example, if BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex' then
     to start the new sectioning unit, LaTeX will add about 3.5 times
     the height of a letter x in vertical space, and the first paragraph
     in the section will not be indented.  Using a rubber length, with
     'plus' and 'minus', is good practice here since it gives LaTeX more
     flexibility in making up the page (*note Lengths::).

     The full accounting of the vertical space between the baseline of
     the line prior to this sectioning unit's header and the baseline of
     the header is that it is the sum of the '\parskip' of the text
     font, the '\baselineskip' of the title font, and the absolute value
     of the BEFORESKIP.  This space is typically rubber so it may
     stretch or shrink.  (If the sectioning unit starts on a fresh page
     so that the vertical space is discarded then the baseline of the
     header text will be where LaTeX would put the baseline of the first
     text line on that page.)

AFTERSKIP
     This is a length.  If AFTERSKIP is non-negative then this is the
     vertical space inserted after the sectioning unit's title header.
     If it is negative then the title header becomes a run-in header, so
     that it becomes part of the next paragraph.  In this case the
     absolute value of the length gives the horizontal space between the
     end of the title and the beginning of the following paragraph.
     (Note that the negative of '1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt' is '-1pt plus
     -2pt minus -3pt'.)

     As with BEFORESKIP, using a rubber length, with 'plus' and 'minus'
     components, is good practice here since it gives LaTeX more
     flexibility in putting together the page.

     If 'afterskip' is non-negative then the full accounting of the
     vertical space between the baseline of the sectioning unit's header
     and the baseline of the first line of the following paragraph is
     that it is the sum of the '\parskip' of the title font, the
     '\baselineskip' of the text font, and the value of AFTER.  That
     space is typically rubber so it may stretch or shrink.  (Note that
     because the sign of 'afterskip' changes the sectioning unit
     header's from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative
     'afterskip' to cancel part of the '\parskip'.)

STYLE
     Controls the styling of the title.  See the examples below.
     Typical commands to use here are '\centering', '\raggedright',
     '\normalfont', '\hrule', or '\newpage'.  The last command in STYLE
     may be one that takes one argument, such as '\MakeUppercase' or
     '\fbox' that takes one argument.  The section title will be
     supplied as the argument to this command.  For instance, setting
     STYLE to '\bfseries\MakeUppercase' would produce titles that are
     bold and uppercase.

   These are LaTeX's defaults for the first three sectioning units that
are defined with '\@startsection', for the 'article', 'book', and
'report' classes.  For section, the LEVEL is 1, the INDENT is 0pt, the
BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', the AFTERSKIP is '2.3ex
plus 0.2ex', and the STYLE is '\normalfont\Large\bfseries'.  For
subsection, the LEVEL is 2, the INDENT is 0pt, the BEFORESKIP is
'-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', the AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex',
and the STYLE is '\normalfont\large\bfseries'.  For subsubsection, the
LEVEL is 3, the INDENT is 0pt, the BEFORESKIP is '-3.25ex plus -1ex
minus -0.2ex', the AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', and the STYLE is
'\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries'.

   Here are examples.  They go either in a package or class file or in
the preamble of a LaTeX document.  If you put them in the preamble they
must go between a '\makeatletter' command and a '\makeatother'.
(Probably the error message 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical
mode.' means that you forgot this.)  *Note \makeatletter &
\makeatother::.

   This will put section titles in large boldface type, centered.  It
says '\renewcommand' because LaTeX's standard classes have already
defined a '\section'.  For the same reason it does not define a
'section' counter, or the commands '\thesection' and '\l@section'.

     \renewcommand\section{%
       \@startsection{section}% *note NAME: \@startsection/name.
         {1}% *note LEVEL: \@startsection/level.
         {0pt}% *note INDENT: \@startsection/indent.
         {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% *note BEFORESKIP: \@startsection/beforeskip.
         {2.3ex plus.2ex}% *note AFTERSKIP: \@startsection/afterskip.
         {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% *note STYLE: \@startsection/style.
       }

   This will put 'subsection' titles in small caps type, inline with the
paragraph.

     \renewcommand\subsection{%
       \@startsection{subsection}%  *note NAME: \@startsection/name.
         {2}% *note LEVEL: \@startsection/level.
         {0em}% *note INDENT: \@startsection/indent.
         {-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex}% *note BEFORESKIP: \@startsection/beforeskip.
         {-1em plus 0.2em}% *note AFTERSKIP: \@startsection/afterskip.
         {\scshape}% *note STYLE: \@startsection/style.
       }

   The prior examples redefined existing sectional unit title commands.
This defines a new one, illustrating the needed counter and macros to
display that counter.

     \setcounter{secnumdepth}{6}% show counters this far down
     \newcounter{subsubparagraph}[subparagraph]% counter for numbering
     \renewcommand{\thesubsubparagraph}%               how to display
       {\thesubparagraph.\@arabic\c@subsubparagraph}%  numbering
     \newcommand{\subsubparagraph}{\@startsection
                              {subsubparagraph}%
                              {6}%
                              {0em}%
                              {\baselineskip}%
                              {0.5\baselineskip}%
                              {\normalfont\normalsize}}
     \newcommand*\l@subsubparagraph{\@dottedtocline{6}{10em}{5em}}% for toc
     \newcommand{\subsubparagraphmark}[1]{}% for page headers

7 Cross references
******************

We often want something like 'See Theorem~31'.  But by-hand typing the
31 is poor practice.  Instead you should write a "label" such as
'\label{eq:GreensThm}' and then "reference" it, as with 'See
equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}'.  LaTeX will automatically work out the
number, put it into the output, and will change that number later if
needed.

     We will see this with Theorem~\ref{th:GreensThm}. % forward reference
     ...
     \begin{theorem} \label{th:GreensThm}
       ...
     \end{theorem}
     ...
     See Theorem~\ref{th:GreensThm} on page~\pageref{th:GreensThm}.

   LaTeX tracks cross reference information in a file having the
extension '.aux' and with the same base name as the file containing the
'\label'.  So if '\label' is in 'calculus.tex' then the information is
in 'calculus.aux'.  LaTeX puts the information in that file every time
it runs across a '\label'.

   The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that
happens when your document has a "forward reference", a '\ref' that
appears before the associated '\label'.  If this is the first time that
you are compiling the document then you will get 'LaTeX Warning:
Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross references right' and in
the output the forward reference will appear as two question marks '??',
in boldface.  A similar thing happens if you change some things so the
references changes; you get the same warning and the output contains the
old reference information.  In both cases, resolve this by compiling the
document a second time.

   The 'cleveref' package enhances LaTeX's cross referencing features.
You can arrange that if you enter
'\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}' then '\cref{th:Nerode}' will
output 'Theorem 3.21', without you having to enter the "Theorem."

7.1 '\label'
============

Synopsis:

     \label{KEY}

   Assign a reference number to KEY.  In ordinary text '\label{KEY}'
assigns to KEY the number of the current sectional unit.  Inside an
environment with numbering, such as a 'table' or 'theorem' environment,
'\label{KEY}' assigns to KEY the number of that environment.  Retrieve
the assigned number with the '\ref{KEY}' command (*note \ref::).

   A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common
punctuation characters.  Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished,
as usual.

   A common convention is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a
suffix separated by a colon or period.  Thus, '\label{fig:Post}' is a
label for a figure with a portrait of Emil Post.  This helps to avoid
accidentally creating two labels with the same name, and makes your
source more readable.  Some commonly-used prefixes:

'ch'
     for chapters

'sec'
'subsec'
     for lower-level sectioning commands

'fig'
     for figures

'tab'
     for tables

'eq'
     for equations

   In the auxiliary file the reference information is kept as the text
of a command of the form '\newlabel{LABEL}{{CURRENTLABEL}{PAGENUMBER}}'.
Here CURRENTLABEL is the current value of the macro '\@currentlabel'
that is usually updated whenever you call '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}'.

   Below, the key 'sec:test' will get the number of the current section
and the key 'fig:test' will get the number of the figure.
(Incidentally, put labels after captions in figures and tables.)

     \section{section name}
     \label{sec:test}
     This is Section~\ref{sec:test}.
     \begin{figure}
       ...
       \caption{caption text}
       \label{fig:test}
     \end{figure}
     See Figure~\ref{fig:test}.

7.2 '\pageref'
==============

Synopsis:

     \pageref{KEY}

   Produce the page number of the place in the text where the
corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears.

   If there is no '\label{KEY}' then you get something like 'LaTeX
Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on input line 11.'

   Below, the '\label{eq:main}' is used both for the formula number and
for the page number.  (Note that the two references are forward
references so this document would need to be compiled twice to resolve
those.)

     The main result is formula~\ref{eq:main} on page~\pageref{eq:main}.
       ...
     \begin{equation} \label{eq:main}
        \mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP}
     \end{equation}

7.3 '\ref'
==========

Synopsis:

     \ref{KEY}

   Produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote,
figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command (*note \label::).  It
does not produce any text, such as the word 'Section' or 'Figure', just
the bare number itself.

   If there is no '\label{KEY}' then you get something like 'LaTeX
Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on input line 11.'

   In this example the '\ref{popular}' produces '2'.  Note that it is a
forward reference since it comes before '\label{popular}' so this
document would have to be compiled twice.

     The most widely-used format is item number~\ref{popular}.
     \begin{enumerate}
     \item Plain \TeX
     \item \label{popular} \LaTeX
     \item Con\TeX t
     \end{enumerate}

   The 'cleveref' package includes text such as 'Theorem' in the
reference.  See the documentation on CTAN.

8 Environments
**************

LaTeX provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior.  An
environment begins with '\begin' and ends with '\end', like this:

     \begin{ENVIRONMENT-NAME}
       ...
     \end{ENVIRONMENT-NAME}

   The ENVIRONMENT-NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the
end.  For instance, the input '\begin{table*}...\end{table}' will cause
an error like: '! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
\end{table}.'

   Environments are executed within a group.

8.1 'abstract'
==============

Synopsis:

     \begin{abstract}
     ...
     \end{abstract}

   Produce an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs.  This
environment is only defined in the 'article' and 'report' document
classes (*note Document classes::).

   Using the example below in the 'article' class produces a displayed
paragraph.  Document class option 'titlepage' causes the abstract to be
on a separate page (*note Document class options::); this is the default
only in the 'report' class.

     \begin{abstract}
       We compare all known accounts of the proposal made by Porter Alexander
       to Robert E Lee at the Appomattox Court House that the army continue
       in a guerrilla war, which Lee refused.
     \end{abstract}

   The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column
document (for a more flexible solution, use the package 'abstract').

     \documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
       ...
     \begin{document}
     \title{Babe Ruth as Cultural Progenitor: a Atavistic Approach}
     \author{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks{Railroad tracking grant.}}
     \twocolumn[
       \begin{@twocolumnfalse}
          \maketitle
          \begin{abstract}
            Ruth was not just the Sultan of Swat, he was the entire swat
            team.
          \end{abstract}
        \end{@twocolumnfalse}
        ]
     {   % by-hand insert a footnote at page bottom
      \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
      \footnotetext[1]{Thanks for all the fish.}
     }

8.2 'array'
===========

Synopsis:

     \begin{array}{COLS}
       COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\
       ...
     \end{array}

or:

     \begin{array}[POS]{COLS}
       COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\
       ...
     \end{array}

   Produce a mathematical array.  This environment can only be used in
math mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics
environment such as 'equation' (*note equation::).  Inside of each row
the column entries are separated by an ampersand, ('&').  Rows are
terminated with double-backslashes (*note \\::).

   This example shows a three by three array.

     \begin{equation*}
       \chi(x) =
       \left|              % vertical bar fence
         \begin{array}{ccc}
           x-a  &-b  &-c  \\
           -d   &x-e &-f  \\
           -g   &-h  &x-i
         \end{array}
      \right|
     \end{equation*}

   The required argument COLS describes the number of columns, their
alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions.  For instance,
'\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}' gives three columns: the first flush
right, the second centered, and the third flush left.  See *note
tabular:: for the complete description of COLS and of the other common
features of the two environments, including the optional POS argument.

   There are two ways that 'array' diverges from 'tabular'.  The first
is that 'array' entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (*note
Modes::) except if the COLS definition specifies the column with
'p{...}', which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode.  The second
is that, instead of 'tabular''s parameter '\tabcolsep', LaTeX's
intercolumn space in an 'array' is governed by '\arraycolsep', which
gives half the width between columns.  The default for this is '5pt' so
that between two columns comes 10pt of space.

   To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the 'amsmath'
package.  It comes with environments 'pmatrix' for an array surrounded
by parentheses '(...)', 'bmatrix' for an array surrounded by square
brackets '[...]', 'Bmatrix' for an array surrounded by curly
braces '{...}', 'vmatrix' for an array surrounded by vertical
bars '|...|', and 'Vmatrix' for an array surrounded by double vertical
bars '||...||', along with a number of other array constructs.

   The next example uses the 'amsmath' package.

     \usepackage{amsmath}  % in preamble

     \begin{equation}
       \begin{vmatrix}{cc}  % array with vert lines
         a  &b \\
         c  &d
       \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc
     \end{equation}

   There are many packages concerning arrays.  The 'array' package has
many useful extensions, including more column types.  The 'dcolumn'
package adds a column type to center on a decimal point.  For both see
the documentation on CTAN.

8.3 'center'
============

Synopsis:

     \begin{center}
       LINE1 \\
       LINE2 \\
       ...
     \end{center}

   Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are
centered within the left and right margins.  Use double-backslash, '\\',
to get a line break (*note \\::).  If some text is too long to fit on a
line then LaTeX will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid
stretching or shrinking any interword space.

   This environment inserts space above and below the text body.  See
*note \centering:: to avoid such space, for example inside a 'figure'
environment.

   This example produces three centered lines.  There is extra vertical
space between the last two lines.

     \begin{center}
       A Thesis Submitted in Partial Fufillment \\
       of the Requirements of \\[0.5ex]
       the School of Environmental Engineering
     \end{center}

   In this example, depending on the page's line width, LaTeX may choose
a line break for the part before the double backslash.  If so, it will
center each of the two lines and if not it will center the single line.
Then LaTeX will break at the double backslash, and will center the
ending.

     \begin{center}
       My father considered that anyone who went to chapel and didn't drink
       alcohol was not to be tolerated.\\
       I grew up in that belief.  --Richard Burton
     \end{center}

   A double backslash after the final line is optional.  If present it
doesn't add any vertical space.

   In a two-column document the text is centered in a column, not in the
entire page.

8.3.1 '\centering'
------------------

Synopsis:

     {\centering ... }

or

     \begin{group}
       \centering ...
     \end{group}

   Center the material in its scope.  It is most often used inside an
environment such as 'figure', or in a 'parbox'.

   This example's '\centering' declaration causes the graphic to be
horizontally centered.

     \begin{figure}
       \centering
       \includegraphics[width=0.6\textwidth]{ctan_lion.png}
       \caption{CTAN Lion}  \label{fig:CTANLion}
     \end{figure}

The scope of this '\centering' ends with the '\end{figure}'.

   Unlike the 'center' environment, the '\centering' command does not
add vertical space above and below the text.  That's its advantage in
the above example; there is not an excess of space.

   It also does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX
formats paragraph units.  If 'ww {\centering xx \\ yy} zz' is surrounded
by blank lines then LaTeX will create a paragraph whose first line 'ww
xx' is centered and whose second line, not centered, contains 'yy zz'.
Usually what is desired is for the scope of the declaration to contain a
blank line or the '\end' command of an environment such as 'figure' or
'table' that ends the paragraph unit.  Thus, if '{\centering xx \\
yy\par} zz' is surrounded by blank lines then it makes a new paragraph
with two centered lines 'xx' and 'yy', followed by a new paragraph with
'zz' that is formatted as usual.

8.4 'description'
=================

Synopsis:

     \begin{description}
       \item[LABEL OF FIRST ITEM] TEXT OF FIRST ITEM
       \item[LABEL OF SECOND ITEM] TEXT OF SECOND ITEM
        ...
     \end{description}

   Environment to make a list of labeled items.  Each item's LABEL is
typeset in bold and is flush left, so that long labels continue into the
first line of the item text.  There must be at least one item; having
none causes the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing
\item'.

   This example shows the environment used for a sequence of
definitions.

     \begin{definition}
       \item[lama] A priest.
       \item[llama] A beast.
     \end{definition}

The labels 'lama' and 'llama' are output in boldface, with the left edge
on the left margin.

   Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::).  Use the
optional labels, as in '\item[Main point]', because there is no sensible
default.  Following the '\item' is optional text, which may contain
multiple paragraphs.

   Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a
font change given in argument style (see *note Font styles::) then it
will come out bold.  For instance, if the label text calls for
typewriter with '\item[\texttt{label text}]' then it will appear in bold
typewriter, if that is available.  The simplest way around this, in this
example to get non-bold typewriter, is to use declarative style:
'\item[{\tt label text}]'.  Similarly, get the standard roman font with
'\item[{\rm label text}]'.

   For other major LaTeX labelled list environments, see *note itemize::
and *note enumerate::.  Unlike those environments, nesting 'description'
environments does not change the default label; it is boldface and flush
left at all levels.

   For information about list layout parameters, including the default
values, and for information about customizing list layout, see *note
list::.  The package 'enumitem' is useful for customizing lists.

   This example changes the description labels to small caps.

     \renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{%
       {\hspace{\labelsep}\textsc{#1}}}

8.5 'displaymath'
=================

Synopsis:

     \begin{displaymath}
       MATHEMATICAL TEXT
     \end{displaymath}

   Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display
style and centered.  To make the text be flush-left use the global
option 'fleqn'; see *note Document class options::.

   In the 'displaymath' environment no equation number is added to the
math text.  One way to get an equation number is to use the 'equation'
environment (*note equation::).

   LaTeX will not break the MATH TEXT across lines.

   Note that the 'amsmath' package has significantly more extensive
displayed equation facilities.  For example, there are a number of ways
in that package for having math text broken across lines.

   The construct '\[MATH TEXT\]' is essentially a synonym for
'\begin{displaymath}MATH TEXT\end{displaymath}' but the latter is easier
to work with in the source file; for instance, searching for a square
bracket may get false positives but the word 'displaymath' will likely
be unique.  (The construct '$$MATH TEXT$$' from Plain TeX is sometimes
mistakenly used as a synonym for 'displaymath'.  It is not a synonym,
because the 'displaymath' environment checks that it isn't started in
math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching
environment start, because the 'displaymath' environment has different
vertical spacing, and because the 'displaymath' environment honors the
'fleqn' option.)

   The output from this example is centered and alone on its line.

     \begin{displaymath}
       \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3
     \end{displaymath}

Also, the integral sign is larger than the inline version '\( \int_1^2
x^2\,dx=7/3 \)' produces.

8.6 'document'
==============

The 'document' environment encloses the entire body of a document.  It
is required in every LaTeX document.  *Note Starting and ending::.

8.6.1 '\AtBeginDocument'
------------------------

Synopsis:

     \AtBeginDocument{CODE}

   Save CODE and execute it when '\begin{document}' is executed, at the
very end of the preamble.  The code is executed after the font selection
tables have been set up, so the normal font for the document is the
current font.  However, the code is executed as part of the preamble so
you cannot do any typesetting with it.

   You can issue this command more than once; the successive code lines
will be executed in the order that you gave them.

8.6.2 '\AtEndDocument'
----------------------

Synopsis:

     \AtEndDocument{CODE}

   Save CODE and execute it near the end of the document.  Specifically,
it is executed when '\end{document}' is executed, before the final page
is finished and before any leftover floating environments are processed.
If you want some of the code to be executed after these two processes
then include a '\clearpage' at the appropriate point in CODE.

   You can issue this command more than once; the successive code lines
will be executed in the order that you gave them.

8.7 'enumerate'
===============

Synopsis:

     \begin{enumerate}
       \item[OPTIONAL LABEL OF FIRST ITEM] TEXT OF FIRST ITEM
       \item[OPTIONAL LABEL OF SECOND ITEM] TEXT OF SECOND ITEM
       ...
     \end{enumerate}

   Environment to produce a numbered list of items.  The format of the
label numbering depends on the nesting level of this environment; see
below.  The default top-level numbering is '1.', '2.', etc.  Each
'enumerate' list environment must have at least one item; having none
causes the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'.

   This example gives the first two finishers in the 1908 Olympic
marathon.  As a top-level list the labels would come out as '1.' and
'2.'.

     \begin{enumerate}
      \item Johnny Hayes (USA)
      \item Charles Hefferon (RSA)
     \end{enumerate}

   Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::).  If you
give '\item' an optional argument by following it with square brackets,
as in '\item[Interstitial label]', then the next item will continue the
interrupted sequence (*note \item::).  That is, you will get labels like
'1.', then 'Interstitial label', then '2.'.  Following the '\item' is
optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs.

   Enumerations may be nested within other 'enumerate' environments, or
within any paragraph-making environment such as 'itemize' (*note
itemize::), up to four levels deep.  This gives LaTeX's default for the
format at each nesting level, where 1 is the top level, the outermost
level.

  1. arabic number followed by a period: '1.', '2.', ...
  2. lowercase letter inside parentheses: '(a)', '(b)' ...
  3. lowercase roman numeral followed by a period: 'i.', 'ii.', ...
  4. uppercase letter followed by a period: 'A.', 'B.', ...

   The 'enumerate' environment uses the counters '\enumi' through
'\enumiv' (*note Counters::).

   For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see *note
description:: and *note itemize::.  For information about list layout
parameters, including the default values, and for information about
customizing list layout, see *note list::.  The package 'enumitem' is
useful for customizing lists.

   To change the format of the label use '\renewcommand' (*note
\newcommand & \renewcommand::) on the commands '\labelenumi' through
'\labelenumiv'.  For instance, this first level list will be labelled
with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period.

     \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
     \begin{enumerate}
       \item Shows as boldface A
       \item Shows as boldface B
     \end{enumerate}

   For a list of counter-labeling commands see *note \alph \Alph \arabic
\roman \Roman \fnsymbol::.

8.8 'eqnarray'
==============

The 'eqnarray' environment is obsolete.  It has infelicities, including
spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements.  (See
"Avoid eqnarray!" by Lars Madsen
<http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf>).  New documents should
include the 'amsmath' package and use the displayed mathematics
environments provided there, such as the 'align' environment.  We
include a description only for completeness and for working with old
documents.

   Synopsis:

     \begin{eqnarray}
       FIRST FORMULA LEFT  &FIRST FORMULA MIDDLE  &FIRST FORMULA RIGHT \\
       ...
     \end{eqnarray}

or

     \begin{eqnarray*}
       FIRST FORMULA LEFT  &FIRST FORMULA MIDDLE  &FIRST FORMULA RIGHT \\
       ...
     \end{eqnarray*}

   Display a sequence of equations or inequalities.  The left and right
sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text
mode.

   It is similar to a three-column 'array' environment, with items
within a row separated by an ampersand ('&'), and with rows separated by
double backslash  '\\').  The starred form of line break ('\\*') can
also be used to separate equations, and will disallow a page break there
(*note \\::).

   The unstarred form 'eqnarray' places an equation number on every line
(using the 'equation' counter), unless that line contains a '\nonumber'
command.  The starred form 'eqnarray*' omits equation numbering, while
otherwise being the same.

   The command '\lefteqn' is used for splitting long formulas across
lines.  It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
zero width.

   This example shows three lines.  The first two lines make an
inequality, while the third line has not entry on the left side.

     \begin{eqnarray*}
       \lefteqn{x_1+x_2+\cdots+x_n}     \\
         &\leq &y_1+y_2+\cdots+y_n      \\
         &=    &z+y_3+\cdots+y_n
     \end{eqnarray*}

8.9 'equation'
==============

Synopsis:

     \begin{equation}
       MATHEMATICAL TEXT
     \end{equation}

   The same as a 'displaymath' environment (*note displaymath::) except
that LaTeX puts an equation number flush to the right margin.  The
equation number is generated using the 'equation' counter.

   You should have no blank lines between '\begin{equation}' and
'\begin{equation}', or LaTeX will tell you that there is a missing
dollar sign.

   The package 'amsmath' package has extensive displayed equation
facilities.  New documents should include this package.

8.10 'figure'
=============

Synopsis:

     \begin{figure}[PLACEMENT]
       FIGURE BODY
       \caption[LOFTITLE]{TITLE}  % optional
       \label{LABEL}              % optional
     \end{figure}

or:

     \begin{figure*}[PLACEMENT]
       FIGURE BODY
       \caption[LOFTITLE]{TITLE}  % optional
       \label{LABEL}              % optional
     \end{figure*}

   Figures are for material that is not part of the normal text.  An
example is material that you cannot have split between two pages, such
as a graphic.  Because of this, LaTeX does not typeset figures in
sequence with normal text but instead "floats" them to a convenient
place, such as the top of a following page (*note Floats::).

   The FIGURE BODY can consist of imported graphics (*note Graphics::),
or text, LaTeX commands, etc.  It is typeset in a 'parbox' of width
'\textwidth'.

   The possible values of PLACEMENT are 'h' for 'here', 't' for 'top',
'b' for 'bottom', and 'p' for 'on a separate page of floats'.  For the
effect of these options on the float placement algorithm, see *note
Floats::.

   The starred form 'figure*' is used when a document is in
double-column mode (*note \twocolumn::).  It produces a figure that
spans both columns, at the top of the page.  To add the possibility of
placing at a page bottom see the discussion of PLACEMENT 'b' in *note
Floats::.

   The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross
references::).  The optional '\caption' command specifies caption text
for the figure.  By default it is numbered.  If LOFTITLE is present, it
is used in the list of figures instead of TITLE (*note Table of contents
etc.::).

   This example makes a figure out of a graphic.  LaTeX will place that
graphic and its caption at the top of a page or, if it is pushed to the
end of the document, on a page of floats.

     \usepackage{graphicx}  % in preamble
       ...
     \begin{figure}[t]
       \centering
       \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{CTANlion.png}
       \caption{The CTAN lion, by Duane Bibby}
     \end{figure}

8.11 'filecontents': Write an external file
===========================================

Synopsis:

     \begin{filecontents}{FILENAME}
       TEXT
     \end{filecontents}

or

     \begin{filecontents*}{FILENAME}
       TEXT
     \end{filecontents*}

   Create a file named FILENAME and fill it with TEXT.  The unstarred
version of the environment 'filecontents' prefixes the content of the
created file with a header; see the example below.  The starred version
'filecontents*' does not include the header.

   This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it
often appears before the '\documentclass' command.  It is typically used
when a source file requires a nonstandard style or class file.  The
environment will write that file to the directory containing the source
and thus make the source file self-contained.  Another use is to include
'bib' references in the file, again to make it self-contained.

   The environment checks whether a file of that name already exists and
if so, does not do anything.  There is a 'filecontents' package that
redefines the 'filecontents' environment so that instead of doing
nothing in that case, it will overwrite the existing file.

   For example, this document

     \documentclass{article}
     \begin{filecontents}{JH.sty}
     \newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}
     \end{filecontents}
     \usepackage{JH}
     \begin{document}
     Article by \myname.
     \end{document}

produces this file 'JH.sty'.

     %% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty'
     %% generated by the `filecontents' environment
     %% from source `test' on 2015/10/12.
     %%
     \newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}

8.12 'flushleft'
================

Synopsis:

     \begin{flushleft}
       LINE1 \\
       LINE2 \\
       ...
     \end{flushleft}

   An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
left-hand margin, and ragged right.  If you have lines that are too long
then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and
stretching or shrinking spaces.  To force a new line use a double
backslash, '\\'.  For the declaration form see *note \raggedright::.

   This creates a box of text that is at most 3 inches wide, with the
text flush left and ragged right.

     \noindent\begin{minipage}{3in}
     \begin{flushleft}
       A long sentence that will be broken by \LaTeX{}
         at a convenient spot. \\
       And, a fresh line forced by the double backslash.
     \end{flushleft}
     \end{minipage}

8.12.1 '\raggedright'
---------------------

Synopses:

     {\raggedright  ... }

or

     \begin{ENVIRONMENT} \raggedright
       ...
     \end{ENVIRONMENT}

   A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and
ragged right.  It can be used inside an environment such as 'quote' or
in a 'parbox'.  For the environment form see *note flushleft::.

   Unlike the 'flushleft' environment, the '\raggedright' command does
not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
units.  To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the
paragraph unit.

   Here '\raggedright' in each second column keeps LaTeX from doing very
awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column.  Note that
'\raggedright' is inside the curly braces '{...}' to delimit its effect.

     \begin{tabular}{rp{2in}}
       Team alpha  &{\raggedright This team does all the real work.} \\
       Team beta   &{\raggedright This team ensures that the water
                     cooler is never empty.}                         \\
     \end{tabular}

8.13 'flushright'
=================

     \begin{flushright}
       LINE1 \\
       LINE2 \\
       ...
     \end{flushright}

   An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
right-hand margin and ragged left.  If you have lines that are too long
to fit the margins then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids
hyphenation and stretching or shrinking spaces.  To force a new line use
a double backslash, '\\'.  For the declaration form see *note
\raggedleft::.

   For an example related to this environment, see *note flushleft::.

8.13.1 '\raggedleft'
--------------------

Synopses:

     {\raggedleft  ... }

or

     \begin{ENVIRONMENT} \raggedleft
       ...
     \end{ENVIRONMENT}

   A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and
ragged left.  It can be used inside an environment such as 'quote' or in
a 'parbox'.  For the environment form see *note flushright::.

   Unlike the 'flushright' environment, the '\raggedleft' command does
not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
units.  To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the
paragraph unit.

   For an example related to this environment, see *note \raggedright::.

8.14 'itemize'
==============

Synopsis:

     \begin{itemize}
       \item[OPTIONAL LABEL OF FIRST ITEM] TEXT OF FIRST ITEM
       \item[OPTIONAL LABEL OF SECOND ITEM] TEXT OF SECOND ITEM
       ...
     \end{itemize}

   Produce a list that is unordered, sometimes called a bullet list.
The environment must have at least one '\item'; having none causes the
LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'.

   This gives a two-item list.

     \begin{itemize}
      \item Pencil and watercolor sketch by Cassandra
      \item Rice portrait
     \end{itemize}

As a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, *.  The
format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below.

   Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::).  If you
give '\item' an optional argument by following it with square brackets,
as in '\item[Optional label]', then by default it will appear in bold
and be flush right, so it could extend into the left margin.  For labels
that are flush left see the *note description:: environment.  Following
the '\item' is optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs.

   Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels
deep.  They can also be nested within other paragraph-making
environments, such as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::).  The 'itemize'
environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through '\labelitemiv' to
produce the default label (this also uses the convention of lowercase
roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify the nesting
level).  These are the default marks at each level.

  1. * (bullet, from '\textbullet')
  2. -- (bold en-dash, from '\normalfont\bfseries\textendash')
  3. * (asterisk, from '\textasteriskcentered')
  4. .  (centered dot, rendered here as a period, from
     '\textperiodcentered')

   Change the labels with '\renewcommand'.  For instance, this makes the
first level use diamonds.

     \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}

   The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and
the left margin of the 'itemize' list is determined by the parameters
'\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi'.  (Note the convention of using
lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command name to denote the
nesting level.)  The defaults are: '2.5em' in level 1 ('2em' in
two-column mode), '2.2em' in level 2, '1.87em' in level 3, and '1.7em'
in level 4, with smaller values for more deeply nested levels.

   For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see *note
description:: and *note enumerate::.  For information about list layout
parameters, including the default values, and for information about
customizing list layout, see *note list::.  The package 'enumitem' is
useful for customizing lists.

   This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized
lists.

     \setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em

   Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide
space between items.  Here is an example defining an 'itemize*'
environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs
within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note \parindent
& \parskip::):

     \newenvironment{itemize*}%
       {\begin{itemize}%
         \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
         \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
         \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
       {\end{itemize}}

8.15 'letter' environment: writing letters
==========================================

This environment is used for creating letters.  *Note Letters::.

8.16 'list'
===========

Synopsis:

     \begin{list}{LABELING}{SPACING}
       \item[OPTIONAL LABEL OF FIRST ITEM] TEXT OF FIRST ITEM
       \item[OPTIONAL LABEL OF SECOND ITEM] TEXT OF SECOND ITEM
       ...
     \end{list}

   An environment for constructing lists.

   Note that this environment does not typically appear in the document
body.  Most lists created by LaTeX authors are the ones that come
standard: the 'description', 'enumerate', and 'itemize' environments
(*note description::, *note enumerate::, and *note itemize::).

   Instead, the 'list' environment is most often used in macros.  For
example, many standard LaTeX environments that do not immediately appear
to be lists are in fact constructed using 'list', including 'quotation',
'quote', and 'center' (*note quotation & quote::, *note center::).

   This uses the 'list' environment to define a new custom environment.

     \newcounter{namedlistcounter}  % number the items
     \newenvironment{named}
       {\begin{list}
          {Item~\Roman{namedlistcounter}.} % labeling
          {\usecounter{namedlistcounter}   % set counter
           \setlength{\leftmargin}{3.5em}} % set spacing
       }
       {\end{list}}

     \begin{named}
       \item Shows as ``Item~I.''
       \item[Special label.] Shows as ``Special label.''
       \item Shows as ``Item~II.''
     \end{named}

   The mandatory first argument LABELING specifies the default labeling
of list items.  It can contain text and LaTeX commands, as above where
it contains both 'Item' and '\Roman{...}'.  LaTeX forms the label by
putting the LABELING argument in a box of width '\labelwidth'.  If the
label is wider than that, the additional material extends to the right.
When making an instance of a list you can override the default labeling
by giving '\item' an optional argument by including square braces and
the text, as in the above '\item[Special label.]'; *note \item::.

   The mandatory second argument SPACING has a list of commands.  This
list can be empty.  A command that can go in here is
'\usecounter{COUNTERNAME}' (*note \usecounter::).  Use this to tell
LaTeX to number the items using the given counter.  The counter will be
reset to zero each time LaTeX enters the environment, and the counter is
incremented by one each time LaTeX encounters an '\item' that does not
have an optional argument.

   Another command that can go in SPACING is '\makelabel', which
constructs the label box.  By default it puts the contents flush right.
Its only argument is the label, which it typesets in LR mode (*note
Modes::).  One example of changing its definition is that to the above
'named' example, before the definition of the environment add
'\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}', and between the
'\setlength' command and the parenthesis that closes the SPACING
argument also add '\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel'.  Then the items will
be typeset in small caps.  Similarly, changing the second code line to
'\let\makelabel\fbox' puts the labels inside a framed box.  Another
example of the '\makelabel' command is below, in the definition of the
'redlabel' environment.

   Also often in SPACING are commands to redefine the spacing for the
list.  Below are the spacing parameters with their default values.
(Default values for derived environments such as 'itemize' can be
different than the values shown here.)  See also the figure that follows
the list.  Each is a length (*note Lengths::).  The vertical spaces are
normally rubber lengths, with 'plus' and 'minus' components, to give TeX
flexibility in setting the page.  Change each with a command such as
'\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}'.  For some effects these
lengths should be zero or negative.

'\itemindent'
     Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond 'leftmargin', of the
     first line each item.  Its default value is '0pt'.

'\itemsep'
     Vertical space between items, beyond the '\parsep'.  The defaults
     for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and
     'report' classes at 10 point size are: '4pt plus2pt minus1pt',
     '\parsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and '\topsep' (that
     is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt').  The defaults at 11 point are: '4.5pt
     plus2pt minus1pt', '\parsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and
     'topsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt').  The defaults at 12
     point are: '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '\parsep' (that is, '2.5pt
     plus1pt minus1pt'), and '\topsep' (that is, '2.5pt plus1pt
     minus1pt').

'\labelsep'
     Horizontal space between the label and text of an item.  The
     default for LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' classes is
     '0.5em'.

'\labelwidth'
     Horizontal width.  The box containing the label is nominally this
     wide.  If '\makelabel' returns text that is wider than this then
     the first line of the item will be indented to make room for this
     extra material.  If '\makelabel' returns text of width less than or
     equal to '\labelwidth' then LaTeX's default is that the label is
     typeset flush right in a box of this width.

     The left edge of the label box is
     '\leftmargin'+'\itemindent'-'\labelsep'-'\labelwidth' from the left
     margin of the enclosing environment.

     The default for LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' classes at
     the top level is '\leftmargini'-'\labelsep', (which is '2em' in one
     column mode and '1.5em' in two column mode).  At the second level
     it is '\leftmarginii'-'\labelsep', and at the third level it is
     '\leftmarginiii'-'\labelsep'.  These definitions make the label's
     left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing
     environment.

'\leftmargin'
     Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing
     environment (or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level
     list), and the left margin of this list.  It must be non-negative.

     In the standard LaTeX document classes, a top-level list has this
     set to the value of '\leftmargini', while a list that is nested
     inside a top-level list has this margin set to '\leftmarginii'.
     More deeply nested lists get the values of '\leftmarginiii' through
     '\leftmarginvi'.  (Nesting greater than level five generates the
     error message 'Too deeply nested'.)

     The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article',
     'book', and 'report' classes are: '\leftmargini' is '2.5em' (in two
     column mode, '2em'), '\leftmarginii' is '2.2em', and
     '\leftmarginiii' is '1.87em'.

'\listparindent'
     Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond
     '\leftmargin', for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
     item.  A negative value makes this an "outdent".  Its default value
     is '0pt'.

'\parsep'
     Vertical space between paragraphs within an item.  In the 'book'
     and 'article' classes The defaults for the first three levels in
     LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' classes at 10 point size
     are: '4pt plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'.
     The defaults at 11 point size are: '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt
     plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'.  The defaults at 12 point size are:
     '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'.

'\partopsep'
     Vertical space added, beyond '\topsep'+'\parskip', to the top and
     bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded
     by a blank line.  (A blank line in the LaTeX source before the list
     changes spacing at both the top and bottom of the list; whether the
     line following the list is blank does not matter.)

     The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article',
     'book', and 'report' classes at 10 point size are: '2pt plus1
     minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '1pt plus0pt minus1pt'.  The
     defaults at 11 point are: '3pt plus1pt minus1pt', '3pt plus1pt
     minus1pt', and '1pt plus0pt minus1pt').  The defaults at 12 point
     are: '3pt plus2pt minus3pt', '3pt plus2pt minus2pt', and '1pt
     plus0pt minus1pt'.

'\rightmargin'
     Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right
     margin of the enclosing environment.  Its default value is '0pt'.
     It must be non-negative.

'\topsep'
     Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in
     addition to '\parskip' (*note \parindent & \parskip::).  The
     defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article', 'book',
     and 'report' classes at 10 point size are: '8pt plus2pt minus4pt',
     '4pt plus2pt minus1pt', and '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'.  The defaults
     at 11 point are: '9pt plus3pt minus5pt', '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt',
     and '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'.  The defaults at 12 point are: '10pt
     plus4pt minus6pt', '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', and '2.5pt plus1pt
     minus1pt'.

   This shows the horizontal and vertical distances.

.......................................................................
..............Surrounding environment, preceding material.............. -
                                                                        | v0 
 |---h0--|-h1-|                                                         |
 ..Label..    .....First item.....................................      -
      ............................................................
      ............................................................      -
                                                                        | v1
           ........First item, second paragraph ..................      -
      |-h2-|                                                            | v2
                                                                        |
 ..Label..    .....Second item....................................      -
      ............................................................
      ............................................................      -
|-h3--|-h4-|                                                     |-h5-| |v3
                                                                        |
..............Surrounding environment, following material.............. -
.......................................................................
   The lengths shown are listed below.  The key relationship is that the
right edge of the bracket for H1 equals the right edge of the bracket
for H4, so that the left edge of the label box is at H3+H4-(H0+H1).

V0
     '\topsep' + '\parskip' if the list environment does not start a new
     paragraph, and '\topsep'+'\parskip'+'\partopsep' if it does

V1
     '\parsep'

V2
     '\itemsep'+'\parsep'

V3
     Same as V0.  (This space is affected by whether a blank line
     appears in the source above the environment; whether a blank line
     appears in the source below the environment does not matter.)

H0
     '\labelwidth'

H1
     '\labelsep'

H2
     '\listparindent'

H3
     '\leftmargin'

H4
     '\itemindent'

H5
     '\rightmargin'

   The list's left and right margins, shown above as H3 and H5, are with
respect to the ones provided by the surrounding environment, or with
respect to the page margins for a top-level list.  The line width used
for typesetting the list items is '\linewidth' (*note Page layout
parameters::).  For instance, set the list's left margin to be one
quarter of the distance between the left and right margins of the
enclosing environment with '\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}'.

   Page breaking in a list structure is controlled by the three
parameters below.  For each, the LaTeX default is '-\@lowpenalty', that
is, '-51'.  Because it is negative, it somewhat encourages a page break
at each spot.  Change it with, e.g., '\@beginparpenalty=9999'; a value
of 10000 prohibits a page break.

'\@beginparpenalty'
     The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default
     '-51').

'\@itempenalty'
     The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default
     '-51').

'\@endparpenalty'
     The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default
     '-51').

   The package 'enumitem' is useful for customizing lists.

   This example has the labels in red.  They are numbered, and the left
edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text.  *Note
\usecounter::.

     \usepackage{color}
     \newcounter{cnt}
     \newcommand{\makeredlabel}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1.}}
     \newenvironment{redlabel}
       {\begin{list}
         {\arabic{cnt}}
         {\usecounter{cnt}
          \setlength{\labelwidth}{0em}
          \setlength{\labelsep}{0.5em}
          \setlength{\leftmargin}{1.5em}
          \setlength{\itemindent}{0.5em} % equals \labelwidth+\labelsep
          \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel
         }
       }
     {\end{list} }

8.16.1 '\item': An entry in a list
----------------------------------

Synopsis:

     \item text of item

or

     \item[OPTIONAL-LABEL] text of item

   An entry in a list.  The entries are prefixed by a label, whose
default depends on the list type.

   Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets '[...]',
if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to hide the
bracket inside curly braces, as in: '\item {[} is an open square
bracket'; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional
label.

   Similarly, if the item does have the optional label and you need a
close square bracket inside that label, you must hide it in the same
way: '\item[Close square bracket, {]}]'.  *Note LaTeX command syntax::.

   In this example the enumerate list has two items that use the default
label and one that uses the optional label.

     \begin{enumerate}
       \item Moe
       \item[sometimes] Shemp
       \item Larry
     \end{enumerate}

   The first item is labelled '1.', the second item is labelled
'sometimes', and the third item is labelled '2.'.  Because of the
optional label in the second item, the third item is not labelled '3.'.

8.16.2 'trivlist': A restricted form of 'list'
----------------------------------------------

Synopsis:

     \begin{trivlist}
       ...
     \end{trivlist}

   A restricted version of the list environment, in which margins are
not indented and an '\item' without an optional argument produces no
text.  It is most often used in macros, to define an environment where
the '\item' command as part of the environment's definition.  For
instance, the 'center' environment is defined essentially like this:

     \newenvironment{center}
       {\begin{trivlist}\centering\item\relax}
       {\end{trivlist}}

   Using 'trivlist' in this way allows the macro to inherit some common
code: combining vertical space of two adjacent environments; detecting
whether the text following the environment should be considered a new
paragraph or a continuation of the previous one; adjusting the left and
right margins for possible nested list environments.

   Specifically, 'trivlist' uses the current values of the list
parameters (*note list::), except that '\parsep' is set to the value of
'\parskip', and '\leftmargin', '\labelwidth', and '\itemindent' are set
to zero.

   This example outputs the items as two paragraphs, except that (by
default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated.

     \begin{trivlist}
     \item The \textit{Surprise} is not old; no one would call her old.
     \item She has a bluff bow, lovely lines.
     \end{trivlist}

8.17 'math'
===========

Synopsis:

     \begin{math}
     MATH
     \end{math}

   The 'math' environment inserts given MATH material within the running
text.  '\(...\)' and '$...$' are synonyms.  *Note Math formulas::.

8.18 'minipage'
===============

Synopses:

     \begin{minipage}{WIDTH}
       CONTENTS
     \end{minipage}

or

     \begin{minipage}[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}
       CONTENTS
     \end{minipage}

   Put CONTENTS into a box that is WIDTH wide.  This is like a small
version of a page; it can contain its own footnotes, itemized lists,
etc.  (There are some restrictions, including that it cannot have
floats.)  This box will not be broken across pages.  So 'minipage' is
similar to '\parbox' (*note \parbox::) but here you can have paragraphs.

   This example will be 3 inches wide, and has two paragraphs.

     \begin{minipage}{3in}
       Stephen Kleene was a founder of the Theory of Computation.

       He was a student of Church, wrote three influential texts,
       was President of the Association for Symbolic Logic,
       and won the National Medal of Science.
     \end{minipage}

See below for a discussion of the paragraph indent inside a 'minipage'.

   The required argument WIDTH is a rigid length (*note Lengths::).  It
gives the width of the box into which CONTENTS are typeset.

   There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS.
You need not include all three.  For example, get the default POSITION
and set the HEIGHT with '\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm] CONTENTS
\end{minipage}'.  (Get the natural height with an empty argument, '[]'.)

   The optional argument POSITION governs how the 'minipage' vertically
aligns with the surrounding material.

'c'
     (synonym 'm') Default.  Positions the 'minipage' so its vertical
     center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (what
     Plain TeX calls '\vcenter').

't'
     Match the top line in the 'minipage' with the baseline of the
     surrounding text (Plain TeX's '\vtop'.

'b'
     Match the bottom line in the 'minipage' with the baseline of the
     surrounding text (Plain TeX's '\vbox'.

   To see the effects of these, contrast running this

     ---\begin{minipage}[c]{0.25in}
       first\\ second\\ third
     \end{minipage}

with the results of changing 'c' to 'b' or 't'.

   The optional argument HEIGHT is a rigid length (*note Lengths::).  It
sets the height of the 'minipage'.  You can enter any value larger than,
or equal to, or smaller than the 'minipage''s natural height and LaTeX
will not give an error or warning.  You can also set it to a height of
zero or a negative value.

   The final optional argument INNER-POS controls the placement of
CONTENT inside the box.  These are the possible values are (the default
is the value of POSITION).

't'
     Place CONTENT at the top of the box.

'c'
     Place it in the vertical center.

'b'
     Place it at the box bottom.

's'
     Stretch CONTENTS out vertically; it must contain vertically
     stretchable space.

   The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT option is set to a
value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height.  To see the effect of
the options, run this example with the various choices in place of 'b'.

     Text before
     \begin{center}
       ---\begin{minipage}[c][3in][b]{0.25\textwidth}
            first\\ second\\ third
       \end{minipage}
     \end{center}
     Text after

   By default paragraphs are not indented in a 'minipage'.  Change that
with a command such as '\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}' at the start of
CONTENTS.

   Footnotes in a 'minipage' environment are handled in a way that is
particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables.  A
'\footnote' or '\footnotetext' command puts the footnote at the bottom
of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it uses the
'\mpfootnote' counter instead of the ordinary 'footnote' counter (*note
Counters::).

   This puts the footnote at the bottom of the table, not the bottom of
the page.

     \begin{center}           % center the minipage on the line
     \begin{minipage}{2.5in}
       \begin{center}         % center the table inside the minipage
         \begin{tabular}{ll}
           \textsc{Monarch}  &\textsc{Reign}             \\ \hline
           Elizabeth II      &63 years\footnote{to date} \\
           Victoria          &63 years                   \\
           George III        &59 years
         \end{tabular}
       \end{center}
     \end{minipage}
     \end{center}

   If you nest minipages then there is an oddness when using footnotes.
Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next
'\end{minipage}' which may not be their logical place.

   This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic.
They are vertically centered.

     \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
       ...
     \begin{center}
       \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]{nyc.png}}
       \hspace{0.1\textwidth}
       \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
         \begin{tabular}{r|l}
           \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &Pop (million)  \\ \hline
           The Bronx      &$1.5$  \\
           Brooklyn       &$2.6$  \\
           Manhattan      &$1.6$  \\
           Queens         &$2.3$  \\
           Staten Island  &$0.5$
         \end{tabular}
       \end{minipage}
     \end{center}

8.19 'picture'
==============

Synopses:
     \begin{picture}(WIDTH,HEIGHT)
        PICTURE COMMANDS
     \end{picture}

or

     \begin{picture}(WIDTH,HEIGHT)(XOFFSET,YOFFSET)
       PICTURE COMMANDS
     \end{picture}

   An environment to create simple pictures containing lines, arrows,
boxes, circles, and text.  Note that while this environment is not
obsolete, new documents typically use much more powerful graphics
creation systems, such as 'TikZ', 'PSTricks', 'MetaPost', or
'Asymptote'.  These are not covered in this document; see CTAN.

   This shows the parallelogram law for adding vectors.

     \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
     \begin{picture}(6,6)      % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall
       \put(0,0){\vector(2,1){4}}  % for every 2 over this vector goes 1 up
         \put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ first leg}}
       \put(4,2){\vector(1,2){2}}
         \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ second leg}}
       \put(0,0){\line(1,1){6}}
         \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }}
     \end{picture}

   You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an
exact location.

     \usepackage{color,graphicx}  % in preamble
       ...
     \begin{center}
     \setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth}
     \begin{picture}(1,1)      % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall
       \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}}
       \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}}
     \end{picture}
     \end{center}

The red X will be precisely a quarter of the '\linewidth' from the left
margin, and '0.35\linewidth' up from the bottom.  Another example of
this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get repeat
material on each of a document's pages.

   The 'picture' environment has one required argument, a pair of
numbers (WIDTH,HEIGHT).  Multiply these by the value '\unitlength' to
get the nominal size of the output, the space that LaTeX reserves on the
output page.  This nominal size need not be how large the picture really
is; LaTeX will draw things from the picture outside the picture's box.

   This environment also has an optional argument (XOFFSET,YOFFSET).  It
is used to shift the origin.  Unlike most optional arguments, this one
is not contained in square brackets.  As with the required argument, it
consists of two real numbers.  Multiply these by '\unitlength' to get
the point at the lower-left corner of the picture.

   For example, if '\unitlength' has been set to '1mm', the command

     \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)

produces a box of width 100 millimeters and height 200 millimeters.  The
picture's origin is the point (10mm,20mm) and so the lower-left corner
is there, and the upper-right corner is at (110mm,220mm).  When you
first draw a picture you typically omit the optional argument, leaving
the origin at the lower-left corner.  If you then want to modify your
picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate
optional argument.

   Each PICTURE COMMAND tells LaTeX where to put something by naming its
position.  A "position" is a pair such as '(2.4,-5)' giving the x- and
y-coordinates.  A "coordinate" is a not a length, it is a real number
(it may have a decimal point or a minus sign).  It specifies a length in
multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if '\unitlength' has been
set to '1cm', then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54
centimeters.

   LaTeX's default for '\unitlength' is '1pt'.  it is a rigid length
(*note Lengths::).  Change it with the '\setlength' command (*note
\setlength::).  Make this change only outside of a 'picture'
environment.

   Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is normally at
the lower-left corner of the picture.  Note that when a position appears
as an argument, as with '\put(1,2){...}', it is not enclosed in braces
since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument.  Also, unlike in
some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are further up the
page.

   There are four ways to put things in a picture: '\put', '\multiput',
'\qbezier', and '\graphpaper'.  The most often used is '\put'.  This

     \put(11.3,-0.3){...}

places the object with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-0.3).
The reference points for various objects will be described below.  The
'\put' command creates an "LR box" (*note Modes::).  Anything that can
go in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) can go in the text argument
of the '\put' command.  The reference point will be the lower left
corner of the box.  In this picture

     \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
     ...\begin{picture}(1,1)
       \put(0,0){\line(1,0){1}}
       \put(0,0){\line(1,1){1}}
     \end{picture}

the three dots are just slightly left of the point of the angle formed
by the two lines.  (Also, '\line(1,1){1}' does not call for a line of
length one; rather the line has a change in the x coordinate of 1.)

   The '\multiput', 'qbezier', and 'graphpaper' commands are described
below.

   This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using '\qbezier' for that
curve.

     \begin{picture}(3,1.5)
       \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}}  % x axis
       \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}}  % y axis
       \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}}       % left side rectangle
       \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}}     % right side
       \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25)
         \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5)
       \thicklines                 % below here, lines are twice as thick
       \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}}
       \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}}
     \end{picture}

8.19.1 '\put'
-------------

Synopsis:

     \put(XCOORD,YCOORD){CONTENT}

   Place CONTENT at the coordinate (XCOORD,YCOORD).  See the discussion
of coordinates and '\unitlength' in *note picture::.  The CONTENT is
processed in LR mode (*note Modes::) so it cannot contain line breaks.

   This includes the text into the 'picture'.

     \put(4.5,2.5){Apply the \textit{unpoke} move}

   The reference point, the location (4.5,2.5), is the lower left of the
text, at the bottom left of the 'A'.

8.19.2 '\multiput'
------------------

Synopsis:

     \multiput(X,Y)(DELTA_X,DELTA_Y){NUM-COPIES}{OBJ}

   Copy OBJ a total of NUM-COPIES times, with an increment of
DELTA_X,DELTA_Y.  The OBJ first appears at position (x,y), then at
(x+\delta_x,y+\delta_y), and so on.

   This draws a simple grid with every fifth line in bold (see also
*note \graphpaper::).

     \begin{picture}(10,10)
       \linethickness{0.05mm}
       \multiput(0,0)(1,0){10}{\line(0,1){10}}
       \multiput(0,0)(0,1){10}{\line(1,0){10}}
       \linethickness{0.5mm}
       \multiput(0,0)(5,0){3}{\line(0,1){10}}
       \multiput(0,0)(0,5){3}{\line(1,0){10}}
     \end{picture}

8.19.3 '\qbezier'
-----------------

Synopsis:

     \qbezier(X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3)
     \qbezier[NUM](X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3)

   Draw a quadratic Bezier curve whose control points are given by the
three required arguments '(X1,Y1)', '(X2,Y2)', and '(X3,Y3)'.  That is,
the curve runs from (X1,Y1) to (X3,Y3), is quadratic, and is such that
the tangent line at (X1,Y1) passes through (X2,Y2), as does the tangent
line at (X3,Y3).

   This draws a curve from the coordinate (1,1) to (1,0).

     \qbezier(1,1)(1.25,0.75)(1,0)

The curve's tangent line at (1,1) contains (1.25,0.75), as does the
curve's tangent line at (1,0).

   The optional argument NUM gives the number of calculated intermediate
points.  The default is to draw a smooth curve whose maximum number of
points is '\qbeziermax' (change this value with '\renewcommand').

8.19.4 '\graphpaper'
--------------------

Synopsis:

     \graphpaper(X_INIT,Y_INIT)(X_DIMEN,Y_DIMEN)
     \graphpaper[SPACING](X_INIT,Y_INIT)(X_DIMEN,Y_DIMEN)

   Draw a coordinate grid.  Requires the 'graphpap' package.  The grid's
origin is '(X_INIT,Y_INIT)'.  Grid lines come every SPACING units (the
default is 10).  The grid extends X_DIMEN units to the right and Y_DIMEN
units up.  All arguments must be positive integers.

   This make a grid with seven vertical lines and eleven horizontal
lines.

     \usepackage{graphpap}    % in preamble
       ...
     \begin{picture}(6,20)    % in document body
       \graphpaper[2](0,0)(12,20)
     \end{picture}

The lines are numbered every ten units.

8.19.5 '\line'
--------------

Synopsis:

     \line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}

   Draw a line.  It slopes such that it vertically rises Y_RISE for
every horizontal X_RUN.  The TRAVEL is the total horizontal change -- it
is not the length of the vector, it is the change in x.  In the special
case of vertical lines, where (X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), the TRAVEL gives the
change in y.

   This draws a line starting at coordinates (1,3).

     \put(1,3){\line(2,5){4}}

For every over 2, this line will go up 5.  Because TRAVEL specifies that
this goes over 4, it must go up 10.  Thus its endpoint is
(1,3)+(4,10)=(5,13).  In particular, note that TRAVEL=4 is not the
length of the line, it is the change in x.

   The arguments X_RUN and Y_RISE are integers that can be positive,
negative, or zero.  (If both are 0 then LaTeX treats the second as 1.)
With '\put(X_INIT,Y_INIT){\line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}}', if X_RUN is
negative then the line's ending point has a first coordinate that is
less than X_INIT.  If Y_RISE is negative then the line's ending point
has a second coordinate that is less than Y_INIT.

   If TRAVEL is negative then you get 'LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector
argument.'

   Standard LaTeX can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes
because these lines are made by putting together line segments from
pre-made fonts.  The two numbers X_RUN and Y_RISE must have integer
values from -6 through 6.  Also, they must be relatively prime, so that
(X_RUN,Y_RISE) can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then
instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to
switch to the former).  To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of
other shapes in a system like 'picture', see the package 'pict2e' on
CTAN. Another solution is to use a full-featured graphics system such as
'TikZ', or 'PSTricks', or 'MetaPost', or 'Asymptote'

8.19.6 '\linethickness'
-----------------------

Synopsis:

     \linethickness{DIM}

   Declares the thickness of subsequent horizontal and vertical lines in
a picture to be DIM, which must be a positive length (*note Lengths::).
It differs from '\thinlines' and '\thicklines' in that it does not
affect the thickness of slanted lines, circles, or ovals.

8.19.7 '\thinlines'
-------------------

Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
in a picture environment to be 0.4pt.  This is the default thickness, so
this command is unnecessary unless the thickness has been changed with
either *note \linethickness:: or *note \thicklines::.

8.19.8 '\thicklines'
--------------------

Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
in a picture environment to be 0.8pt.  See also *note \linethickness::
and *note \thinlines::.  This command is illustrated in the Trapezoidal
Rule example of *note picture::.

8.19.9 '\circle'
----------------

Synopsis:

     \circle{DIAMETER}
     \circle*{DIAMETER}

   Produces a circle with a diameter as close as possible to the
specified one.  The '*' form produces a filled-in circle.

   This draws a circle of radius 6, centered at '(5,7)'.

     \put(5,7){\circle{6}}

   The available radii for 'circle' are, in points, the even numbers
from 2 to 20, inclusive.  For 'circle*' they are all the integers from 1
to 15.

8.19.10 '\oval'
---------------

Synopsis:

     \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)
     \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[PORTION]

   Produce a rectangle with rounded corners.  The optional argument
PORTION allows you to produce only half or a quarter of the oval.  For
half an oval take PORTION to be one of these.

't'
     top half
'b'
     bottom half
'r'
     right half
'l'
     left half

   Produce only one quarter of the oval by setting PORTION to 'tr',
'br', 'bl', or 'tl'.

   This draws the top half of an oval that is 3 wide and 7 tall.

     \put(5,7){\oval(3,7)[t]}

The (5,7) is the center of the entire oval, not just the center of the
top half.

   These shapes are not ellipses.  They are rectangles whose corners are
made with quarter circles.  These circles have a maximum radius of 20pt
(*note \circle:: for the sizes).  Thus large ovals are just boxes with a
small amount of corner rounding.

8.19.11 '\shortstack'
---------------------

Synopsis:

     \shortstack[POSITION]{LINE 1 \\ ... }

   Produce a vertical stack of objects.

   This labels the y axis.

     \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}}   % x axis
     \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}}   % y
     \put(-0.25,2){\makebox[0][r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ axis}}}

For a short stack, the reference point is the lower left of the stack.
In the above example the *note \mbox & \makebox:: puts the stack flush
right in a zero width box so in total the short stack sits slightly to
the left of the y axis.

   The valid positions are:

'r'
     Make objects flush right
'l'
     Make objects flush left
'c'
     Center objects (default)

   Separate objects into lines with '\\'.  These stacks are short in
that, unlike in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment, here the rows are
not spaced out to be of even heights.  Thus, in
'\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}' the first and last rows are taller than the
middle two.  You can adjust row heights either by putting in the usual
interline spacing with '\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}', or by hand,
via an explicit zero-width box '\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt}
o\\o\\X}' or by using '\\''s optional argument '\shortstack{X\\[2pt]
o\\o\\X}'.

   The '\shortstack' command is also available outside the 'picture'
environment.

8.19.12 '\vector'
-----------------

Synopsis:

     \vector(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}

   Draw a line ending in an arrow.  The slope of that line is: it
vertically rises Y_RISE for every horizontal X_RUN.  The TRAVEL is the
total horizontal change -- it is not the length of the vector, it is the
change in x.  In the special case of vertical vectors, if
(X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), then TRAVEL gives the change in y.

   For an example see *note picture::.

   For elaboration on X_RUN and Y_RISE see *note \line::.  As there, the
values of X_RUN and Y_RISE are limited.  For '\vector' you must chooses
integers between -4 and 4, inclusive.  Also, the two you choose must be
relatively prime.  Thus, '\vector(2,1){4}' is acceptable but
'\vector(4,2){4}' is not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence
of arrowheads).

8.19.13 '\makebox' (picture)
----------------------------

Synopsis:

     \makebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT){TEXT}
     \makebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}

   Make a box to hold TEXT.  This command fits with the 'picture'
environment, although you can use it outside of there, because REC-WIDTH
and REC-HEIGHT are numbers specifying distances in terms of the
'\unitlength' (*note picture::).  This command is similar to the normal
'\makebox' command (*note \mbox & \makebox::) except here that you must
specify the width and height.  This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).

   This makes a box of length 3.5 times '\unitlength' and height 4 times
'\unitlength'.

     \put(1,2){\makebox(3.5,4){...}}

   The optional argument 'POSITION' specifies where in the box the TEXT
appears.  The default is to center it, both horizontally and vertically.
To place it somewhere else, use a string with one or two of these
letters.

't'
     Puts TEXT the top of the box.

'b'
     Put TEXT at the bottom.

'l'
     Put TEXT on the left.

'r'
     Put TEXT on the right.

8.19.14 '\framebox' (picture)
-----------------------------

Synopsis:

     \framebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT){TEXT}
     \framebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}

   This is the same as *note \makebox (picture):: except that it puts a
frame around the outside of the box that it creates.  The reference
point is the bottom left corner of the frame.  This command fits with
the 'picture' environment, although you can use it outside of there,
because lengths are numbers specifying the distance in terms of the
'\unitlength' (*note picture::).  This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).

   This example creates a frame 2.5 inches by 3 inches and puts the text
in the center.

     \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}
     \framebox(2.5,3){test text}

   The required arguments are that the rectangle has overall width
RECT-WIDTH units and height RECT-HEIGHT units.

   The optional argument POSITION specifies the position of TEXT; see
*note \makebox (picture):: for the values that it can take.

   The rule has thickness '\fboxrule' and there is a blank space
'\fboxsep' between the frame and the contents of the box.

   For this command, you must specify the WIDTH and HEIGHT.  If you want
to just put a frame around some contents whose dimension is determined
in some other way then either use '\fbox' (*note \fbox & \framebox::) or
'\frame' (*note \frame::).

8.19.15 '\frame'
----------------

Synopsis:

     \frame{CONTENTS}

   Puts a rectangular frame around CONTENTS.  The reference point is the
bottom left corner of the frame.  In contrast to '\framebox' (*note
\framebox (picture)::), this command puts no extra space is put between
the frame and the object.  It is fragile (*note \protect::).

8.19.16 '\dashbox'
------------------

Synopsis:

     \dashbox{DASH-LEN}(RECT-WIDTH,RECT-HEIGHT){TEXT}
     \dashbox{DASH-LEN}(RECT-WIDTH,RECT-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}

   Create a dashed rectangle around TEXT.  This command fits with the
'picture' environment, although you can use it outside of there, because
lengths are numbers specifying the distance in terms of the
'\unitlength' (*note picture::).

   The required arguments are: dashes are DASH-LEN units long, with the
same length gap, and the rectangle has overall width RECT-WIDTH units
and height RECT-HEIGHT units.

   The optional argument POSITION specifies the position of TEXT; see
*note \makebox (picture):: for the values that it can take.

   This shows that you can use non-integer value for DASH-LEN.

     \put(0,0){\dashbox{0.1}(5,0.5){My hovercraft is full of eels.}}

Each dash will be '0.1\unitlength' long, the box's width is
'5\unitlength' and its height is '0.5\unitlength'.

   As in that example, a dashed box looks best when RECT-WIDTH and
RECT-HEIGHT are multiples of the DASH-LEN.

8.20 'quotation' & 'quote'
==========================

Synopsis:

     \begin{quotation}
       TEXT
     \end{quotation}

or

     \begin{quote}
       TEXT
     \end{quote}

   Include a quotation.  Both environments indent margins on both sides
by '\leftmargin' and the text is right-justified.

   They differ in how they treat paragraphs.  In the 'quotation'
environment, paragraphs are indented by 1.5em and the space between
paragraphs is small, '0pt plus 1pt'.  In the 'quote' environment,
paragraphs are not indented and there is vertical space between
paragraphs (it is the rubber length '\parsep').

     \begin{quotation} \small\it
       Four score and seven years ago
       ... shall not perish from the earth.
       \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln
     \end{quotation}

8.21 'tabbing'
==============

Synopsis:

     \begin{tabbing}
     ROW1COL1 \= ROW1COL2 ...  \\
     ROW2COL1 \> ROW2COL2 ...  \\
     ...
     \end{tabbing}

   Align text in columns, by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much
as was done on a typewriter.  This is less often used than the
environments 'tabular' (*note tabular::) or 'array' (*note array::)
because in those the width of each column need not be constant and need
not be known in advance.

   This example has a first line where the tab stops are set to explicit
widths, ended by a '\kill' command (which is described below):

     \begin{tabbing}
     \hspace{0.75in}     \= \hspace{0.40in}  \= \hspace{0.40in}    \kill
     Ship                \> Guns             \> Year    \\
     \textit{Sophie}     \> 14               \> 1800    \\
     \textit{Polychrest} \> 24               \> 1803    \\
     \textit{Lively}     \> 38               \> 1804    \\
     \textit{Surprise}   \> 28               \> 1805    \\
     \end{tabbing}

   Both the 'tabbing' environment and the more widely-used 'tabular'
environment put text in columns.  The most important distinction is that
in 'tabular' the width of columns is determined automatically by LaTeX,
while in 'tabbing' the user sets the tab stops.  Another distinction is
that 'tabular' generates a box, but 'tabbing' can be broken across
pages.  Finally, while 'tabular' can be used in any mode, 'tabbing' can
be used only in paragraph mode and it starts a new paragraph.

   A 'tabbing' environment always starts a new paragraph, without
indentation.  Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need
to use the starred form of the '\hspace' command at the beginning of a
tabbed row.  The right margin of the 'tabbing' environment is the end of
line, so that the width of the environment is '\linewidth'.

   The 'tabbing' environment contains a sequence of "tabbed rows".  The
first tabbed row begins immediately after '\begin{tabbing}' and each row
ends with '\\' or '\kill'.  The last row may omit the '\\' and end with
just '\end{tabbing}'.

   At any point the 'tabbing' environment has a current tab stop
pattern, a sequence of N > 0 tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc.  These
create N corresponding columns.  Tab stop 0 is always the left margin,
defined by the enclosing environment.  Tab stop number I is set if it is
assigned a horizontal position on the page.  Tab stop number I can only
be set if all the stops 0, ..., i-1 have already been set; normally
later stops are to the right of earlier ones.

   By default any text typeset in a 'tabbing' environment is typeset
ragged right and left-aligned on the current tab stop.  Typesetting is
done in LR mode (*note Modes::).

   The following commands can be used inside a 'tabbing' environment.
They are all fragile (*note \protect::).

'\\ (tabbing)'
     End a tabbed line and typeset it.

'\= (tabbing)'
     Sets a tab stop at the current position.

'\> (tabbing)'
     Advances to the next tab stop.

'\<'
     Put following text to the left of the local margin (without
     changing the margin).  Can only be used at the start of the line.

'\+'
     Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands
     one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary.

'\-'
     Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands
     one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary.

'\' (tabbing)'
     Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column,
     i.e., everything from the most recent '\>', '\<', '\'', '\\', or
     '\kill' command, to the previous column and aligned to the right,
     flush against the current column's tab stop.

'\` (tabbing)'
     Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including
     tab stop 0.  However, it can't move text to the right of the last
     column because there's no tab stop there.  The '\`' command moves
     all the text that follows it, up to the '\\' or '\end{tabbing}'
     command that ends the line, to the right margin of the 'tabbing'
     environment.  There must be no '\>' or '\'' command between the
     '\`' and the '\\' or '\end{tabbing}' command that ends the line.

'\a (tabbing)'
     In a 'tabbing' environment, the commands '\=', '\'' and '\`' do not
     produce accents as usual (*note Accents::).  Instead, use the
     commands '\a=', '\a'' and '\a`'.

'\kill'
     Sets tab stops without producing text.  Works just like '\\' except
     that it throws away the current line instead of producing output
     for it.  Any '\=', '\+' or '\-' commands in that line remain in
     effect.

'\poptabs'
     Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last '\pushtabs'.

'\pushtabs'
     Saves all current tab stop positions.  Useful for temporarily
     changing tab stop positions in the middle of a 'tabbing'
     environment.

'\tabbingsep'
     Distance of the text moved by '\'' to left of current tab stop.

   This example typesets a Pascal function:

     \begin{tabbing}
     function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
              \> begin \= \+ \\
                    \> if \= n > 1 then \+ \\
                             fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
                       else \+ \\
                             fact := 1; \-\- \\
                 end;\\
     \end{tabbing}

The output looks like this.

     function fact(n : integer) : integer;
              begin
                    if n > 1 then
                       fact := n * fact(n-1);
                    else
                       fact := 1;
              end;

This example is just for illustration of the environment.  To actually
typeset computer code in typewriter like this, a verbatim environment
(*note verbatim::) would normally be best.  For pretty-printed code,
there are quite a few packages, including 'algorithm2e', 'fancyvrb',
'listings', and 'minted'.

8.22 'table'
============

Synopsis:

     \begin{table}[PLACEMENT]
       TABLE BODY
       \caption[LOFTITLE]{TITLE}  % optional
       \label{LABEL}              % also optional
     \end{table}

   A class of floats (*note Floats::).  They cannot be split across
pages and so they are not typeset in sequence with the normal text but
instead are floated to a convenient place, such as the top of a
following page.

   This example 'table' environment contains a 'tabular'

     \begin{table}
       \centering\small
       \begin{tabular}{ll}
         \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Author}}
           &\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Piece}}  \\ \hline
         Bach            &Cello Suite Number 1  \\
         Beethoven       &Cello Sonata Number 3 \\
         Brahms          &Cello Sonata Number 1
       \end{tabular}
       \caption{Top cello pieces}
       \label{tab:cello}
     \end{table}

but you can put many different kinds of content in a 'table', including
text, LaTeX commands, etc.

   For the possible values of PLACEMENT and their effect on the float
placement algorithm, see *note Floats::.

   The table body is typeset in a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth'.  It
can contain text, commands, graphics, etc.

   The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross
references::).  The '\caption' command is also optional.  It specifies
caption text for the table.  By default it is numbered.  If its optional
LOTTITLE is present then that text is used in the list of tables instead
of TITLE (*note Table of contents etc.::).

   In this example the table and caption will float to the bottom of a
page, unless it is pushed to a float page at the end.

     \begin{table}[b]
       \centering
       \begin{tabular}{r|p{2in}} \hline
         One &The loneliest number \\
         Two &Can be as sad as one.
              It's the loneliest number since the number one.
       \end{tabular}
       \caption{Cardinal virtues}
       \label{tab:CardinalVirtues}
     \end{table}

8.23 'tabular'
==============

Synopsis:

     \begin{tabular}[POS]{COLS}
       COLUMN 1 ENTRY  &COLUMN 2 ENTRY  ...  &COLUMN N ENTRY \\
       ...
     \end{tabular}

or

     \begin{tabular*}{WIDTH}[POS]{COLS}
       COLUMN 1 ENTRY  &COLUMN 2 ENTRY  ...  &COLUMN N ENTRY \\
       ...
     \end{tabular*}

   Produce a table, a box consisting of a sequence of horizontal rows.
Each row consists of items that are aligned vertically in columns.  This
illustrates many of the features.

     \begin{tabular}{l|l}
       \textit{Player name}  &\textit{Career home runs}  \\
       \hline
       Hank Aaron  &755 \\
       Babe Ruth   &714
     \end{tabular}

The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar
between them.  This is specified in 'tabular''s argument '{l|l}'.  Put
the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand,
'&'.  The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, '\\'.  Put
a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with '\hline'.
After the last row the '\\' is optional, unless an '\hline' command
follows to put a rule below the table.

   The required and optional arguments to 'tabular' consist of:

POS
     Optional.  Specifies the table's vertical position.  The default is
     to align the table so its vertical center matches the baseline of
     the surrounding text.  There are two other possible alignments: 't'
     aligns the table so its top row matches the baseline of the
     surrounding text, and 'b' aligns on the bottom row.

     This only has an effect if there is other text.  In the common case
     of a 'tabular' alone in a 'center' environment this option makes no
     difference.

COLS
     Required.  Specifies the formatting of columns.  It consists of a
     sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the types of
     column and intercolumn material.

     'l'
          A column of left-aligned items.

     'r'
          A column of right-aligned items.

     'c'
          A column of centered items.

     '|'
          A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.

     '@{TEXT OR SPACE}'
          Insert TEXT OR SPACE at this location in every row.  The TEXT
          OR SPACE material is typeset in LR mode.  This text is fragile
          (*note \protect::).

          If between two columns there is no @-expression then LaTeX's
          'book', 'article', and 'report' classes will put on either
          side of each column a space of length '\tabcolsep', which by
          default is 6pt.  That is, by default adjacent columns are
          separated by 12pt (so '\tabcolsep' is misleadingly named since
          it is only half of the separation between tabular columns).
          In addition, a space of 6pt also comes before the first column
          and after the final column, unless you put a '@{...}' or '|'
          there.

          If you override the default and use an @-expression then LaTeX
          does not insert '\tabcolsep' so you must insert any desired
          space yourself, as in '@{\hspace{1em}}'.

          An empty expression '@{}' will eliminate the space.  In
          particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before
          the first column or after the last one, as in the example
          below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.

               \begin{flushleft}
                 \begin{tabular}{@{}l}
                   ...
                 \end{tabular}
               \end{flushleft}

          The next example shows text, a decimal point between the
          columns, arranged so the numbers in the table are aligned on
          it.

               \begin{tabular}{r@{$.$}l}
                 $3$ &$14$  \\
                 $9$ &$80665$
               \end{tabular}

          An '\extracolsep{WD}' command in an @-expression causes an
          extra space of width WD to appear to the left of all
          subsequent columns, until countermanded by another
          '\extracolsep'.  Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra
          space is not suppressed by an @-expression.  An '\extracolsep'
          command can be used only in an @-expression in the 'cols'
          argument.  Below, LaTeX inserts the right amount of
          intercolumn space to make the entire table 4 inches wide.

               \begin{tabular*}{4in}{l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}l}
                 Seven times down, eight times up \ldots
                 &such is life!
               \end{tabular*}

          To insert commands that are automatically executed before a
          given column, load the 'array' package and use the '>{...}'
          specifier.

     'p{WD}'
          Each item in the column is typeset in a parbox of width WD, as
          if it were the argument of a '\parbox[t]{wd}{...}' command.

          A line break double backslash '\\' may not appear in the item,
          except inside an environment like 'minipage', 'array', or
          'tabular', or inside an explicit '\parbox', or in the scope of
          a '\centering', '\raggedright', or '\raggedleft' declaration
          (when used in a 'p'-column element these declarations must
          appear inside braces, as with '{\centering .. \\ ..}').
          Otherwise LaTeX will misinterpret the double backslash as
          ending the row.  Instead, to get a line break in there use
          '\newline' (*note \newline::).

     '*{NUM}{COLS}'
          Equivalent to NUM copies of COLS, where NUM is a positive
          integer and COLS is a list of specifiers.  Thus the specifier
          '\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}' is equivalent to the specifier
          '\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}'.  Note that COLS may contain
          another '*'-expression.

WIDTH
     Required for 'tabular*', not allowed for 'tabular'.  Specifies the
     width of the 'tabular*' environment.  The space between columns
     should be rubber, as with '@{\extracolsep{\fill}}', to allow the
     table to stretch or shrink to make the specified width, or else you
     are likely to get the 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment
     ...' warning.

   Parameters that control formatting:

'\arrayrulewidth'
     A length that is the thickness of the rule created by '|',
     '\hline', and '\vline' in the 'tabular' and 'array' environments.
     The default is '.4pt'.  Change it as in
     '\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}'.

'\arraystretch'
     A factor by which the spacing between rows in the 'tabular' and
     'array' environments is multiplied.  The default is '1', for no
     scaling.  Change it as '\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}'.

'\doublerulesep'
     A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced
     by the '||' specifier.  The default is '2pt'.

'\tabcolsep'
     A length that is half of the space between columns.  The default is
     '6pt'.  Change it with '\setlength'.

   The following commands can be used inside the body of a 'tabular'
environment, the first two inside an entry and the second two between
lines:

8.23.1 '\multicolumn'
---------------------

Synopsis:

     \multicolumn{NUMCOLS}{COLS}{TEXT}

   Make an 'array' or 'tabular' entry that spans several columns.  The
first argument NUMCOLS gives the number of columns to span.  The second
argument COLS specifies the formatting of the entry, with 'c' for
centered, 'l' for flush left, or 'r' for flush right.  The third
argument TEXT gives the contents of that entry.

   In this example, in the first row, the second and third columns are
spanned by the single heading 'Name'.

     \begin{tabular}{lccl}
       \textit{ID}       &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &\textit{Age} \\
       \hline
       978-0-393-03701-2 &O'Brian &Patrick                  &55           \\
         ...
     \end{tabular}

   What counts as a column is: the column format specifier for the
'array' or 'tabular' environment is broken into parts, where each part
(except the first) begins with 'l', 'c', 'r', or 'p'.  So from
'\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}' the parts are '|r|', 'c', 'c',
and 'p{1.5in}|'.

   The COLS argument overrides the 'array' or 'tabular' environment's
intercolumn area default adjoining this multicolumn entry.  To affect
that area, this argument can contain vertical bars '|' indicating the
placement of vertical rules, and '@{...}' expressions.  Thus if COLS is
'|c|' then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule
will come in the intercolumn area before it and after it.  This table
details the exact behavior.

     \begin{tabular}{|cc|c|c|}
       \multicolumn{1}{r}{w}       % entry one
         &\multicolumn{1}{|r|}{x}  % entry two
         &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{y}   % entry three
         &z                        % entry four
     \end{tabular}

Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because
the '\multicolumn' has the COLS specifier 'r' with no initial vertical
bar.  Between entry one and entry two there will be a vertical rule;
although the first COLS does not have an ending vertical bar, the second
COLS does have a starting one.  Between entry two and entry three there
is a single vertical rule; despite that the COLS in both of the
surrounding 'multicolumn''s call for a vertical rule, you only get one
rule.  Between entry three and entry four there is no vertical rule; the
default calls for one but the COLS in the entry three '\multicolumn'
leaves it out, and that takes precedence.  Finally, following entry four
there is a vertical rule because of the default.

   The number of spanned columns NUMCOLS can be 1.  Besides giving the
ability to change the horizontal alignment, this also is useful to
override for one row the 'tabular' definition's default intercolumn area
specification, including the placement of vertical rules.

   In the example below, in the 'tabular' definition the first column is
specified to default to left justified but in the first row the entry is
centered with '\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}}'.  Also in the first
row, the second and third columns are spanned by a single entry with
'\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}}', overriding the specification to
center those two columns on the page range en-dash.

     \begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l}
       \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}}
         &multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline
       Baroque          &1600           &1760         \\
       Classical        &1730           &1820         \\
       Romantic         &1780           &1910         \\
       Impressionistic  &1875           &1925
     \end{tabular}

Although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a vertical rule
between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears in
the first row here.  That's because there is no vertical bar in the COLS
part of the first row's first '\multicolumn' command.

8.23.2 '\vline'
---------------

Draw a vertical line in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment extending the
full height and depth of an entry's row.  Can also be used in an
@-expression, although its synonym vertical bar '|' is more common.
This command is rarely used in the body of a table; typically a table's
vertical lines are specified in 'tabular''s COLS argument and overridden
as needed with '\multicolumn' (*note tabular::).

   The example below illustrates some pitfalls.  In the first row's
second entry the '\hfill' moves the '\vline' to the left edge of the
cell.  But that is different than putting it halfway between the two
columns, so between the first and second columns there are two vertical
rules, with the one from the '{c|cc}' specifier coming before the one
produced by the '\vline\hfill'.  In contrast, the first row's third
entry shows the usual way to put a vertical bar between two columns.  In
the second row, the 'ghi' is the widest entry in its column so in the
'\vline\hfill' the '\hfill' has no effect and the vertical line in that
entry appears immediately next to the 'g', with no whitespace.

     \begin{tabular}{c|cc}
       x   &\vline\hfill y   &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{z} \\ % row 1
       abc &def &\vline\hfill ghi                       % row 2
     \end{tabular}

8.23.3 '\cline'
---------------

Synopsis:

     \cline{I-J}

   In an 'array' or 'tabular' environment, draw a horizontal rule
beginning in column I and ending in column J.  The dash, '-', must
appear in the mandatory argument.  To span a single column use the
number twice, as with '\cline{2-2}'.

   This example puts two horizontal lines between the first and second
rows, one line in the first column only, and the other spanning the
third and fourth columns.  The two lines are side-by-side, at the same
height.

     \begin{tabular}{llrr}
       a &b &c &d \\ \cline{1-1} \cline{3-4}
       e &f &g &h
     \end{tabular}

8.23.4 '\hline'
---------------

Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing 'tabular' or 'array'
environment.  It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom,
and between the rows of a table.

   In this example the top of the table has two horizontal rules, one
above the other, that span both columns.  The bottom of the table has a
single rule spanning both columns.  Because of the '\hline', the
'tabular' second row's line ending double backslash '\\' is required.

     \begin{tabular}{ll} \hline\hline
       Baseball   &Red Sox  \\
       Basketball &Celtics  \\ \hline
     \end{tabular}

8.24 'thebibliography'
======================

Synopsis:

     \begin{thebibliography}{WIDEST-LABEL}
       \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
       ...
     \end{thebibliography}

   Produce a bibliography or reference list.  There are two ways to
produce bibliographic lists.  This environment is suitable when you have
only a few references and can maintain the list by hand.  *Note Using
BibTeX:: for a more sophisticated approach.

   This shows the environment with two entries.

     This work is based on \cite{latexdps}.
     Together they are \cite{latexdps, texbook}.
       ...
     \begin{thebibliography}{9}
     \bibitem{latexdps}
       Leslie Lamport.
       \textit{\LaTeX{}: a document preparation system}.
       Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
     \bibitem{texbook}
       Donald Ervin Knuth.
       \textit{The \TeX book}.
       Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
     \end{thebibliography}

This styles the first reference as '[1] Leslie ...', and so that
'\cite{latexdps}' produces the matching '... based on [1]'.  The second
'\cite' produces '[1, 2]'.  You must compile the document twice to
resolve these references.

   The mandatory argument WIDEST-LABEL is text that, when typeset, is as
wide as the widest item label produced by the '\bibitem' commands.  The
tradition is to use '9' for bibliographies with less than 10 references,
'99' for ones with less than 100, etc.

   The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as 'Bibliography'.
To change it there are two cases.  In the 'book' and 'report' classes,
where the top level sectioning is '\chapter' and the default title is
'Bibliography', that title is in the macro '\bibname'.  For 'article',
where the class's top level sectioning is '\section' and the default is
'References', the title is in macro '\refname'.  Change it by redefining
the command, as with '\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}' after
'\begin{document}'.

   Language support packages such as 'babel' will automatically redefine
'\refname' or '\bibname' to fit the selected language.

8.24.1 '\bibitem'
-----------------

Synopsis:

     \bibitem{CITE_KEY}

or

     \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}

   Generate an entry labeled by LABEL.  The default is for LaTeX to
generates a number using the 'enumi' counter.  The "citation key"
CITE_KEY is a string of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but
not comma).

   *Note thebibliography:: for an example.

   The optional LABEL changes the default label from an integer to the
given string.  With this

     \begin{thebibliography}
     \bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps}
       Leslie Lamport.
       \textit{\LaTeX{}: a document preparation system}.
       Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
     \bibitem{texbook}
       Donald Ervin Knuth.
       \textit{The \TeX book}.
       Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
     \end{thebibliography}

the first entry will be styled as '[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...' (The
amount of horizontal space that LaTeX leaves for the label depends on
the WIDEST-LABEL argument of the 'thebibliography' environment; see
*note thebibliography::.)  Similarly, '... based on \cite{latexdps}'
will produce '... based on [Lamport 1994]'.

   If you mix '\bibitem' entries having a LABEL with those that do not
then LaTeX will number the unlabelled ones sequentially.  In the example
above the 'texbook' entry will appear as '[1] Donald ...', despite that
it is the second entry.

   If you use the same CITE_KEY twice then you get 'LaTeX Warning: There
were multiply-defined labels'.

   Under the hood, LaTeX remembers the CITE_KEY and LABEL information
because '\bibitem' writes it to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'.  For
instance, the above example causes '\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}'
and '\bibcite{texbook}{1}' to appear in that file.  The '.aux' file is
read by the '\begin{document}' command and then the information is
available for '\cite' commands.  This explains why you need to run LaTeX
twice to resolve references: once to write it out and once to read it
in.

   Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a '\bibitem' or
change its CITE_KEY you may get 'LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have
changed. Rerun to get cross-references right'.  Fix it by recompiling.

8.24.2 '\cite'
--------------

Synopsis:

     \cite{KEYS}

or

     \cite[SUBCITE]{KEYS}

   Generate as output a citation to the references associated with KEYS.
The mandatory KEYS is a citation key, or a comma-separated list of
citation keys (*note \bibitem::).

   This

     The ultimate source is \cite{texbook}.
       ...
     \begin{thebibliography}
     \bibitem{texbook}
       Donald Ervin Knuth.
       \textit{The \TeX book}.
       Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
     \end{thebibliography}

produces output like '... source is [1]'.  (You can change the
appearance of the citation with bibliography styles.  More is in *note
Using BibTeX::.)

   The optional argument SUBCITE is appended to the citation.  For
example, 'See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}' might produce 'See 14.3 in
[1, p. 314]'.

   In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information
to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'.  For instance, '\cite{latexdps}'
writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file.  This information is used by
BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have
actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also.

   If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get 'LaTeX
Warning: There were undefined references', and in the output the
citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets.
There are two possible causes.  If you have mistyped something, as in
'\cite{texbok}' then you need to correct the spelling.  On the other
hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information
and so changed the '.aux' file (*note \bibitem::) then the fix may be to
run LaTeX again.

8.24.3 '\nocite'
----------------

Synopsis:

     \nocite{KEYS}

   Produces no output but writes KEYS to the auxiliary file
'DOC-FILENAME.aux'.

   The mandatory argument KEYS is a comma-separated list of one or more
citation keys (*note \bibitem::).  This information is used by BibTeX to
include these works in your reference list even though you have not
cited them (*note \cite::).

8.24.4 Using BibTeX
-------------------

As described in 'thebibliography' (*note thebibliography::), a
sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the
BibTeX program.  This is only an introduction; see the full
documentation on CTAN.

   With BibTeX, you don't use 'thebibliography' (*note
thebibliography::).  Instead, include these lines.

     \bibliographystyle{BIBSTYLE}
     \bibliography{BIBFILE1, BIBFILE2, ...}

The BIBSTYLE refers to a file 'BIBSTYLE.bst', which defines how your
citations will look.  The standard BIBSTYLE's distributed with BibTeX
are:

'alpha'
     Labels are formed from name of author and year of publication.  The
     bibliographic items are sorted alphabetically.
'plain'
     Labels are integers.  Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically.
'unsrt'
     Like 'plain', but entries are in order of citation.
'abbrv'
     Like 'plain', but more compact labels.

Many, many other BibTeX style files exist, tailored to the demands of
various publications.  See CTAN's listing
<http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib>.

   The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the
bibliography.  Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to
files named 'BIBFILE1.bib', 'BIBFILE2.bib', ... These contain your
database in BibTeX format.  This shows a typical couple of entries in
that format.

     @book{texbook,
       title     = {The {{\TeX}}book},
       author    = {D.E. Knuth},
       isbn      = {0201134489},
       series    = {Computers \& typesetting},
       year      = {1983},
       publisher = {Addison-Wesley}
     }
     @book{sexbook,
         author    = {W.H. Masters and V.E. Johnson},
         title     = {Human Sexual Response},
         year      = {1966},
         publisher = {Bantam Books}
     }

   Only the bibliographic entries referred to via '\cite' and '\nocite'
will be listed in the document's bibliography.  Thus you can keep all
your sources together in one file, or a small number of files, and rely
on BibTeX to include in this document only those that you used.

8.25 'theorem'
==============

Synopsis:

     \begin{theorem}
       THEOREM BODY
     \end{theorem}

   Produces 'Theorem N' in boldface followed by THEOREM BODY in italics.
The numbering possibilities for N are described under '\newtheorem'
(*note \newtheorem::).

     \newtheorem{lem}{Lemma}      % in preamble
     \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}
       ...
     \begin{lem}                  % in  document body
       text of lemma
     \end{lem}

     The next result follows immediately.
     \begin{thm}[Gauss]   %  put `Gauss' in parens after theorem head
       text of theorem
     \end{thm}

   Most new documents use the packages 'amsthm' and 'amsmath' from the
American Mathematical Society.  Among other things these packages
include a large number of options for theorem environments, such as
styling options.

8.26 'titlepage'
================

Synopsis:

     \begin{titlepage}
       ... text and spacing ...
     \end{titlepage}

   Create a title page, a page with no printed page number or heading
and with succeeding pages numbered starting with page one.

   In this example all formatting, including vertical spacing, is left
to the author.

     \begin{titlepage}
     \vspace*{\stretch{1}}
     \begin{center}
       {\huge\bfseries Thesis \\[1ex]
                       title}                  \\[6.5ex]
       {\large\bfseries Author name}           \\
       \vspace{4ex}
       Thesis  submitted to                    \\[5pt]
       \textit{University name}                \\[2cm]
       in partial fulfilment for the award of the degree of \\[2cm]
       \textsc{\Large Doctor of Philosophy}    \\[2ex]
       \textsc{\large Mathematics}             \\[12ex]
       \vfill
       Department of Mathematics               \\
       Address                                 \\
       \vfill
       \today
     \end{center}
     \vspace{\stretch{2}}
     \end{titlepage}

   To instead produce a standard title page without a 'titlepage'
environment, use '\maketitle' (*note \maketitle::).

8.27 'verbatim'
===============

Synopsis:

     \begin{verbatim}
     LITERAL-TEXT
     \end{verbatim}

   A paragraph-making environment in which LaTeX produces as output
exactly what you type as input.  For instance inside LITERAL-TEXT the
backslash '\' character does not start commands, it produces a printed
'\', and carriage returns and blanks are taken literally.  The output
appears in a monospaced typewriter-like font ('\tt').

     \begin{verbatim}
     Symbol swearing: %&$#?!.
     \end{verbatim}

   The only restriction on 'literal-text' is that it cannot include the
string '\end{verbatim}'.

   You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros,
for instance in the argument to a '\section'.  This is not the same as
commands being fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot appear
there.  (But the 'cprotect' package can help with this.)

   One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code.  There
are packages that are an improvement the 'verbatim' environment.  For
instance, one improvement is to allow the verbatim inclusion of external
files, or parts of those files.  Such packages include 'listings', and
'minted'.

   A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments
is 'fancyvrb'.  Another is 'verbatimbox'.

   For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN.

8.27.1 '\verb'
--------------

Synopsis:

     \verb CHAR LITERAL-TEXT CHAR
     \verb* CHAR LITERAL-TEXT CHAR

   Typeset LITERAL-TEXT as it is input, including special characters and
spaces, using the typewriter ('\tt') font.

   This example shows two different invocations of '\verb'.

     This is \verb!literally! the biggest pumpkin ever.
     And this is the best squash, \verb+literally!+

The first '\verb' has its LITERAL-TEXT surrounded with exclamation
point, '!'.  The second instead uses plus, '+', because the exclamation
point is part of 'literal-text'.

   The single-character delimiter CHAR surrounds LITERAL-TEXT -- it must
be the same character before and after.  No spaces come between '\verb'
or '\verb*' and CHAR, or between CHAR and LITERAL-TEXT, or between
LITERAL-TEXT and the second occurrence of CHAR (the synopsis shows a
space only to distinguish one component from the other).  The delimiter
must not appear in LITERAL-TEXT.  The LITERAL-TEXT cannot include a line
break.

   The '*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
space character.

   The output from this will include a character showing the spaces.

     The commands's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ...

   For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package 'url' provides
an option that is better than the '\verb' command, since it allows line
breaks.

   For computer code there are many packages with advantages over
'\verb'.  One is 'listings', another is 'minted'.

   You cannot use '\verb' in the argument to a macro, for instance in
the argument to a '\section'.  It is not a question of '\verb' being
fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot appear there.  (But
the 'cprotect' package can help with this.)

8.28 'verse'
============

Synopsis:

     \begin{verse}
       LINE1 \\
       LINE2 \\
       ...
     \end{verse}

   An environment for poetry.

   Here are two lines from Shakespeare's Romeo and Juliet.

     Then plainly know my heart's dear love is set \\
     On the fair daughter of rich Capulet.

   Separate the lines of each stanza with '\\', and use one or more
blank lines to separate the stanzas.

     \begin{verse}
     \makebox[\linewidth][c]{\textit{Shut Not Your Doors} ---Walt Whitman}
       \\[1\baselineskip]
     Shut not your doors to me proud libraries,                  \\
     For that which was lacking on all your well-fill'd shelves, \\
     \qquad yet needed most, I bring,                             \\
     Forth from the war emerging, a book I have made,            \\
     The words of my book nothing, the drift of it every thing,  \\
     A book separate, not link'd with the rest nor felt by the intellect, \\
     But you ye untold latencies will thrill to every page.
     \end{verse}

The output has margins indented on the left and the right, paragraphs
are not indented, and the text is not right-justified.

9 Line breaking
***************

The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to translate
your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces.  To produce a
printed document, this sequence must be broken into lines (and these
lines must be broken into pages).

   LaTeX usually does the line (and page) breaking in the text body for
you but in some environments you manually force line breaks.

   A common workflow is to get a final version of the document content
before taking a final pass through and considering line breaks (and page
breaks).  This differs from word processing, where you are formatting
text as you input it.  Putting these off until the end prevents a lot of
fiddling with breaks that will change anyway.

9.1 '\\'
========

Synopsis, one of:

     \\
     \\[MORESPACE]

or one of:

     \\*
     \\*[MORESPACE]

   End the current line.  The optional argument MORESPACE specifies
extra vertical space to be inserted before the next line.  This is a
rubber length (*note Lengths::) and can be negative.  The text before
the line break is set at its normal length, that is, it is not stretched
to fill out the line width.  This command is fragile (*note \protect::).

   The starred form, '\\*', tells LaTeX not to start a new page between
the two lines, by issuing a '\nobreak'.

     \title{My story: \\[0.25in]
            a tale of woe}

   Explicit line breaks in the main text body are unusual in LaTeX.  In
particular, don't start new paragraphs with '\\'.  Instead leave a blank
line between the two paragraphs.  And don't put in a sequence of '\\''s
to make vertical space.  Instead use '\vspace{LENGTH}', or
'\leavevmode\vspace{LENGTH}', or '\vspace*{LENGTH}' if you want the
space to not be thrown out at the top of a new page (*note \vspace::).

   The '\\' command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such
as in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment or in an equation environment.

   The '\\' command is a synonym for '\newline' (*note \newline::) under
ordinary circumstances (an example of an exception is the 'p{...}'
column in a 'tabular' environment; *note tabular::).

   The '\\' command is a macro, and its definition changes by context so
that its definition in normal text, a 'center' environment, a
'flushleft' environment, and a 'tabular' are all different.  In normal
text when it forces a linebreak it is essentially a shorthand for
'\newline'.  It does not end horizontal mode or end the paragraph, it
just inserts some glue and penalties so that when the paragraph does end
a linebreak will occur at that point, with the short line padded with
white space.

   You get 'LaTeX Error: There's no line here to end' if you use '\\' to
ask for a new line, rather than to end the current line.  An example is
if you have '\begin{document}\\' or, more likely, something like this.

     \begin{center}
       \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
       \\
       In that vertical space put your mark.
       \end{minipage}
     \end{center}

Fix it by replacing the double backslash with something like
'\vspace{\baselineskip}'.

9.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr'
============================

The '\obeycr' command makes a return in the input file ('^^M',
internally) the same as '\\', followed by '\relax'.  So each new line in
the input will also be a new line in the output.  The '\restorecr'
command restores normal line-breaking behavior.

   This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code.  *Note
verbatim:: instead.

   With LaTeX's usual defaults, this

     aaa
     bbb

     \obeycr
     ccc
     ddd
        eee

     \restorecr
     fff
     ggg

     hhh
     iii

produces output like this.

       aaa bbb
       ccc
     ddd
     eee

     fff ggg
       hhh iii

The indents are paragraph indents.

9.3 '\newline'
==============

In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify
the line, so the prior text is not stretched.  That is, in paragraph
mode (*note Modes::), the '\newline' command is equivalent to
double-backslash (*note \\::).  This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).

   However, the two commands are different inside a 'tabular' or 'array'
environment.  In a column with a specifier producing a paragraph box
such as typically 'p{...}', '\newline' will insert a line end inside of
the column; that is, it does not break the entire tabular row.  To break
the entire row use '\\' or its equivalent '\tabularnewline'.

   This will print 'Name:' and 'Address:' as two lines in a single cell
of the table.

     \begin{tabular}{p{1in}{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}}
       Name: \newline Address: &Date: \\ \hline
     \end{tabular}

The 'Date:' will be baseline-aligned with 'Name:'.

9.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen)
===============================

Tell LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that point.  When you
insert '\-' commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might
otherwise have chosen.  This command is robust (*note \protect::).

   LaTeX is good at hyphenating and usually finds most of the correct
hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one.  The '\-'
command is for exceptional cases.

   For example, LaTeX does not ordinarily hyphenate words containing a
hyphen.  Below, the long and hyphenated word means LaTeX has to put in
unacceptably large spaces to set the narrow column.

     \begin{tabular}{rp{1.75in}}
       Isaac Asimov &The strain of
                    anti-intellectualism
                    % an\-ti-in\-tel\-lec\-tu\-al\-ism
                    has been a constant thread winding its way through our
                    political and cultural life, nurtured by
                    the false notion that democracy means that
                    `my ignorance is just as good as your knowledge'.
     \end{tabular}

Commenting out the third line and uncommenting the fourth makes a much
better fit.

   The '\-' command only allows LaTeX to break there, it does not
require that it break there.  You can insist on a split with something
like 'Hef-\linebreak feron'.  Of course, if you later change the text
then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires
care.

9.5 '\discretionary' (generalized hyphenation point)
====================================================

Synopsis:

     \discretionary{PRE-BREAK}{POST-BREAK}{NO-BREAK}

   Handle word changes around hyphens.  This command is not often used
in LaTeX documents.

   If a line break occurs at the point where '\discretionary' appears
then TeX puts PRE-BREAK at the end of the current line and puts
POST-BREAK at the start of the next line.  If there is no line break
here then TeX puts NO-BREAK

   In 'difficult' the three letters 'ffi' form a ligature.  But TeX can
nonetheless break between the two f's with this.

     di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult

   Note that users do not have to do this.  It is typically handled
automatically by TeX's hyphenation algorithm.

9.6 '\fussy' & '\sloppy'
========================

Declarations to make TeX more picky or less picky about line breaking.
Declaring '\fussy' usually avoids too much space between words, at the
cost of an occasional overfull box.  Conversely, '\sloppy' avoids
overfull boxes while suffering loose interword spacing.

   The default is '\fussy'.  Line breaking in a paragraph is controlled
by whichever declaration is current at the blank line, or '\par', or
displayed equation ending that paragraph.  So to affect the line breaks,
include that paragraph-ending material in the scope of the command.

9.6.1 'sloppypar'
-----------------

Synopsis:

     \begin{sloppypar}
       ... paragraphs ...
     \end{sloppypar}

   Typeset the paragraphs with '\sloppy' in effect (*note \fussy &
\sloppy::).  Use this to locally adjust line breaking, to avoid
'Overfull box' or 'Underfull box' errors.

   The example is simple.

     \begin{sloppypar}
       Her plan for the morning thus settled, she sat quietly down to her
       book after breakfast, resolving to remain in the same place and the
       same employment till the clock struck one; and from habitude very
       little incommoded by the remarks and ejaculations of Mrs.\ Allen,
       whose vacancy of mind and incapacity for thinking were such, that
       as she never talked a great deal, so she could never be entirely
       silent; and, therefore, while she sat at her work, if she lost her
       needle or broke her thread, if she heard a carriage in the street,
       or saw a speck upon her gown, she must observe it aloud, whether
       there were anyone at leisure to answer her or not.
     \end{sloppypar}

9.7 '\hyphenation'
==================

Synopsis:

     \hyphenation{WORD1 ...}

   Declares allowed hyphenation points within the words in the list.
The words in that list are separated by spaces.  Show permitted points
for hyphenation with a dash character, '-'.

   Here is an example:

     \hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}

   Use lowercase letters.  TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches
exactly.  Multiple '\hyphenation' commands accumulate.

9.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak'
=================================

Synopses, one of:

     \linebreak
     \linebreak[ZERO-TO-FOUR]

or one of these.

     \nolinebreak
     \nolinebreak[ZERO-TO-FOUR]

   Encourage or discourage a line break.  The optional ZERO-TO-FOUR is
an integer that allows you to soften the instruction.  The default is 4,
so that without the optional argument these commands entirely force or
prevent the break.  But for instance, '\nolinebreak[1]' is a suggestion
that another place may be better.  The higher the number, the more
insistent the request.  Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::).

   Here we tell LaTeX that a good place to put a linebreak is after the
standard legal text.

     \boilerplatelegal{} \linebreak[2]
     We especially encourage applications from members of traditionally
     underrepresented groups.

   When you issue '\linebreak', the spaces in the line are stretched out
so that it extends to the right margin.  *Note \\:: and *note \newline::
to have the spaces not stretched out.

10 Page breaking
****************

Ordinarily LaTeX automatically takes care of breaking output into pages
with its usual aplomb.  But if you are writing commands, or tweaking the
final version of a document, then you may need to understand how to
influence its actions.

   LaTeX's algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
than just waiting until there is enough material to fill a page and
outputting the result.  Instead, LaTeX typesets more material than would
fit on the page and then chooses a break that is optimal in some way (it
has the smallest badness).  An example of the advantage of this approach
is that if the page has some vertical space that can be stretched or
shrunk, such as with rubber lengths between paragraphs, then LaTeX can
use that to avoid widow lines (where a new page starts with the last
line of a paragraph; LaTeX can squeeze the extra line onto the first
page) and orphans (where the first line of paragraph is at the end of a
page; LaTeX can stretch the material of the first page so the extra line
falls on the second page).  Another example is where LaTeX uses
available vertical shrinkage to fit on a page not just the header for a
new section but also the first two lines of that section.

   But LaTeX does not optimize over the entire document's set of page
breaks.  So it can happen that the first page break is great but the
second one is lousy; to break the current page LaTeX doesn't look as far
ahead as the next page break.  So occasionally you may want to influence
page breaks while preparing a final version of a document.

   *Note Layout:: for more material that is relevant to page breaking.

10.1 '\clearpage' & '\cleardoublepage'
======================================

Synopsis:

     \clearpage

or

     \cleardoublepage

   End the current page and output all of the pending floating figures
and tables (*note Floats::).  If there are too many floats to fit on the
page then LaTeX will put in extra pages containing only floats.  In
two-sided printing, '\cleardoublepage' also makes the next page of
content a right-hand page, an odd-numbered page, if necessary inserting
a blank page.  The '\clearpage' command is robust while
'\cleardoublepage' is fragile (*note \protect::).

   LaTeX's page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.

   The '\cleardoublepage' command will put in a blank page, but it will
have the running headers and footers.  To get a really blank page, use
this command.

     \let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage
     \newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{%
       \clearpage
       {\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}%
     }

If you want LaTeX's standard '\chapter' command to do this then add the
line '\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage'.

   The command '\newpage' (*note \newpage::) also ends the current page,
but without clearing pending floats.  And, if LaTeX is in two-column
mode then '\newpage' ends the current column while '\clearpage' and
'\cleardoublepage' end the current page.

10.2 '\newpage'
===============

Synopsis:

     \newpage

   End the current page.  This command is robust (*note \protect::).

   LaTeX's page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.

   While the commands '\clearpage' and '\cleardoublepage' also end the
current page, in addition they clear pending floats (*note \clearpage &
\cleardoublepage::).  And, if LaTeX is in two-column mode then
'\clearpage' and '\cleardoublepage' end the current page, possibly
leaving an empty column, while '\newpage' only ends the current column.

   In contrast with '\pagebreak' (*note \pagebreak & \nopagebreak::),
the '\newpage' command will cause the new page to start right where
requested.  This

     Four score and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this
     continent,
     \newpage
     \noindent a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the
     proposition that all men are created equal.

makes a new page start after 'continent,' and the cut-off line is not
right justified.  In addition, '\newpage' does not vertically stretch
out the page, as '\pagebreak' does.

10.3 '\enlargethispage'
=======================

Synopsis, one of:

     \enlargethispage{size}
     \enlargethispage*{size}

   Enlarge the '\textheight' for the current page.  The required
argument SIZE must be a rigid length (*note Lengths::).  It may be
positive or negative.  This command is fragile (*note \protect::).

   A common strategy is to wait until you have the final text of a
document, and then pass through it tweaking line and page breaks.  This
command allows you some page size leeway.

   This will allow one extra line on the current page.

     \enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

   The starred form '\enlargesthispage*' tries to squeeze the material
together on the page as much as possible, for the common use case of
getting one more line on the page.  This is often used together with an
explicit '\pagebreak'.

10.4 '\pagebreak' & '\nopagebreak'
==================================

Synopses:

     \pagebreak
     \pagebreak[ZERO-TO-FOUR]

or

     \nopagebreak
     \nopagebreak[ZERO-TO-FOUR]

   Encourage or discourage a page break.  The optional ZERO-TO-FOUR is
an integer that allows you to soften the request.  The default is 4, so
that without the optional argument these commands entirely force or
prevent the break.  But for instance '\nopagebreak[1]' suggests to LaTeX
that another spot might be preferable.  The higher the number, the more
insistent the request.  Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::).

   LaTeX's page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.

   If you use these inside a paragraph, they apply to the point
following the line in which they appear.  So this

     Four score and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this
     continent,
     \pagebreak
     a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition
     that all men are created equal.

does not give a page break at 'continent,' but instead at 'nation,'
since that is where LaTeX breaks that line.  In addition, with
'\pagebreak' the vertical space on the page is stretched out where
possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin.  This can look
strange, and if '\flushbottom' is in effect this can cause you to get
'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active'.
*Note \newpage:: for a command that does not have these effects.

11 Footnotes
************

Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here.

     Noe"l Coward quipped that having to read a footnote is like having
     to go downstairs to answer the door, while in the midst of making
     love.\footnote{%
       I wouldn't know, I don't read footnotes.}

   You can put multiple footnotes on a page.  If the footnote text
becomes too long then it will flow to the next page.

   You can also produce footnotes by combining the '\footnotemark' and
the '\footnotetext' commands, which is useful in special circumstances.

   To make bibliographic references come out as footnotes you need to
include a bibliographic style with that behavior (*note Using BibTeX::).

11.1 '\footnote'
================

Synopsis, one of:

     \footnote{TEXT}
     \footnote[NUMBER]{TEXT}

   Place a footnote TEXT at the bottom of the current page.

     There are over a thousand footnotes in Gibbon's
     \textit{Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire}.\footnote{%
       After reading an early version with endnotes David Hume complained,
       ``One is also plagued with his Notes, according to the present Method
       of printing the Book'' and suggested that they ``only to be printed
       at the Margin or the Bottom of the Page.''}

   The optional argument NUMBER allows you to specify the number of the
footnote.  If you use this then LaTeX does not increment the 'footnote'
counter.

   By default, LaTeX uses arabic numbers as footnote markers.  Change
this with something like
'\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}', which uses a
sequence of symbols (*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman
\fnsymbol::).  To make this change global put that in the preamble.  If
you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with
'\setcounter{footnote}{0}'.

   LaTeX determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters.

'\footnoterule'
     Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the
     page's footnotes.  Default dimensions in the standard document
     classes (except 'slides', where it does not appear) is: vertical
     thickness of '0.4pt', and horizontal size of '0.4\columnwidth'
     long.  Change the rule with something like this.

          \renewcommand{\footnoterule}{% Kerns avoid vertical space
            \kern -3pt                         % This -3 is negative
            \hrule width \textwidth height 1pt % of the sum of this 1
            \kern 2pt}                         % and this 2

'\footnotesep'
     The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
     (*note \strut::).  By default, this is set to the normal strut for
     '\footnotesize' fonts (*note Font sizes::), therefore there is no
     extra space between footnotes.  This is '6.65pt' for '10pt',
     '7.7pt' for '11pt', and '8.4pt' for '12pt'.  Change it as with
     '\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}'.

   The '\footnote' command is fragile (*note \protect::).

   LaTeX's default puts many restrictions on where you can use a
'\footnote'; for instance, you cannot use it in an argument to a
sectioning command such as '\chapter' (it can only be used in outer
paragraph mode; *note Modes::).  There are some workarounds; see
following sections.

   In a 'minipage' environment the '\footnote' command uses the
'mpfootnote' counter instead of the 'footnote' counter, so they are
numbered independently.  They are shown at the bottom of the
environment, not at the bottom of the page.  And by default they are
shown alphabetically.  *Note minipage:: and *note Footnotes in a
table::.

11.2 '\footnotemark'
====================

Synopsis, one of:

     \footnotemark
     \footnotemark[NUMBER]

   Put the current footnote mark in the text.  To specify associated
text for the footnote see *note \footnotetext::.  The optional argument
NUMBER causes the command to use that number to determine the footnote
mark.  This command can be used in inner paragraph mode (*note Modes::).

   If you use '\footnotemark' without the optional argument then it
increments the footnote counter but if you use the optional NUMBER then
it does not.  The next example produces several consecutive footnote
markers referring to the same footnote.

     The first theorem\footnote{Due to Gauss.}
     and the second theorem\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
     and the third theorem.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]

   If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value
of the common mark.  This example gives the same institutional
affiliation to both the first and third authors ('\thanks' is a version
of 'footnote'), by-hand giving the number of the footnote.

     \title{A Treatise on the Binomial Theorem}
     \author{J Moriarty\thanks{University of Leeds}
       \and A C Doyle\thanks{Durham University}
       \and S Holmes\footnotemark[1]}
     \begin{document}
     \maketitle

   This uses a counter to remember the footnote number.  The third
sentence is followed by the same footnote marker as the first.

     \newcounter{footnoteValueSaver}
     All babies are illogical.\footnote{%
       Lewis Carroll.}\setcounter{footnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}}
     Nobody is despised who can manage a crocodile.\footnote{%
       Captain Hook.}
     Illogical persons are despised.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver}]
     Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby.

   This example accomplishes the same by using the package 'cleveref'.

     \usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15]   % in preamble
     \crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3}
     ...
     The theorem is from Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker, Evers, 1994.}
     The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.}
     But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}

   It will work with the package 'hyperref'.

11.3 '\footnotetext'
====================

Synopsis, one of:

     \footnotetext{TEXT}
     \footnotetext[NUMBER]{TEXT}

   Place TEXT at the bottom of the page as a footnote.  It pairs with
'\footnotemark' (*note \footnotemark::) and can come anywhere after that
command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (*note Modes::).  The
optional argument NUMBER changes the number of the footnote mark.

   *Note \footnotemark:: and *note Footnotes in a table:: for usage
examples.

11.4 Footnotes in section headings
==================================

Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in:

     \section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material due to ...}}

causes the footnote to appear at the bottom of the page where the
section starts, as usual, but also at the bottom of the table of
contents, where it is not likely to be desired.  The simplest way to
have it not appear on the table of contents is to use the optional
argument to '\section'

     \section[Please]{Please\footnote{%
       Don't footnote in chapter and section headers!}}

No '\protect' is needed in front of '\footnote' here because what gets
moved to the table of contents is the optional argument.

11.5 Footnotes in a table
=========================

Inside a 'tabular' or 'array' environment the '\footnote' command does
not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but the footnote
text does not appear.  The solution is to use a 'minipage' environment
as here (*note minipage::).

     \begin{center}
       \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} \centering
          \begin{tabular}{l|l}
            \textsc{Ship}           &\textsc{Book} \\ \hline
            \textit{HMS Sophie}     &Master and Commander  \\
            \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain  \\
            \textit{HMS Lively}     &Post Captain \\
            \textit{HMS Surprise}   &A number of books\footnote{%
                                       Starting with HMS Surprise.}
          \end{tabular}
       \end{minipage}
     \end{center}

   Inside a 'minipage', footnote marks are lowercase letters.  Change
that with something like
'\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}' (*note \alph \Alph
\arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).

   The footnotes in the prior example appear at the bottom of the
'minipage'.  To have them appear at the bottom of the main page, as part
of the regular footnote sequence, use the '\footnotemark' and
'\footnotetext' pair and make a new counter.

     \newcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}
     \begin{center}
       \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
         \setcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}} \centering
          \begin{tabular}{l|l}
            \textsc{Woman}             &\textsc{Relationship} \\ \hline
            Mona                       &Attached\footnotemark  \\
            Diana Villiers             &Eventual wife  \\
            Christine Hatherleigh Wood &Fiance\footnotemark
          \end{tabular}
       \end{minipage}%  percent sign keeps footnote text close to minipage
       \stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
         \footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
           Little is known other than her death.}%
       \stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
         \footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
           Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
     \end{center}

   For a floating 'table' environment (*note table::), use the
'tablefootnote' package.

     \usepackage{tablefootnote}  % in preamble
        ...
     \begin{table}
       \centering
          \begin{tabular}{l|l}
          \textsc{Date}  &\textsc{Campaign} \\ \hline
          1862           &Fort Donelson \\
          1863           &Vicksburg     \\
          1865           &Army of Northern Virginia\tablefootnote{%
                           Ending the war.}
          \end{tabular}
         \caption{Forces captured by US Grant}
     \end{table}

The footnote appears at the page bottom and is numbered in sequence with
other footnotes.

11.6 Footnotes of footnotes
===========================

Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes.  The package
'bigfoot' extends LaTeX's default footnote mechanism in many ways,
including allow these two, as in this example.

     \usepackage{bigfoot}    % in preamble
     \DeclareNewFootnote{Default}
     \DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph]   % create class \footnotefrom{}
      ...
     The third theorem is a partial converse of the
     second.\footnotefrom{%
       First noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}}

12 Definitions
**************

LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds.

12.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand'
====================================

Synopses, one of:

     \newcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
     \newcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
     \newcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
     \newcommand*{\CMD}{DEFN}
     \newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
     \newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}

or one of these.

     \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
     \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
     \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
     \renewcommand*{\CMD}{DEFN}
     \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
     \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}

   Define or redefine a command.  See also the discussion of
'\DeclareRobustCommand' in *note Class and package commands::.  The
starred form of these two requires that the arguments not contain
multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms that it not be '\long').

   These are the parameters:

CMD

     Required; the command name.  It must begin with a backslash, '\',
     and must not begin with the four letter string '\end'.  For
     '\newcommand', it must not be already defined.  For
     '\renewcommand', this name must already be defined.

NARGS
     Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of
     arguments that the command takes, including any optional argument.
     Omitting this argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that
     the command has no arguments.  If you redefine a command, the new
     version can have a different number of arguments than the old
     version.

OPTARGDEFAULT
     Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
     '\CMD' is optional, with default value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be
     the empty string).  If this argument is not present then '\CMD'
     does not take an optional argument.

     That is, if '\CMD' is used with square brackets, as in
     '\CMD[OPTVAL]{...}...', then within DEFN the parameter '#1' is set
     to the value of OPTVAL.  On the other hand, if '\CMD' is called
     without the square brackets then within DEFN the parameter '#1' is
     set to the value of OPTARGDEFAULT.  In either case, the required
     arguments start with '#2'.

     Omitting '[OPTARGDEFAULT]' is different from having the square
     brackets with no contents, as in '[]'.  The former sets '#1' to the
     value of OPTARGDEFAULT; the latter sets '#1' to the empty string.

DEFN
     Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
     '\CMD'.  The parameters '#1', '#2', ...  '#NARGS' are replaced by
     the values that you supply when you call the command (or by the
     default value if there is an optional argument and you don't
     exercise the option).

   TeX ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control
sequence, as in '\cmd '.  If you actually want a space there, one
solution is to type '{}' after the command ('\cmd{} ', and another
solution is to use an explicit control space ('\cmd\ ').

   A simple example of defining a new command: '\newcommand{\RS}{Robin
Smith}' results in '\RS' being replaced by the longer text.  Redefining
an existing command is similar: '\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small
QED}}'.

   If you try to define a command and the name has already been used
then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \fred already defined.
Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'.  If you try to
redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get
something like 'LaTeX Error: \hank undefined'.

   Here the first command definition has no arguments, and the second
has one required argument.

     \newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary}
     \newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}}

Use the first as in 'I highly recommend \student{} to you'.  The second
has a variable, so that '\defref{def:basis}' expands to
'Definition~\ref{def:basis}', which ultimately expands to something like
'Definition~3.14'.

   Similarly, but with two required arguments:
'\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}' is invoked as '\nbym{2}{k}'.

   This example has an optional argument.

     \newcommand{\salutation}[1][Sir or Madam]{Dear #1:}

Then '\salutation' gives 'Dear Sir or Madam:' while '\salutation[John]'
gives 'Dear John:'.  And '\salutation[]' gives 'Dear :'.

   This example has an optional argument and two required arguments.

     \newcommand{\lawyers}[3][company]{#2, #3, and~#1}
     I employ \lawyers[Howe]{Dewey}{Cheatem}.

The output is 'I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe'.  The optional
argument, the 'Howe', is associated with '#1', while 'Dewey' and
'Cheatem' are associated with '#2' and '#3'.  Because of the optional
argument, '\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}' will give the output 'I employ
Dewey, Cheatem, and company'.

   The braces around DEFN do not define a group, that is, they do not
delimit the scope of the result of expanding DEFN.  For example, with
'\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}', in this sentence,

     The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}.

the words 'met the' would incorrectly be in italics.  The solution is to
put another pair of braces inside the definition:
'\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}'.

12.2 '\providecommand'
======================

Synopses, one of:

     \providecommand{CMD}{DEFN}
     \providecommand{CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
     \providecommand{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
     \providecommand*{CMD}{DEFN}
     \providecommand*{CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
     \providecommand*{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}

   Defines a command, as long as no command of this name already exists.
If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect
as '\newcommand'.  If a command of this name already exists then this
definition does nothing.  This is particularly useful in a file that may
be loaded more than once, such as a style file.  *Note \newcommand &
\renewcommand:: for the description of the arguments.

   This example

     \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College}
     \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College}
     From \myaffiliation.

outputs 'From Saint Michael's College'.  Unlike '\newcommand', the
repeated use of '\providecommand' does not give an error.

12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
=====================================

Synopsis:

     \makeatletter
       ... definition of commands with @ in their name ..
     \makeatother

   Use this pair when you redefine LaTeX commands that are named with an
at-sign character ''@''.  The '\makeatletter' declaration makes the
at-sign character have the category code of a letter, code 11.  The
'\makeatother' declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to
code 12, its default value.

   As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
"catcode".  For instance, it assigns the backslash character ''\'' the
catcode 0.  Command names consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily
backslash, followed by letters, category 11 characters (except that a
command name can also consist of a category 0 character followed by a
single non-letter symbol).

   LaTeX's source code has the convention that some commands use '@' in
their name.  These commands are mainly intended for package or class
writers.  The convention prevents authors who are just using a package
or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their
own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12.

   The pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' changes the default code
and then changes it back.  Use them inside a '.tex' file, in the
preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands named with '@',
by having them surround your definition.  Don't use these inside '.sty'
or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and '\documentclass' commands
already arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter,
catcode 11.

   For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>.

   In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname'
that the user wants to change.  These three lines should go in the
preamble, before the '\begin{document}'.

     \makeatletter
     \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
     \makeatother

12.4 '\@ifstar'
===============

Synopsis:

     \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
     \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY}
     \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY}

   Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the
same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk.  Examples
are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and
'\section*' commands.

   When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment
name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more complex.  As
in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above
as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star.  For
instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the
'\section' command peeks ahead.  This command does not accept arguments
but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In
the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'.  They
could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no
arguments at all.  As always, in a LaTeX document a command using
at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother'
block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::).

   This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant
'\ciel*'.  Both have one required argument.  A call to '\ciel{night}'
will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry
not blue sky".

     \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky}
     \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky}
     \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}

   In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007's
'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is
equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond},
\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.'''

     \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
     \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
     \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
       \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}

   There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work
of '\@ifstar'.  The 'suffix' package allows the construct
'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by
'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'.  And LaTeX3 has
the 'xparse' package that allows this code.

     \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
       {STARRED VERSION}%
       {UNSTARRED VERSION}%
       }

12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
========================================

Synopsis, one of:

     \newcounter{COUNTERNAME}
     \newcounter{COUNTERNAME}[SUPERCOUNTER]

   Globally defines a new counter named COUNTERNAME and initialize it to
zero (*note Counters::).

   The name COUNTERNAME must consist of letters only.  It does not begin
with a backslash.  This name must not already be in use by another
counter.

   When you use the optional argument '[SUPERCOUNTER]' then the counter
COUNTERNAME will be reset to zero whenever SUPERCOUNTER is incremented.
For example, ordinarily 'subsection' is numbered within 'section' so
that any time you increment SECTION, either with '\stepcounter' (*note
\stepcounter::) or '\refstepcounter' (*note \refstepcounter::), then
LaTeX will reset SUBSECTION to zero.

   This example

     \newcounter{asuper}  \setcounter{asuper}{1}
     \newcounter{asub}[asuper] \setcounter{asub}{3}   % Note `asuper'
     The value of asuper is \arabic{asuper} and of asub is \arabic{asub}.
     \stepcounter{asuper}
     Now asuper is \arabic{asuper} while asub is \arabic{asub}.

   produces 'The value of asuper is 1 and that of asub is 3' and 'Now
asuper is 2 while asub is 0'.

   If the counter already exists, for instance by entering 'asuper'
twice, then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \c@asuper
already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual.'.

   If you use the optional argument then the super counter must already
exist.  Entering '\newcounter{jh}[lh]' when 'lh' is not a defined
counter will get you 'LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh' defined.'

12.6 '\newlength'
=================

Synopsis:

     \newlength{ARG}

   Allocate a new length register (*note Lengths::).  The required
argument ARG must begin with a backslash, '\'.  The new register holds
rubber lengths such as '72.27pt' or '1in plus.2in minus.1in' (a LaTeX
length register is what plain TeX calls a 'skip' register).  The initial
value is zero.  The control sequence '\ARG' must not be already defined.

   An example:

     \newlength{\graphichgt}

   If you forget the backslash then you get 'Missing control sequence
inserted'.  If the command sequence already exists then you get
something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or
name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'.

12.7 '\newsavebox'
==================

Synopsis:

     \newsavebox{\CMD}

   Define \CMD, the string consisting of a backslash followed by CMD, to
refer to a new bin for storing material.  These bins hold material that
has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or manipulate
(*note Boxes::).  The bin name \CMD is required, must start with a
backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command.  This command
is fragile (*note \protect::).

   This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it.

     \newsavebox{\logobox}
     \savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
     Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}.

The output is 'Our logo is LoGo'.

   If there is an already defined bin then you get something like 'LaTeX
Error: Command \logobox already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see
p.192 of the manual'.

   The allocation of a box is global.

12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
============================================

Synopses, one of:

     \newenvironment{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
     \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
     \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
     \newenvironment*{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
     \newenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
     \newenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}

or one of these.

     \renewenvironment{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
     \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
     \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
     \renewenvironment*{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
     \renewenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
     \renewenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}

   Define or redefine the environment ENV, that is, create the construct
'\begin{ENV} ... BODY ... \end{ENV}'.

   The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
contain multiple paragraphs of text.  However, the body of these
environments can contain multiple paragraphs.

ENV
     Required; the environment name.  It consists only of letters or the
     '*' character, and thus does not begin with backslash, '\'.  It
     must not begin with the string 'end'.  For '\newenvironment', the
     name ENV must not be the name of an already existing environment,
     and also the command '\ENV' must be undefined.  For
     '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an existing
     environment.

NARGS
     Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments
     of that the environment takes.  When you use the environment these
     arguments appear after the '\begin', as in '\begin{ENV}{ARG1} ...
     {ARGN}'.  Omitting this is equivalent to setting it to 0; the
     environment will have no arguments.  When redefining an
     environment, the new version can have a different number of
     arguments than the old version.

OPTARGDEFAULT
     Optional; if this is present then the first argument of the defined
     environment is optional, with default value OPTARGDEFAULT (which
     may be the empty string).  If this is not in the definition then
     the environment does not take an optional argument.

     That is, when OPTARGDEFAULT is present in the definition of the
     environment then you can start the environment with square
     brackets, as in '\begin{ENV}[OPTVAL]{...} ... \end{ENV}'.  In this
     case, within BEGDEFN the parameter '#1' is set to the value of
     OPTVAL.  If you call '\begin{ENV}' without square brackets, then
     within BEGDEFN the parameter '#1' is set to the value of the
     default OPTARGDEFAULT.  In either case, any required arguments
     start with '#2'.

     Omitting '[MYVAL]' in the call is different than having the square
     brackets with no contents, as in '[]'.  The former results in '#1'
     expanding to OPTARGDEFAULT; the latter results in '#1' expanding to
     the empty string.

BEGDEF
     Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'.
     Within BEGDEF, the parameters '#1', '#2', ...  '#NARGS', are
     replaced by the values that you supply when you call the
     environment; see the examples below.

ENDDEF
     Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\end{ENV}'.
     This may not contain any parameters, that is, you cannot use '#1',
     '#2', etc., here (but see the final example below).

   All environments, that is to say the BEGDEF code, the environment
body, and the ENDDEF code, are processed within a group.  Thus, in the
first example below, the effect of the '\small' is limited to the quote
and does not extend to material following the environment.

   If you try to define an environment and the name has already been
used then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'.  If you try
to redefine an environment and the name has not yet been used then you
get something like 'LaTeX Error: Environment hank undefined.'.

   This example gives an environment like LaTeX's 'quotation' except
that it will be set in smaller type.

     \newenvironment{smallquote}{%
       \small\begin{quotation}
     }{%
       \end{quotation}
     }

   This has an argument, which is set in boldface at the start of a
paragraph.

     \newenvironment{point}[1]{%
       \noindent\textbf{#1}
     }{%
     }

   This one shows the use of a optional argument; it gives a quotation
environment that cites the author.

     \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
       \begin{quotation}
       \noindent\textit{#1}:
     }{%
       \end{quotation}
     }

The author's name is optional, and defaults to 'Shakespeare'.  In the
document, use the environment like this.

     \begin{citequote}[Lincoln]
       ...
     \end{citequote}

   The final example shows how to save the value of an argument to use
in ENDDEF, in this case in a box (*note \sbox & \savebox::).

     \newsavebox{\quoteauthor}
     \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
       \sbox\quoteauthor{#1}%
       \begin{quotation}
     }{%
       \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---\usebox{\quoteauthor}
       \end{quotation}
     }

12.9 '\newtheorem'
==================

Synopses:

     \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}
     \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]
     \newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}

   Define a new theorem-like environment.  You can specify one of
NUMBERED_WITHIN and NUMBERED_LIKE, or neither, but not both.

   The first form, '\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}', creates an environment
that will be labelled with TITLE; see the first example below.

   The second form, '\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]', creates
an environment whose counter is subordinate to the existing counter
NUMBERED_WITHIN, so this counter will be reset when NUMBERED_WITHIN is
reset.  See the second example below.

   The third form '\newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}', with
optional argument between the two required arguments, creates an
environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter
NUMBERED_LIKE.  See the third example.

   This command creates a counter named NAME.  In addition, unless the
optional argument NUMBERED_LIKE is used, inside of the theorem-like
environment the current '\ref' value will be that of
'\theNUMBERED_WITHIN' (*note \ref::).

   This declaration is global.  It is fragile (*note \protect::).

   Arguments:

NAME
     The name of the environment.  It is a string of letters.  It must
     not begin with a backslash, '\'.  It must not be the name of an
     existing environment, and the command name '\NAME' must not already
     be defined.

TITLE
     The text to be printed at the beginning of the environment, before
     the number.  For example, 'Theorem'.

NUMBERED_WITHIN
     Optional; the name of an already defined counter, usually a
     sectional unit such as 'chapter' or 'section'.  When the
     NUMBERED_WITHIN counter is reset then the NAME environment's
     counter will also be reset.

     If this optional argument is not used then the command '\theNAME'
     is set to '\arabic{NAME}'.

NUMBERED_LIKE
     Optional; the name of an already defined theorem-like environment.
     The new environment will be numbered in sequence with
     NUMBERED_LIKE.

   Without any optional arguments the environments are numbered
sequentially.  The example below has a declaration in the preamble that
results in 'Definition 1' and 'Definition 2' in the output.

     \newtheorem{defn}{Definition}
     \begin{document}
     \section{...}
     \begin{defn}
       First def
     \end{defn}

     \section{...}
     \begin{defn}
       Second def
     \end{defn}

   This example has the same document body as the prior one.  But here
'\newtheorem''s optional argument NUMBERED_WITHIN is given as 'section',
so the output is like 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'.

     \newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]
     \begin{document}
     \section{...}
     \begin{defn}
       First def
     \end{defn}

     \section{...}
     \begin{defn}
       Second def
     \end{defn}

   In the next example there are two declarations in the preamble, the
second of which calls for the new 'thm' environment to use the same
counter as 'defn'.  It gives 'Definition 1.1', followed by 'Theorem 2.1'
and 'Definition 2.2'.

     \newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]
     \newtheorem{thm}[defn]{Theorem}
     \begin{document}
     \section{...}
     \begin{defn}
       First def
     \end{defn}

     \section{...}
     \begin{thm}
       First thm
     \end{thm}

     \begin{defn}
       Second def
     \end{defn}

12.10 '\newfont'
================

This command is obsolete.  This description is here only to help with
old documents.  New documents should define fonts in families through
the New Font Selection Scheme which allows you to, for example,
associate a boldface with a roman (*note Fonts::).

   Synopsis:

     \newfont{\CMD}{FONT DESCRIPTION}

   Define a command '\CMD' that will change the current font.  The
control sequence must not already be defined.  It must begin with a
backslash, '\'.

   The FONT DESCRIPTION consists of a FONTNAME and an optional "at
clause".  LaTeX will look on your system for a file named
'FONTNAME.tfm'.  The at clause can have the form either 'at DIMEN' or
'scaled FACTOR', where a FACTOR of '1000' means no scaling.  For LaTeX's
purposes, all this does is scale all the character and other font
dimensions relative to the font's design size, which is a value defined
in the '.tfm' file.

   This defines two equivalent fonts and typesets a few characters in
each.

     \newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt}
     \newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100}
     \testfontat abc
     \testfontscaled abc

12.11 '\protect'
================

All LaTeX commands are either "fragile" or "robust".  A fragile command
can break when it is used in the argument to certain other commands.
Commands that contain data that LaTeX writes to an auxiliary file and
re-reads later are fragile.  This includes material that goes into a
table of contents, list of figures, list of tables, etc.  Fragile
commands also include line breaks, any command that has an optional
argument, and many more.  To prevent such commands from breaking, one
solution is to preceded them with the command '\protect'.

   For example, when LaTeX runs the '\section{SECTION NAME}' command it
writes the SECTION NAME text to the '.aux' auxiliary file, moving it
there for use elsewhere in the document such as in the table of
contents.  Any argument that is internally expanded by LaTeX without
typesetting it directly is referred to as a "moving argument".  A
command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid TeX
code.  Some examples of moving arguments are those that appear in the
'\caption{...}' command (*note figure::), in the '\thanks{...}' command
(*note \maketitle::), and in @-expressions in the 'tabular' and 'array'
environments (*note tabular::).

   If you get strange errors from commands used in moving arguments, try
preceding it with '\protect'.  Every fragile commands must be protected
with their own '\protect'.

   Although usually a '\protect' command doesn't hurt, length commands
are robust and should not be preceded by a '\protect' command.  Nor can
a '\protect' command be used in the argument to '\addtocounter' or
'\setcounter' command.

   In this example the '\caption' command gives a mysterious error about
an extra curly brace.  Fix the problem by preceding each '\raisebox'
command with '\protect'.

     \begin{figure}
       ...
       \caption{Company headquarters of A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}}
     \end{figure}

   In the next example the '\tableofcontents' command gives an error
because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the
'.toc' file.  You can solve this by changing '\(..\)' to
'\protect\(..\protect\)'.

     \begin{document}
     \tableofcontents
     ...
     \section{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)}
     ...

12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
=============================================

Synopsis:

     \ignorespaces

or

     \ignorespacesafterend

   Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore spaces after the end of the
command up until the first non-space character.  The first is a command
from Plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific.

   The 'ignorespaces' is often used when defining commands via
'\newcommand', or '\newenvironment', or '\def'.  The example below
illustrates.  It allows a user to show the points values for quiz
questions in the margin but it is inconvenient because, as shown in the
'enumerate' list, users must not put any space between the command and
the question text.

     \newcommand{\points}[1]{\makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}
     \begin{enumerate}
       \item\points{10}no extra space output here
       \item\points{15} extra space between the number and the `extra'
     \end{enumerate}

The solution is to change to this.

     \newcommand{\points}[1]{%
       \makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}\ignorespaces}

   A second example shows spaces being removed from the front of text.
The commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names.
But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then
'\fullname' will reproduce that.

     \makeatletter
     \newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\@honorific{#1}} % remember title
     \newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\@honorific~#1}       % put title before name
     \makeatother
     \begin{tabular}{|l|}
     \honorific{Mr/Ms}  \fullname{Jones} \\  % no extra space here
     \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones}     % extra space before title
     \end{tabular}

To fix this, change to
'\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\@honorific~#1}'.

   The '\ignorespaces' is also often used in a '\newenvironment' at the
end of the BEGIN clause, that is, as part of the second argument, as in
'\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{... \ignorespaces}{...}'.

   To strip spaces off the end of an environment use
'\ignorespacesafterend'.  An example is that this will show a much
larger vertical space between the first and second environments than
between the second and third.

     \newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}}
     \begin{eq}
     e=mc^2
     \end{eq}
     \begin{equation}
     F=ma
     \end{equation}
     \begin{equation}
     E=IR
     \end{equation}

   Putting a comment character '%' immediately after the '\end{eq}' will
make the vertical space disappear, but that is inconvenient.  The
solution is to change to
'\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}'.

13 Counters
***********

Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it.  The
name of the counter is often the same as the name of the environment or
command associated with the number, except that the counter's name has
no backslash '\'.  Thus, associated with the '\chapter' command is the
'chapter' counter that keeps track of the chapter number.

   Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document
classes to control numbering.

     part            paragraph       figure          enumi
     chapter         subparagraph    table           enumii
     section         page            footnote        enumiii
     subsection      equation        mpfootnote      enumiv
     subsubsection

   The 'mpfootnote' counter is used by the '\footnote' command inside of
a minipage (*note minipage::).  The counters 'enumi' through 'enumiv'
are used in the 'enumerate' environment, for up to four levels of
nesting (*note enumerate::).

   Counters can have any integer value but they are typically positive.

   New counters are created with '\newcounter'.  *Note \newcounter::.

13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters
=====================================================================

Print the value of a counter, in a specified style.  For instance, if
the counter COUNTER has the value 1 then a '\alph{COUNTER}' in your
source will result in a lowercase letter a appearing in the output.

   All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for
instance, '\alph{enumi}'.  Note that the counter name does not start
with a backslash.

'\alph{COUNTER}'
     Print the value of COUNTER in lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ...  If
     the counter's value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get
     'LaTeX Error: Counter too large.'

'\Alph{COUNTER}'
     Print in uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ...  If the counter's value
     is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get 'LaTeX Error: Counter
     too large.'

'\arabic{COUNTER}'
     Print in Arabic numbers such as '5' or '-2'.

'\roman{COUNTER}'
     Print in lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ...  If the counter's
     value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but LaTeX
     does not print anything in the output.

'\Roman{COUNTER}'
     Print in uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ...  If the counter's
     value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but LaTeX
     does not print anything in the output.

'\fnsymbol{COUNTER}'
     Prints the value of COUNTER using a sequence of nine symbols that
     are traditionally used for labeling footnotes.  The value of
     COUNTER should be between 1 and 9, inclusive.  If the counter's
     value is less than 0 or more than 9 then you get 'LaTeX Error:
     Counter too large', while if it is 0 then you get no error or
     warning but LaTeX does not output anything.

     Here are the symbols:

     Number  Name                   Command                Symbol
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1       asterisk               '\ast'                 *
     2       dagger                 '\dagger'              U+2020
     3       ddagger                '\ddagger'             U+2021
     4       section-sign           '\S'                   U+00A7
     5       paragraph-sign         '\P'                   U+00B6
     6       double-vert            '\parallel'            U+2016
     7       double-asterisk        '\ast\ast'             **
     8       double-dagger          '\dagger\dagger'       U+2020U+2020
     9       double-ddagger         '\ddagger\ddagger'     U+2021U+2021

13.2 '\usecounter'
==================

Synopsis:

     \usecounter{COUNTER}

   Used in the second argument of the 'list' environment (*note list::),
this declares that list items will be numbered by COUNTER.  It
initializes COUNTER to zero, and arranges that when '\item' is called
without its optional argument then COUNTER is incremented by
'\refstepcounter', making its value be the current 'ref' value (*note
\ref::).  This command is fragile (*note \protect::).

   Put in the document preamble, this example makes a new list
environment enumerated with TESTCOUNTER:

     \newcounter{testcounter}
     \newenvironment{test}{%
       \begin{list}{}{%
         \usecounter{testcounter}
       }
     }{%
       \end{list}
     }

13.3 '\value'
=============

Synopsis:

     \value{COUNTER}

   Expands to the value of the counter COUNTER.  (Note that the name of
a counter does not begin with a backslash.)

   This example outputs 'Test counter is 6. Other counter is 5.'.

     \newcounter{test} \setcounter{test}{5}
     \newcounter{other} \setcounter{other}{\value{test}}
     \addtocounter{test}{1}

     Test counter is \arabic{test}.
     Other counter is \arabic{other}.

   The '\value' command is not used for typesetting the value of the
counter.  For that, see *note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman
\fnsymbol::.

   It is often used in '\setcounter' or '\addtocounter' but '\value' can
be used anywhere that LaTeX expects a number, such as in
'\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}'.  It must not be preceded by '\protect'
(*note \protect::).

   This example inserts '\hspace{4\parindent}'.

     \setcounter{myctr}{3} \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
     \hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent}

13.4 '\setcounter'
==================

Synopsis:

     \setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}

   Globally set the counter COUNTER to have the value of the VALUE
argument, which must be an integer.  Thus, you can set a counter's value
as '\setcounter{section}{5}'.  Note that the counter name does not start
with a backslash.

   In this example if the counter 'theorem' has value 12 then the second
line will print 'XII'.

     \setcounter{exercise}{\value{theorem}}
     Here it is in Roman: \Roman{exercise}.

13.5 '\addtocounter'
====================

Synopsis:

     \addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE 

   Globally increment COUNTER by the amount specified by the VALUE
argument, which may be negative.

   In this example the section value appears as 'VII'.

     \setcounter{section}{5}
     \addtocounter{section}{2}
     Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}.

13.6 '\refstepcounter'
======================

Synopsis:

     \refstepcounter{COUNTER}

   Globally increments the value of COUNTER by one, as does
'\stepcounter' (*note \stepcounter::).  The difference is that this
command resets the value of any counter numbered within it.  (For the
definition of "counters numbered within", *note \newcounter::.)

   In addition, this command also defines the current '\ref' value to be
the result of '\thecounter'.

   While the counter value is set globally, the '\ref' value is set
locally, i.e., inside the current group.

13.7 '\stepcounter'
===================

Synopsis:

     \stepcounter{COUNTER}

   Globally adds one to COUNTER and resets all counters numbered within
it.  (For the definition of "counters numbered within", *note
\newcounter::.)

   This command differs from '\refstepcounter' in that this one does not
influence references -- it does not define the current '\ref' value to
be the result of '\thecounter' (*note \refstepcounter::).

13.8 '\day' & '\month' & '\year'
================================

LaTeX defines the counter '\day' for the day of the month (nominally
with value between 1 and 31), '\month' for the month of the year
(nominally with value between 1 and 12), and year '\year'.  When TeX
starts up, they are set from the current values on the system.  The
related command '\today' produces a string representing the current day
(*note \today::).

   They counters are not updated as the job progresses so in principle
they could be incorrect by the end.  In addition, TeX does no sanity
check:

     \day=-2 \month=13 \year=-4 \today

gives no error or warning and results in the output '-2, -4' (the bogus
month value produces no output).

14 Lengths
**********

A "length" is a measure of distance.  Many LaTeX commands take a length
as an argument.

   Lengths come in two types.  A "rigid length" such as '10pt' does not
contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component.  (Plain TeX calls this a
"dimen".)  A "rubber length" (what Plain TeX calls a "skip") such as as
with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of those
components.  In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural length"
while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow TeX to
stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement.

   The illustrations below use these two commands.

     % make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide
     \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}

     % Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border)
     \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
       \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}}

This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points long
between 'XXX' and 'YYY'.  This length is rigid.

     XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY

   As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with '1cm minus
0.05cm', the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as
0.95cm.  Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more.  Thus, below the
first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two
bars.

     XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
       \blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY

     XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
       \blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY

But the second one gets a warning like 'Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too wide)
detected at line 17'.  In the output the first 'Y' is overwritten by the
end of the black bar, because the box's material is wider than the 300pt
allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink the total to less than
309 points.

   Stretching is like shrinking except that if TeX is asked to stretch
beyond the given amount, it will do it.  Here the first line is fine,
producing a space of 110 points between the bars.

     XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
       \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY

     XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
       \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY

In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10 points and only 1 point was
specified.  TeX stretches the space to the required length but it gives
you a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line
22'.  (We won't discuss badness.)

   You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in '1ex
plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'.

   If TeX is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
stretch or shrink in proportion.

     XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
       \blackbar{100pt}%  left
       \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}%  middle
       \blackbar{100pt}}YYY  % right

The left and right bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another
100.  The middle bar is 80 points so the two '\hspace''s must stretch
20 points.  Because the two are 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX gets
5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.

   The 'plus' or 'minus' component of a rubber length can contain a
"fill" component, as in '1in plus2fill'.  This gives the length infinite
stretchability or shrinkability so that TeX could set it to any
distance.  Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page.

     \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
       \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{godel.png}%
       \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{einstein.png}%
       \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
     \end{minipage}

   TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil',
'fill', and 'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier
ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note
\hfill:: and *note \vfill::).

   Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length,
so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and
'\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}' then the value of '\zlength' is '3in'.

14.1 Units of length
====================

TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math
mode.

'pt'
     Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two
     decimal places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm.

'pc'
     Pica, 12 pt

'in'
     Inch, 72.27 pt

'bp'
     Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
     PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.

'cm'
     Centimeter

'mm'
     Millimeter

'dd'
     Didot point, 1.07 pt

'cc'
     Cicero, 12 dd

'sp'
     Scaled point, 1/65536 pt

   Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer
of the font.  The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the
height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
often used for horizontal lengths (there is also '\enspace', which is
'0.5em').  Use of these can help make a definition work better across
font changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between
list items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}'
is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
definition given in points.

   In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math
unit "mu" given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
math symbols family.  *Note Spacing in math mode::.

14.2 '\setlength'
=================

Synopsis:

     \setlength{LEN}{AMOUNT}

   Set the length LEN to AMOUNT.  The length name LEN must begin with a
backslash, '\'.  The 'amount' can be a rubber length (*note Lengths::).
It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in any units that LaTeX
understands (*note Units of length::).

   Below, with LaTeX's defaults the first paragraph will be indented
while the second will not.

     I told the doctor I broke my leg in two places.

     \setlength{\parindent}{0em}
     He said stop going to those places.

   If you did not declare LEN with '\newlength', for example if you
mistype the above as
'\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get
an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
\relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}'

14.3 '\addtolength'
===================

Synopsis:

     \addtolength{LEN}{AMOUNT}

   Increment the length LEN by AMOUNT.  The length name LEN begins with
a backslash, '\'.  The 'amount' is a rubber length (*note Lengths::).
It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in any units that LaTeX
understands (*note Units of length::).

   Below, if '\parskip' starts with the value '0pt plus 1pt'

     Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
     \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}

     Nurse: no change.

then it has the value '1pt plus 1pt' for the second paragraph.

   If you did not declare the length LEN with '\newlength', if for
example you mistype the above as
'\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}', then you get something
like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent'.  If you leave
off the backslash at the start of LEN, as in
'\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}', then you get something like 'You can't
use `the letter p' after \advance'.

14.4 '\settodepth'
==================

Synopsis:

     \settodepth{LEN}{TEXT}

   Set the length LEN to the depth of box that LaTeX gets on typesetting
the TEXT argument.  The length name LEN must begin with a backslash,
'\'.

   This will show how low the character descenders go.

     \newlength{\alphabetdepth}
     \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
     \the\alphabetdepth

   If you did not set aside the length LEN, if for example you mistype
the above as '\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}', then you get
something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetdepth'.
If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in
'\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.

14.5 '\settoheight'
===================

Synopsis:

     \settoheight{LEN}{text}

   Sets the length LEN to the height of box that LaTeX gets on
typesetting the 'text' argument.  The length name LEN must begin with a
backslash, '\'.

   This will show how high the characters go.

     \newlength{\alphabetheight}
     \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
     \the\alphabetheight

   If no such length LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for
example you mistype as '\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}', then you
get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument>
\alphabetheight'.  If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in
'\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.

14.6 '\settowidth'
==================

Synopsis:

     \settowidth{LEN}{TEXT}

   Set the length LEN to the width of the box that LaTeX gets on
typesetting the TEXT argument.  The length name LEN must begin with a
backslash, '\'.

   This measures the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet.

     \newlength{\alphabetwidth}
     \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
     \the\alphabetwidth

   If no such length LEN has been set aside, if for example you mistype
the above as '\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}', then you get
something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetwidth'.
If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in
'\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.

15 Making paragraphs
********************

To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, separated by
two empty lines.

     It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession
     of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife.

     However little known the feelings or views of such a man may be on his
     first entering a neighbourhood, this truth is so well fixed in the minds
     of the surrounding families, that he is considered the rightful property
     of some one or other of their daughters.

     ``My dear Mr. Bennet,'' said his lady to him one day,
     ``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?''

   The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment
character, '%'.

   Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that
content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph
(*note Line breaking::).

   There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted.  Don't put a
blank line in math mode (*note Modes::); here the line before the
'\end{equation}'

     \begin{equation}
       2^{|S|} > |S|

     \end{equation}

will get you the error 'Missing $ inserted'.  Similarly, the blank line
in this 'section' argument

     \section{aaa

     bbb}

gets 'Runaway argument? {aaa ! Paragraph ended before \@sect was
complete'.

15.1 '\par'
===========

Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts two consecutive
newlines to a '\par'):

     \par

   End the current paragraph.  The usual way to separate paragraphs is
with a blank line but the '\par' command is entirely equivalent.  This
command is robust (*note \protect::).

   This example uses '\par' rather than a blank line simply for
readability.

     \newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
       \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}

   In LR mode or a vertical mode the '\par' command does nothing but it
terminates paragraph mode, switching LaTeX to vertical mode (*note
Modes::).

   You cannot use the '\par' command in a math mode.  You also cannot
use it in the argument of many commands, such as the '\section' command
(*note Making paragraphs:: and *note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).

   The '\par' command is not the same as the '\paragraph' command.  The
latter is, like '\section' or '\subsection', a sectioning unit used by
the standard LaTeX documents (*note \subsubsection & \paragraph &
\subparagraph::).

   The '\par' command is not the same as '\newline' or the line break
double backslash, '\\'.  The difference is that '\par' ends the
paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of the
between-paragraph vertical space '\parskip' (*note \parindent &
\parskip::).

   The output from this example

     xyz

     \setlength{\parindent}{3in}
     \setlength{\parskip}{5in}
     \noindent test\indent test1\par test2

is: after 'xyz' there is a vertical skip of 5 inches and then 'test'
appears, aligned with the left margin.  On the same line, there is an
empty horizontal space of 3 inches and then 'test1' appears.  Finally.
there is a vertical space of 5 inches, followed by a fresh paragraph
with a paragraph indent of 3 inches, and then LaTeX puts the text
'test2'.

15.2 '\indent' & '\noindent'
============================

Synopsis:

     \indent

or

     \noindent

   Go into horizontal mode (*note Modes::).  The '\indent' command first
outputs an empty box whose width is '\parindent'.  These commands are
robust (*note \protect::).

   Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line.
*Note \par:: for the difference between this command and '\par'.  To
start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted
paragraph, use '\noindent'.

   In the middle of a paragraph the '\noindent' command has no effect,
because LaTeX is already in horizontal mode there.  The '\indent'
command's only effect is to output a space.

   This example starts a fresh paragraph.

     ... end of the prior paragraph.

     \noindent This paragraph is not indented.

and this continues an interrupted paragraph.

     The data

     \begin{center}
       \begin{tabular}{rl} ... \end{tabular}
     \end{center}

     \noindent shows this clearly.

   To omit indentation in the entire document put
'\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}' in the preamble.  If you do that, you may
want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs, '\parskip'
(*note \parindent & \parskip::).

   Default LaTeX styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English.  To change that,
look on CTAN for the package 'indentfirst'.

15.3 '\parindent' & '\parskip'
==============================

Synopsis:

     \setlength{\parskip}{HORIZONTAL LEN}
     \setlength{\parinden}{VERTICAL LEN}

   Both are a rubber lengths (*note Lengths::).  They give the
indentation of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside minipages
(*note minipage::), and the vertical space between paragraphs.

   This, put in the preamble,

     \setlength{\parindent}{0em}
     \setlength{\parskip}{1ex}

arranges that the document will have paragraphs that are not indented,
but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase
'x'.

   In standard LaTeX documents, the default value for '\parindent' in
one-column documents is '15pt' when the default text size is '10pt' ,
'17pt' for '11pt', and '1.5em' for '12pt'.  In two-column documents it
is '1em'.  The default value for '\parskip' in LaTeX's standard document
styles is '0pt plus1pt'.

15.4 Marginal notes
===================

Synopsis, one of:

     \marginpar{RIGHT}
     \marginpar[LEFT]{RIGHT}

   Create a note in the margin.  The first line of the note will have
the same baseline as the line in the text where the '\marginpar' occurs.

   The margin that LaTeX uses for the note depends on the current layout
(*note Document class options::) and also on '\reversemarginpar' (see
below).  If you are using one-sided layout (document option 'oneside')
then it goes in the right margin.  If you are using two-sided layout
(document option 'twoside') then it goes in the outside margin.  If you
are in two-column layout (document option 'twocolumn') then it goes in
the nearest margin.

   If you declare '\reversemarginpar' then LaTeX will place subsequent
marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the prior
paragraph.  Revert that to the default position with '\normalmarginpar'.

   When you specify the optional argument LEFT then it is used for a
note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument RIGHT is used for
a note in the right margin.

   Normally, a note's first word will not be hyphenated.  You can enable
hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with '\hspace{0pt}'.

   These parameters affect the formatting of the note:

'\marginparpush'
     Minimum vertical space between notes; default '7pt' for '12pt'
     documents, '5pt' else.

'\marginparsep'
     Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default '11pt'
     for '10pt' documents, '10pt' else.

'\marginparwidth'
     Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided '10pt' document
     is '90pt', '83pt' for '11pt', and '68pt' for '12pt'; '17pt' more in
     each case for a two-sided document.  In two column mode, the
     default is '48pt'.

   The standard LaTeX routine for marginal notes does not prevent notes
from falling off the bottom of the page.

16 Math formulas
****************

Produce mathematical text by putting LaTeX into math mode or display
math mode (*note Modes::).  This example shows both.

     The wave equation for \( u \) is
     \begin{displaymath}
       \frac{\partial^2u}{\partial t^2} = c^2\nabla^2u
     \end{displaymath}
     where \( \nabla^2 \) is the spatial Laplacian and \( c \) is constant.

Math mode is for inline mathematics.  In the above example it is invoked
by the starting '\(' and finished by the matching ending '\)'.  Display
math mode is for displayed equations and here is invoked by the
'displaymath' environment.  Note that any mathematical text whatever,
including mathematical text consisting of just one character, is handled
in math mode.

   When in math mode or display math mode, LaTeX handles many aspects of
your input text differently than in other text modes.  For example,

     contrast x+y with \( x+y \)

in math mode the letters are in italics and the spacing around the plus
sign is different.

   There are three ways to make inline formulas, to put LaTeX in math
mode.

     \( MATHEMATICAL MATERIAL \)
     $ MATHEMATICAL MATERIAL $
     \begin{math} MATHEMATICAL MATERIAL \end{math}

The first form is preferred and the second is quite common, but the
third form is rarely used.  You can sometimes use one and sometimes
another, as in '\(x\) and $y$'.  You can use these in paragraph mode or
in LR mode (*note Modes::).

   To make displayed formulas, put LaTeX into display math mode with
either:

     \begin{displaymath}
       MATHEMATICAL MATERIAL
     \end{displaymath}

or

     \begin{equation}
       MATHEMATICAL MATERIAL
     \end{equation}

(*note displaymath::, *note equation::).  The only difference is that
with the 'equation' environment, LaTeX puts a formula number alongside
the formula.  The construct '\[ MATH \]' is equivalent to
'\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}'.  These environments can
only be used in paragraph mode (*note Modes::).

   The two mathematics modes are similar, but there are some
differences.  One involves the placement of subscripts and superscripts;
in display math mode they are further apart and in inline math mode they
are closer together.

   Sometimes you want the display math typographical treatment to happen
in the inline math mode.  For this, the '\displaystyle' declaration
forces the size and style of the formula to be that of 'displaymath'.
Thus '\(\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n\)' will have the limits
above and below the summation sign, not next to it.  Another example is
that

     \begin{tabular}{r|cc}
       \textsc{Name}  &\textsc{Series}  &\textsc{Sum}  \\  \hline
       Arithmetic     &\( a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b) \)
                        &\( na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}\)  \\
       Geometric      &\( a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1} \)
                        &\(\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}\)  \\
     \end{tabular}

because it has no '\displaystyle', the 'Arithmetic' line's fraction will
be scrunched.  But, because of its '\displaystyle', the 'Geometric'
line's fraction will be easy to read, with characters the same size as
in the rest of the line.

   The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
'amsmath' and 'amssymb' (also be aware of the 'mathtools' package that
is an extension to, and loads, 'amsmath').  New documents that will have
mathematical text should use these packages.  Descriptions of these
packages is outside the scope of this document; see their documentation
on CTAN.

16.1 Subscripts & superscripts
==============================

Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of:

     BASE^EXP
     BASE^{EXP}

or, one of:

     BASE_EXP
     BASE_{EXP}

   Make EXP appear as a superscript of BASE (with the caret
character, '^') or a subscript (with underscore, '_').

   In this example the '0''s and '1''s are subscripts while the '2''s
are superscripts.

     \( (x_0+x_1)^2 \leq (x_0)^2+(x_1)^2 \)

   To have the subscript or superscript contain more than one character,
surround the expression with curly braces, as in 'e^{-2x}'.  This
example's fourth line shows curly braces used to group an expression for
the exponent.

     \begin{displaymath}
       (3^3)^3=27^3=19\,683
       \qquad
       3^{(3^3)}=3^{27}=7\,625\,597\,484\,987
     \end{displaymath}

   LaTeX knows how to handle a superscript on a superscript, or a
subscript on a subscript, or supers on subs, or subs on supers.  So,
expressions such as 'e^{x^2}' and 'x_{i_0}' give correct output.  Note
the use in those expressions of curly braces to give the BASE a
determined EXP.  If you enter '\(3^3^3\)' then you get 'Double
superscript'.

   LaTeX does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a
superscript.  In this example the integral has both.  They come out in
the correct place without any author intervention.

     \begin{displaymath}
       \int_{x=a}^b f'(x)\,dx = f(b)-f(a)
     \end{displaymath}

Note the parentheses around 'x=a' to make the entire expression a
subscript.

   To put a superscript or subscript before a symbol, use a construct
like '{}_t K^2'.  The empty curly braces '{}' give the subscript
something to attach to and keeps it from accidentally attaching to a
prior symbols.

   Using the subscript or superscript command outside of math mode or
display math mode, as in 'the expression x^2', will get you the error
'Missing $ inserted'.

   A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is
to typeset chemical formulas.  There are packages for that such as
'mhchem'; see CTAN.

16.2 Math symbols
=================

LaTeX provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that anyone
uses.  For example, if you include '$\pi$' in your source, you will get
the pi symbol U+03C0.  See the 'Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List' at
<https://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/>.

   Here is a list of commonly-used symbols.  It is by no means
exhaustive.  Each symbol is described with a short phrase, and its
symbol class, which determines the spacing around it, is given in
parenthesis.  Unless said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can
be used only in math mode.  To redefine a command so that it can be used
whatever the current mode, see *note \ensuremath::.

'\|'
     U+2225 Parallel (relation).  Synonym: '\parallel'.

'\aleph'
     U+2135 Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary).

'\alpha'
     U+03B1 Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary).

'\amalg'
     U+2A3F Disjoint union (binary)

'\angle'
     U+2220 Geometric angle (ordinary).  Similar: less-than sign '<' and
     angle bracket '\langle'.

'\approx'
     U+2248 Almost equal to (relation).

'\ast'
     U+2217 Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary).
     Synonym: '*', which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the
     Kleene star.  Similar: '\star', which is five-pointed, and is
     sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes
     reserved for cross-correlation.

'\asymp'
     U+224D Asymptotically equivalent (relation).

'\backslash'
     \ Backslash (ordinary).  Similar: set minus '\setminus', and
     '\textbackslash' for backslash outside of math mode.

'\beta'
     U+03B2 Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary).

'\bigcap'
     U+22C2 Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator).  Similar:
     binary intersection '\cap'.

'\bigcirc'
     U+26AA Circle, larger (binary).  Similar: function
     composition '\circ'.

'\bigcup'
     U+22C3 Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator).  Similar: binary
     union '\cup'.

'\bigodot'
     U+2A00 Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator).

'\bigoplus'
     U+2A01 Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator).

'\bigotimes'
     U+2A02 Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator).

'\bigtriangledown'
     U+25BD Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down
     (operator).

'\bigtriangleup'
     U+25B3 Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up
     (operator).

'\bigsqcup'
     U+2A06 Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator).

'\biguplus'
     U+2A04 Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus
     (operator).  (Note that the name has only one p.)

'\bigvee'
     U+22C1 Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator).

'\bigwedge'
     U+22C0 Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator).

'\bot'
     U+22A5 Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set,
     or a contradiction (ordinary).  See also '\top'.

'\bowtie'
     U+22C8 Natural join of two relations (relation).

'\Box'
     U+25A1 Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary).
     Not available in plain TeX.  In LaTeX you need to load the
     'amssymb' package.

'\bullet'
     U+2022 Bullet (binary).  Similar: multiplication dot '\cdot'.

'\cap'
     U+2229 Intersection of two sets (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
     operator '\bigcap'.

'\cdot'
     U+22C5 Multiplication (binary).  Similar: Bullet dot '\bullet'.

'\chi'
     U+03C7 Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary).

'\circ'
     U+2218 Function composition, ring operator (binary).  Similar:
     variable-sized operator '\bigcirc'.

'\clubsuit'
     U+2663 Club card suit (ordinary).

'\complement'
     U+2201 Set complement, used as a superscript as in
     '$S^\complement$' (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX.  In
     LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package.  Also used:
     '$S^{\mathsf{c}}$' or '$\bar{S}$'.

'\cong'
     U+2245 Congruent (relation).

'\coprod'
     U+2210 Coproduct (operator).

'\cup'
     U+222A Union of two sets (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
     operator '\bigcup'.

'\dagger'
     U+2020 Dagger relation (binary).

'\dashv'
     U+22A3 Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation).  Similar:
     turnstile '\vdash'.

'\ddagger'
     U+2021 Double dagger relation (binary).

'\Delta'
     U+0394 Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary).

'\delta'
     U+03B4 Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).

'\Diamond'
     U+25C7 Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain
     TeX.  In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package.

'\diamond'
     U+22C4 Diamond operator (binary).  Similar: large
     diamond '\Diamond', circle bullet '\bullet'.

'\diamondsuit'
     U+2662 Diamond card suit (ordinary).

'\div'
     U+00F7 Division sign (binary).

'\doteq'
     U+2250 Approaches the limit (relation).  Similar: geometrically
     equal to '\Doteq'.

'\downarrow'
     U+2193 Down arrow, converges (relation).  Similar: '\Downarrow'
     double line down arrow.

'\Downarrow'
     U+21D3 Double line down arrow (relation).  Similar: '\downarrow'
     single line down arrow.

'\ell'
     U+2113 Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary).

'\emptyset'
     U+2205 Empty set symbol (ordinary).  The variant form is
     '\varnothing'.

'\epsilon'
     U+03F5 Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary).  Similar to Greek text
     letter.  More widely used in mathematics is the script small letter
     epsilon '\varepsilon' U+03B5.  Related: the set membership relation
     '\in' U+2208.

'\equiv'
     U+2261 Equivalence (relation).

'\eta'
     U+03B7 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\exists'
     U+2203 Existential quantifier (ordinary).

'\flat'
     U+266D Musical flat (ordinary).

'\forall'
     U+2200 Universal quantifier (ordinary).

'\frown'
     U+2322 Downward curving arc (ordinary).

'\Gamma'
     U+0393 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\gamma'
     U+03B3 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\ge'
     U+2265 Greater than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
     for '\geq'.

'\geq'
     U+2265 Greater than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
     for '\ge'.

'\gets'
     U+2190 Is assigned the value (relation).  Synonym: '\leftarrow'.

'\gg'
     U+226B Much greater than (relation).  Similar: much less
     than '\ll'.

'\hbar'
     U+210F Planck constant over two pi (ordinary).

'\heartsuit'
     U+2661 Heart card suit (ordinary).

'\hookleftarrow'
     U+21A9 Hooked left arrow (relation).

'\hookrightarrow'
     U+21AA Hooked right arrow (relation).

'\iff'
     U+27F7 If and only if (relation).  It is '\Longleftrightarrow' with
     a '\thickmuskip' on either side.

'\Im'
     U+2111 Imaginary part (ordinary).  See: real part '\Re'.

'\imath'
     Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (*note Math
     accents::).

'\in'
     U+2208 Set element (relation).  See also: lowercase lunate
     epsilon '\epsilon'U+03F5 and small letter script
     epsilon '\varepsilon'.

'\infty'
     U+221E Infinity (ordinary).

'\int'
     U+222B Integral (operator).

'\iota'
     U+03B9 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\Join'
     U+2A1D Condensed bowtie symbol (relation).  Not available in Plain
     TeX.

'\jmath'
     Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (*note Math
     accents::).

'\kappa'
     U+03BA Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\Lambda'
     U+039B uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\lambda'
     U+03BB Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\land'
     U+2227 Logical and (binary).  This is a synonym for '\wedge'.  See
     also logical or '\lor'.

'\langle'
     U+27E8 Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening).  Similar:
     less-than '<'.  Matches '\rangle'.

'\lbrace'
     U+007B Left curly brace (opening).  Synonym: '\{'.
     Matches '\rbrace'.

'\lbrack'
     U+005B Left square bracket (opening).  Synonym: '['.
     Matches '\rbrack'.

'\lceil'
     U+2308 Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the
     bottom shaved off (opening).  Matches '\rceil'.

'\le'
     U+2264 Less than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
     for '\leq'.

'\leadsto'
     U+21DD Squiggly right arrow (relation).  Not available in plain
     TeX.  In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package.  To get this
     symbol outside of math mode you can put
     '\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}' in the preamble and
     then use '\Leadsto' instead.

'\Leftarrow'
     U+21D0 Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation).  Similar:
     single-line left arrow '\leftarrow'.

'\leftarrow'
     U+2190 Single-line left arrow (relation).  Synonym: '\gets'.
     Similar: double-line left arrow '\Leftarrow'.

'\leftharpoondown'
     U+21BD Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation).

'\leftharpoonup'
     U+21BC Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation).

'\Leftrightarrow'
     U+21D4 Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation).
     Similar: single-line double headed arrow '\leftrightarrow'.

'\leftrightarrow'
     U+2194 Single-line double-headed arrow (relation).  Similar:
     double-line double headed arrow '\Leftrightarrow'.

'\leq'
     U+2264 Less than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
     for '\le'.

'\lfloor'
     U+230A Left floor bracket (opening).  Matches: '\floor'.

'\lhd'
     U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).  Not
     available in plain TeX.  In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb'
     package.  For the normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb'
     and use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better
     spacing).

'\ll'
     U+226A Much less than (relation).  Similar: much greater
     than '\gg'.

'\lnot'
     U+00AC Logical negation (ordinary).  Synonym: '\neg'.

'\longleftarrow'
     U+27F5 Long single-line left arrow (relation).  Similar: long
     double-line left arrow '\Longleftarrow'.

'\longleftrightarrow'
     U+27F7 Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation).  Similar:
     long double-line double-headed arrow '\Longleftrightarrow'.

'\longmapsto'
     U+27FC Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
     (relation).  Similar: shorter version '\mapsto'.

'\longrightarrow'
     U+27F6 Long single-line right arrow (relation).  Similar: long
     double-line right arrow '\Longrightarrow'.

'\lor'
     U+2228 Logical or (binary).  Synonym: wedge '\wedge'.

'\mapsto'
     U+21A6 Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
     (relation).  Similar: longer version '\longmapsto'.

'\mho'
     U+2127 Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary).
     Not available in plain TeX.  In LaTeX you need to load the
     'amssymb' package.

'\mid'
     U+2223 Single-line vertical bar (relation).  A typical use of
     '\mid' is for a set '\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}'.

     Similar: '\vert' and '|' produce the same single-line vertical bar
     symbol but without any spacing (they fall in class ordinary) and
     you should not use them as relations but instead only as ordinals,
     i.e., footnote symbols.  For absolute value, see the entry
     for '\vert' and for norm see the entry for '\Vert'.

'\models'
     U+22A8 Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash
     (relation).  Similar: long double dash '\vDash'.

'\mp'
     U+2213 Minus or plus (relation).

'\mu'
     U+03BC Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\nabla'
     U+2207 Hamilton's del, or differential, operator (ordinary).

'\natural'
     U+266E Musical natural notation (ordinary).

'\ne'
     U+2260 Not equal (relation).  Synonym: '\neq'.

'\nearrow'
     U+2197 North-east arrow (relation).

'\neg'
     U+00AC Logical negation (ordinary).  Synonym: '\lnot'.  Sometimes
     instead used for negation: '\sim'.

'\neq'
     U+2260 Not equal (relation).  Synonym: '\ne'.

'\ni'
     U+220B Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation).
     Synonym: '\owns'.  Similar: is a member of '\in'.

'\not'
     U+0020    Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following
     operator (relation).

     Many negated operators are available that don't require '\not',
     particularly with the 'amssymb' package.  For example, '\notin' is
     typographically preferable to '\not\in'.

'\notin'
     U+2209 Not an element of (relation).  Similar: not subset
     of '\nsubseteq'.

'\nu'
     U+03BD Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\nwarrow'
     U+2196 North-west arrow (relation).

'\odot'
     U+2299 Dot inside a circle (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
     operator '\bigodot'.

'\oint'
     U+222E Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle
     (operator).

'\Omega'
     U+03A9 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\omega'
     U+03C9 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\ominus'
     U+2296 Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary).

'\oplus'
     U+2295 Plus sign inside a circle (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
     operator '\bigoplus'.

'\oslash'
     U+2298 Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary).

'\otimes'
     U+2297 Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary).  Similar:
     variable-sized operator '\bigotimes'.

'\owns'
     U+220B Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation).
     Synonym: '\ni'.  Similar: is a member of '\in'.

'\parallel'
     U+2225 Parallel (relation).  Synonym: '\|'.

'\partial'
     U+2202 Partial differential (ordinary).

'\perp'
     U+27C2 Perpendicular (relation).  Similar: '\bot' uses the same
     glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class
     ordinary.

'\phi'
     U+03D5 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
     '\varphi' U+03C6.

'\Pi'
     U+03A0 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\pi'
     U+03C0 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
     '\varpi' U+03D6.

'\pm'
     U+00B1 Plus or minus (binary).

'\prec'
     U+227A Precedes (relation).  Similar: less than '<'.

'\preceq'
     U+2AAF Precedes or equals (relation).  Similar: less than or
     equals '\leq'.

'\prime'
     U+2032 Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary).  Typically
     used as a superscript: '$f^\prime$'; '$f^\prime$' and '$f'$'
     produce the same result.  An advantage of the second is that
     '$f'''$' produces the desired symbol, that is, the same result as
     '$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$', but uses rather less typing.  You can
     only use '\prime' in math mode.  Using the right single quote '''
     in text mode produces a different character (apostrophe).

'\prod'
     U+220F Product (operator).

'\propto'
     U+221D Is proportional to (relation)

'\Psi'
     U+03A8 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\psi'
     U+03C8 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\rangle'
     U+27E9 Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing).  Similar:
     greater than '>'.  Matches:'\langle'.

'\rbrace'
     U+007D Right curly brace (closing).  Synonym: '\}'.
     Matches '\lbrace'.

'\rbrack'
     U+005D Right square bracket (closing).  Synonym: ']'.
     Matches '\lbrack'.

'\rceil'
     U+2309 Right ceiling bracket (closing).  Matches '\lceil'.

'\Re'
     U+211C Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary).
     Related: double-line, or blackboard bold, R '\mathbb{R}'; to access
     this, load the 'amsfonts' package.

'\restriction'
     U+21BE Restriction of a function (relation).  Synonym:
     '\upharpoonright'.  Not available in plain TeX.  In LaTeX you need
     to load the 'amssymb' package.

'\revemptyset'
     U+29B0 Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary).  Related:
     '\varnothing'.  Not available in plain TeX.  In LaTeX you need to
     load the 'stix' package.

'\rfloor'
     U+230B Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut
     off (closing).  Matches '\lfloor'.

'\rhd'
     U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).  Not
     available in plain TeX.  In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb'
     package.  For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
     'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so
     gives better spacing).

'\rho'
     U+03C1 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
     '\varrho' U+03F1.

'\Rightarrow'
     U+21D2 Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation).
     Similar: right single-line arrow '\rightarrow'.

'\rightarrow'
     U+2192 Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
     Synonym: '\to'.  Similar: right double line arrow '\Rightarrow'.

'\rightharpoondown'
     U+21C1 Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation).

'\rightharpoonup'
     U+21C0 Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation).

'\rightleftharpoons'
     U+21CC Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation).

'\searrow'
     U+2198 Arrow pointing southeast (relation).

'\setminus'
     U+29F5 Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \
     (binary).  Similar: backslash '\backslash' and also
     '\textbackslash' outside of math mode.

'\sharp'
     U+266F Musical sharp (ordinary).

'\Sigma'
     U+03A3 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\sigma'
     U+03C3 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
     '\varsigma' U+03C2.

'\sim'
     U+223C Similar, in a relation (relation).

'\simeq'
     U+2243 Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation).

'\smallint'
     U+222B Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a
     display (operator).

'\smile'
     U+2323 Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary).

'\spadesuit'
     U+2660 Spade card suit (ordinary).

'\sqcap'
     U+2293 Square intersection symbol (binary).  Similar:
     intersection 'cap'.

'\sqcup'
     U+2294 Square union symbol (binary).  Similar: union 'cup'.
     Related: variable-sized operator '\bigsqcup'.

'\sqsubset'
     U+228F Square subset symbol (relation).  Similar: subset '\subset'.
     Not available in plain TeX.  In LaTeX you need to load the
     'amssymb' package.

'\sqsubseteq'
     U+2291 Square subset or equal symbol (binary).  Similar: subset or
     equal to '\subseteq'.

'\sqsupset'
     U+2290 Square superset symbol (relation).  Similar:
     superset '\supset'.  Not available in plain TeX.  In LaTeX you need
     to load the 'amssymb' package.

'\sqsupseteq'
     U+2292 Square superset or equal symbol (binary).  Similar: superset
     or equal '\supseteq'.

'\star'
     U+22C6 Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary
     operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary).
     Similar: the synonyms asterisk '*' and '\ast', which are
     six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript,
     as with the Kleene star.

'\subset'
     U+2282 Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation).

'\subseteq'
     U+2286 Subset or equal to (relation).

'\succ'
     U+227B Comes after, succeeds (relation).  Similar: is less
     than '>'.

'\succeq'
     U+2AB0 Succeeds or is equal to (relation).  Similar: less than or
     equal to '\leq'.

'\sum'
     U+2211 Summation (operator).  Similar: Greek capital
     sigma '\Sigma'.

'\supset'
     U+2283 Superset (relation).

'\supseteq'
     U+2287 Superset or equal to (relation).

'\surd'
     U+221A Radical symbol (ordinary).  The LaTeX command '\sqrt{...}'
     typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends
     to cover the argument.

'\swarrow'
     U+2199 Southwest-pointing arrow (relation).

'\tau'
     U+03C4 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\theta'
     U+03B8 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
     '\vartheta' U+03D1.

'\times'
     U+00D7 Primary school multiplication sign (binary).  See
     also '\cdot'.

'\to'
     U+2192 Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
     Synonym: '\rightarrow'.

'\top'
     U+22A4 Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary).
     See also '\bot'.

'\triangle'
     U+25B3 Triangle (ordinary).

'\triangleleft'
     U+25C1 Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary).
     Similar: '\lhd'.  For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
     'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so
     gives better spacing).

'\triangleright'
     U+25B7 Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary).  For the normal
     subgroup symbol you should instead load 'amssymb' and
     use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so gives better
     spacing).

'\unlhd'
     U+22B4 Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
     triangle, with a line under (binary).  Not available in plain TeX.
     In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package.  For the normal
     subgroup symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglelefteq' (which
     is a relation and so gives better spacing).

'\unrhd'
     U+22B5 Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
     triangle, with a line under (binary).  Not available in plain TeX.
     In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package.  For the normal
     subgroup symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglerighteq' (which
     is a relation and so gives better spacing).

'\Uparrow'
     U+21D1 Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation).  Similar:
     single-line up-pointing arrow '\uparrow'.

'\uparrow'
     U+2191 Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation).
     Similar: double-line up-pointing arrow '\Uparrow'.

'\Updownarrow'
     U+21D5 Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation).
     Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing
     arrow '\updownarrow'.

'\updownarrow'
     U+2195 Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation).
     Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing
     arrow '\Updownarrow'.

'\upharpoonright'
     U+21BE Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation).
     Synonym: '\restriction'.  Not available in plain TeX.  In LaTeX you
     need to load the 'amssymb' package.

'\uplus'
     U+228E Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the
     middle (binary).  Similar: union '\cup'.  Related: variable-sized
     operator '\biguplus'.

'\Upsilon'
     U+03A5 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\upsilon'
     U+03C5 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\varepsilon'
     U+03B5 Small letter script epsilon (ordinary).  This is more widely
     used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form
     '\epsilon' U+03F5.  Related: set membership '\in'.

'\vanothing'
     U+2205 Empty set symbol.  Similar: '\emptyset'.  Related:
     '\revemptyset'.  Not available in plain TeX.  In LaTeX you need to
     load the 'amssymb' package.

'\varphi'
     U+03C6 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The
     non-variant form is '\phi' U+03D5.

'\varpi'
     U+03D6 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The
     non-variant form is '\pi' U+03C0.

'\varrho'
     U+03F1 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The
     non-variant form is '\rho' U+03C1.

'\varsigma'
     U+03C2 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The
     non-variant form is '\sigma' U+03C3.

'\vartheta'
     U+03D1 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The
     non-variant form is '\theta' U+03B8.

'\vdash'
     U+22A2 Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation).
     Similar: turnstile rotated a half-circle '\dashv'.

'\vee'
     U+2228 Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary).  Related: logical
     and '\wedge'.  Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigvee'.

'\Vert'
     U+2016 Vertical double bar (ordinary).  Similar: vertical single
     bar '\vert'.

     For a norm symbol, you can use the 'mathtools' package and put in
     your preamble '\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}'.  This
     gives you three command variants for double-line vertical bars that
     are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you
     write the starred version '$\norm*{M^\perp}$' then the height of
     the vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas
     with '\norm{M^\perp}' the bars do not grow with the height of the
     argument but instead are the default height, and '\norm[SIZE
     COMMAND]{M^\perp}' also gives bars that do not grow but are set to
     the size given in the SIZE COMMAND, e.g., '\Bigg'.

'\vert'
     U+007C Single line vertical bar (ordinary).  Similar: double-line
     vertical bar '\Vert'.  For such that, as in the definition of a
     set, use '\mid' because it is a relation.

     For absolute value you can use the 'mathtools' package and in your
     preamble put '\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}'.  This
     gives you three command variants for single-line vertical bars that
     are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you
     write the starred version '$\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}$' then the height
     of the vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas
     with '\abs{\frac{22}{7}}' the bars do not grow with the height of
     the argument but instead are the default height, and '\abs[SIZE
     COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}' also gives bars that do not grow but are
     set to the size given in the SIZE COMMAND, e.g., '\Bigg'.

'\wedge'
     U+2227 Logical and (binary).  Synonym: '\land'.  See also logical
     or '\vee'.  Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigwedge'.

'\wp'
     U+2118 Weierstrass p (ordinary).

'\wr'
     U+2240 Wreath product (binary).

'\Xi'
     U+039E uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\xi'
     U+03BE Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

'\zeta'
     U+03B6 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).

   The following symbols are most often used in plain text but LaTeX
provides versions to use in mathematical text.

'\mathdollar'
     Dollar sign in math mode: $.

'\mathparagraph'
     Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, U+00B6.

'\mathsection'
     Section sign in math mode U+00A7.

'\mathsterling'
     Sterling sign in math mode: #.

'\mathunderscore'
     Underscore in math mode: _.

16.2.1 Blackboard bold
----------------------

Synopsis:

     \usepackage{amssymb}   % in preamble
       ...
     \mathbb{UPPERCASE-LETTER}

   Provide blackboard bold symbols, sometimes also known as doublestruck
letters, used to denote number sets such as the natural numbers, the
integers, etc.

   Here

     \( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \)

the '\mathbb{N}' gives blackboard bold symbol U+2115 representing the
natural numbers.

   If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an
error but you get strange results, including unexpected characters.

   There are packages that give access to symbols other than just the
capital letters; look on CTAN.

16.2.2 Calligraphic
-------------------

Synopsis:

     \mathcal{UPPERCASE-LETTERS}

   Use a script-like font.

   In this example the graph identifier is output in a cursive font.

     Let the graph be \( \mathcal{G} \).

   If you use something other than an uppercase letter then you do not
get an error.  Instead you get unexpected output.  For instance,
'\mathcal{g}' outputs a close curly brace symbol, while '\mathcal{+}'
outputs a plus sign.

16.2.3 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath'
----------------------------------

Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode):

     \boldmath \( MATH \)

or

     \unboldmath \( MATH \)

   Declarations to change the letters and symbols in MATH to be in a
bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular (non-bold)
default.  They must be used when not in math mode or display math mode
(*note Modes::).  Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::).

   In this example each '\boldmath' command takes place inside an
'\mbox',

     we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$

which means '\boldmath' is only called in a text mode, here LR mode, and
explains why LaTeX must switch to math mode to set 'v' and 'u'.

   If you use either command inside math mode, as with 'Trouble: \(
\boldmath x \)', then you get something like 'LaTeX Font Warning:
Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11' and 'LaTeX Font
Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line 11'.

   There are many issues with '\boldmath'.  New documents should use the
'bm' package provided by the LaTeX Project team.  A complete description
is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on
CTAN) but even this small example

     \usepackage{bm}   % in preamble
     ...
     we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$

shows that it is an improvement over '\boldmath'.

16.2.4 Dots, horizontal or vertical
-----------------------------------

Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern
continues.

     \begin{array}{cccc}
       a_{0,0}    &a_{0,1}   &a_{0,2} &\ldots \\
       a_{1,0}    &\ddots                     \\
       \vdots
     \end{array}

   LaTeX provides these.

'\cdots'
     Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line,
     as in U+22EF. Used as: '\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)'.

'\ddots'
     Diagonal ellipsis, U+22F1.  See the above array example for a
     usage.

'\ldots'
     Ellipsis on the baseline, U+2026.  Used as: '\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1}
     \)'.  Another example is the above array example.  A synonym is
     '\mathellipsis'.  A synonym from the 'amsmath' package is '\hdots'.

     You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in
     'The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken'.  (In a paragraph mode
     or LR mode a synonym for '\ldots' is '\dots'.)

'\vdots'
     Vertical ellipsis, U+22EE. See the above array example for a usage.

   The 'amsmath' package has the command '\dots' to semantically mark up
ellipses.  This example produces two different-looking outputs for the
first two uses of the '\dots' command.

     \usepackage{amsmath}  % in preamble
       ...
     Suppose that \( p_0, p_1, \dots, p_{n-1} \) lists all of the primes.
     Observe that \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_{n-1} +1 \) is not a
       multiple of any \( p_i \).
     Conclusion: there are infinitely many primes \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).

In the first line LaTeX looks to the comma following '\dots' to
determine that it should output an ellipsis on the baseline.  The second
line has a '\cdot' following '\dots' so LaTeX outputs an ellipsis that
is on the math axis, vertically centered.  However, the third usage has
no follow-on character so you have to tell LaTeX what to do.  You can
use one of the commands: '\dotsc' if you need the ellipsis appropriate
for a comma following, '\dotsb' if you need the ellipses that fits when
the dots are followed by a binary operator or relation symbol, '\dotsi'
for dots with integrals, or '\dotso' for others.

16.3 Math functions
===================

These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
spacing.

'\arccos'
     Inverse cosine

'\arcsin'
     Inverse sine

'\arctan'
     Inverse tangent

'\arg'
     Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane

'\bmod'
     Binary modulo operator, used as in '\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)'

'\cos'
     Cosine

'\cosh'
     Hyperbolic cosine

'\cot'
     Cotangent

'\coth'
     Hyperbolic cotangent

'\csc'
     Cosecant

'\deg'
     Degrees

'\det'
     Determinant

'\dim'
     Dimension

'\exp'
     Exponential

'\gcd'
     Greatest common divisor

'\hom'
     Homomorphism

'\inf'
     Infinum

'\ker'
     Kernel

'\lg'
     Base 2 logarithm

'\lim'
     Limit

'\liminf'
     Limit inferior

'\limsup'
     Limit superior

'\ln'
     Natural logarithm

'\log'
     Logarithm

'\max'
     Maximum

'\min'
     Minimum

'\pmod'
     Parenthesized modulus, as used in '\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)'

'\Pr'
     Probability

'\sec'
     Secant

'\sin'
     Sine

'\sinh'
     Hyperbolic sine

'\sup'
     sup

'\tan'
     Tangent

'\tanh'
     Hyperbolic tangent

   The 'amsmath' package adds improvements on some of these, and also
allows you to define your own.  The full documentation is on CTAN, but
briefly, you can define an identity operator with
'\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}' that is like the ones above but
prints as 'id'.  The starred form '\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}' sets
any limits above and below, as is traditional with '\lim', '\sup', or
'\max'.

16.4 Math accents
=================

LaTeX provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in
math.  These are different from accents in normal text (*note
Accents::).

'\acute'
     Math acute accent

'\bar'
     Math bar-over accent

'\breve'
     Math breve accent

'\check'
     Math ha'c<ek (check) accent

'\ddot'
     Math dieresis accent

'\dot'
     Math dot accent

'\grave'
     Math grave accent

'\hat'
     Math hat (circumflex) accent

'\mathring'
     Math ring accent

'\tilde'
     Math tilde accent

'\vec'
     Math vector symbol

'\widehat'
     Math wide hat accent

'\widetilde'
     Math wide tilde accent

   When you are putting an accent on an i or a j, the tradition is to
use one without a dot, '\imath' or 'jmath' (*note Math symbols::).

16.5 Over- and Underlining
==========================

LaTeX provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or putting
braces over or under some material.

'\underline{TEXT}'
     Underline TEXT.  Works inside math mode, and outside.  The line is
     always completely below the text, taking account of descenders, so
     in '\(\underline{y}\)' the line is lower than in
     '\(\underline{x}\)'.  This command is fragile (*note \protect::).

     Note that the package 'ulem' does text mode underlining and allows
     line breaking as well as a number of other features.  See the
     documentation on CTAN. See also *note \hrulefill & \dotfill:: for
     producing a line, for such things as a signature.

'\overline{TEXT}'
     Put a horizontal line over TEXT.  Works inside math mode, and
     outside.  For example, '\overline{x+y}'.  Note that this differs
     from the command '\bar' (*note Math accents::).

'\underbrace{MATH}'
     Put a brace under MATH.  For example, this
     '(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)' emphasizes the telescoping part.
     Attach text to the brace by using subscript, '_', or superscript,
     '^', as here.

          \begin{displaymath}
            1+1/2+\underbrace{1/3+1/4}_{>1/2}+
                 \underbrace{1/5+1/6+1/7+1/8}_{>1/2}+\cdots
          \end{displaymath}

     The superscript appears on top of the expression, and so can look
     unconnected to the underbrace.

'\overbrace{MATH}'
     Put a brace over MATH, as with
     '\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}'.  See also
     '\underbrace'.

   The package 'mathtools' adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some
improvements on the braces.  See the documentation on CTAN.

16.6 Spacing in math mode
=========================

When typesetting mathematics, LaTeX puts in spacing according to the
normal rules for mathematics texts.  If you enter 'y=m x' then LaTeX
ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x, as y=mx.

   But LaTeX's rules sometimes need tweaking.  For example, in an
integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the 'f(x)'
and the 'dx', here done with the '\,' command.

     \int_0^1 f(x)\,dx

   LaTeX provides the commands that follow for use in math mode.  Many
of these spacing definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
"mu".  It is defined as 1/18em, where the em is taken from the current
math symbols family (*note Units of length::).  Thus, a '\thickspace' is
something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'.

'\;'
     Synonym: '\thickspace'.  Normally '5.0mu plus 5.0mu'.  Math mode
     only.

'\:'
'\>'
     Synonym: '\medspace'.  Normally '4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'.
     Math mode only.

'\,'
     Synonym: '\thinspace'.  Normally '3mu', which is 1/6em.  Can be
     used in both math mode and text mode (*note \thinspace &
     \negthinspace::).

     This space is widely used, for instance between the function and
     the infinitesimal in an integral '\int f(x)\,dx' and, if an author
     does this, before punctuation in a displayed equation.

          The antiderivative is
          \begin{equation}
            3x^{-1/2}+3^{1/2}\,.
          \end{equation}

'\!'
     A negative thin space.  Normally '-3mu'.  The '\!' command is math
     mode only but the '\negthinspace' command is available for text
     mode (*note \thinspace & \negthinspace::).

'\quad'
     This is 18mu, that is, 1em.  This is often used for space
     surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space
     between two equations inside a 'displaymath' environment.  It is
     available in both text and math mode.

'\qquad'
     A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em.  It is available in both
     text and math mode.

16.6.1 '\smash'
---------------

Synopsis:

     \smash{SUBFORMULA}

   Typeset SUBFORMULA as if its height and depth were zero.

   In this example the exponential is so tall that without the '\smash'
command LaTeX would separate its line from the line above it, and the
uneven line spacing might be unsightly.

     To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
     evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.

   (Because of the '\smash' the printed expression could run into the
line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the
document to make such adjustments.)

   This pictures the effect of '\smash' by using '\fbox' to surround the
box that LaTeX will put on the line.  The '\blackbar' command makes a
bar extending from 10 points below the baseline to 20 points above.

     \newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
     \fbox{\blackbar}
     \fbox{\smash{\blackbar}}

   The first box that LaTeX places is 20 points high and 10 points deep.
But the second box is treated by LaTeX as having zero height and zero
depth, despite that the ink printed on the page still extends well above
and below the line.

   The '\smash' command appears often in mathematics to adjust the size
of an element that surrounds a subformula.  Here the first radical
extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.

     \begin{equation}
     \sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k< n} f(k)}
     \sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)}
     \end{equation}

   Note the use of '\vphantom' to give the '\sqrt' command an argument
with the height of the '\sum' (*note \phantom & \vphantom &
\hphantom::).

   While most often used in mathematics, the '\smash' command can appear
in other contexts.  However, it doesn't change into horizontal mode.  So
if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a '\leavevmode', as
in the bottom line below.

     xxx xxx xxx

     \smash{yyy}  % no paragraph indent

     \leavevmode\smash{zzz}  % usual paragraph indent

   The package 'mathtools' has operators that provide even finer control
over smashing a subformula box.

16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom'
---------------------------------------------

Synopsis:

     \phantom{SUBFORMULA}

   or

     \vphantom{SUBFORMULA}

   or

     \hphantom{SUBFORMULA}

   The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and
width as SUBFORMULA, but empty.  That is, this command causes LaTeX to
typeset the box but not its ink.  The '\vphantom' variant also produces
an invisible box with the same height and depth as SUBFORMULA, but it
has width zero.  And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as
SUBFORMULA but with height and depth zero.

   Without the '\vphantom' in this example, the top bars of the two
square roots would be at different heights.

     \( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \)

   The '\vphantom{a^3}' causes the first '\sqrt' to have inside it a box
of the same height as the second '\sqrt', so LaTeX makes the bars align.

   These commands often are combined with '\smash'.  *Note \smash:: for
another example of the use of '\vphantom'.

   The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides
a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
convenient, including '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) as well as
'\settodepth' (*note \settodepth::), '\settoheight' (*note
\settoheight::), and '\settowidth' (*note \settowidth::).  In addition,
the 'mathtools' package has many commands that offer fine-grained
control over spacing.

   All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
should give it such a status, for example with the '\operatorname'
command from the package 'amsmath'.

   While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other
contexts.  However, they don't cause LaTeX to change into horizontal
mode.  So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
with '\leavevmode'.

16.7 Math miscellany
====================

LaTeX contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities.  Here are some
that don't fit into other categories.

16.7.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon'
-------------------------------------

Synopsis, one of:

     :
     \colon

   In mathematics, the colon character, ':', is a relation.

     With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.

Ordinary LaTeX defines '\colon' to produce the colon character with the
spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
'\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}'.

   But the widely-used 'amsmath' package defines '\colon' for use in the
definition of functions 'f\colon D\to C'.  So if you want the colon
character as a punctuation then use '\mathpunct{:}'.

16.7.2 '\*'
-----------

Synopsis:

     \*

   A multiplication symbol that allows a line break.  If there is a
break then LaTeX puts a '\times' symbol, U+00D7, before that break.

   In '\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)', if there is no line break then
LaTeX outputs it as though it were '\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)'.  If a line
break does happen, for example between the two middle ones, then LaTeX
sets it like '\( A_1 A_2 \times \)', followed by the break, followed by
'\( A_3 A_4 \)'.

16.7.3 '\frac'
--------------

Synopsis:

     \frac{NUMERATOR}{DENOMINATOR}

   Produces the fraction.  Used as: '\begin{displaymath}
\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma}} \end{displaymath}'.  In inline math mode it
comes out small; see the discussion of '\displaystyle' (*note Math
formulas::).

16.7.4 '\left' & '\right'
-------------------------

Synopsis:

     \left DELIMITER1 ... \right DELIMITER2

   Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters.  The
delimiters are sized according to the math they enclose.  This makes a
unit vector surrounded by appropriate-height parentheses.

     \begin{equation}
       \left(\begin{array}{c}
         1   \\
         0   \\
       \end{array}\right)

   Every '\left' must have a matching '\right'.  Leaving out the
'\left(' in the above gets 'Extra \right'.  Leaving off the '\right)'
gets 'You can't use `\eqno' in math mode'.

   However, the two delimiters DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not match.
A common case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below.  Use a
period, '.', as a null delimiter.

     \begin{equation}
       f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll}
                     1             &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\
                     f(n-1)+3n^2   &\mbox{--else}
            \end{array}\right.
     \end{equation}

Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a
backslash, '\{'.

16.7.5 '\sqrt'
--------------

Synopsis, one of:

     \sqrt{ARG}
     \sqrt[ROOT-NUMBER]{ARG}

   The square root, or optionally other roots, of ARG.  The optional
argument ROOT-NUMBER gives the root, i.e., enter the cube root of 'x+y'
as '\sqrt[3]{x+y}'.  The radical grows with the size of ARG (as the
height of the radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets
steeper, until for a large enough 'arg', it is vertical).

   LaTeX has a separate '\surd' character (*note Math symbols::).

16.7.6 '\stackrel'
------------------

Synopsis, one of:

     \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}

   Put TEXT above RELATION.  To put a function name above an arrow enter
'\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'.

17 Modes
********

As LaTeX processes your document, at any point it is in one of six
modes.  They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal
modes, the math modes, and the vertical modes.  Some commands only work
in one mode or another (in particular, many commands only work in one of
the math modes), and error messages will refer to these.

   * "Paragraph mode" is what LaTeX is in when processing ordinary text.
     It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into
     pages.  This is the mode LaTeX is in most of the time.

     "LR mode" (for left-to-right mode; in plain TeX this is called
     "restricted horizontal mode") is in effect when LaTeX starts making
     a box with an '\mbox' command.  As in paragraph mode, LaTeX's
     output is a string of words with spaces between them.  Unlike in
     paragraph mode, in LR mode LaTeX never starts a new line, it just
     keeps going from left to right.  (Although LaTeX will not complain
     that the LR box is too long, when it is finished and next tries to
     put that box into a line, it could very well complain that the
     finished LR box won't fit there.)

   * "Math mode" is when LaTeX is generating an inline mathematical
     formula.

     "Display math mode" is when LaTeX is generating a displayed
     mathematical formula.  (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from
     inline ones.  One example is that the placement of the subscript on
     '\int' differs in the two situations.)

   * "Vertical mode" is when LaTeX is building the list of lines and
     other material making the output page.  This is the mode LaTeX is
     in when it starts a document.

     "Internal vertical mode" is in effect when LaTeX starts making a
     '\vbox'.  This is the vertical analogue of LR mode.

For instance, if you begin a LaTeX article with 'Let \( x \) be ...'
then these are the modes: first LaTeX starts every document in vertical
mode, then it reads the 'L' and switches to paragraph mode, then the
next switch happens at the '\(' where LaTeX changes to math mode, and
then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode.

   Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a '\parbox' command or a
'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode.  But it will not put a
page break here.  Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox", LaTeX is
in "inner paragraph mode".  Its more usual situation, where it can put
page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::).

17.1 '\ensuremath'
==================

Synopsis:

     \ensuremath{FORMULA}

   Ensure that FORMULA is typeset in math mode.

   For instance, you can redefine commands that ordinarily can be used
only in math mode, so that they can be used both in math and in plain
text.

     \newcommand{\dx}{\ensuremath{dx}}
     In $\int f(x)\, \dx$, the \dx{} is an infinitesimal.

   Caution: the '\ensuremath' command is useful but not a panacea.

     \newcommand{\alf}{\ensuremath{\alpha}}
     You get an alpha in text mode: \alf.
     But compare the correct spacing in $\alf+\alf$ with that in \alf+\alf.

Best is to typeset math things in a math mode.

18 Page styles
**************

The style of a page determines where LaTeX places the components of that
page, such as headers and footers, and the text body.  This includes
pages in the main part of the document but also includes special pages
such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or the first
page of an article.

   The package 'fancyhdr' is very helpful for constructing page styles.
See its documentation on CTAN.

18.1 '\maketitle'
=================

Synopsis:

     \maketitle

   Generate a title.  In the standard classes the title appears on a
separate page, except in the 'article' class where it is at the top of
the first page.  (*Note Document class options:: for information about
the 'titlepage' document class option.)

   This example shows '\maketitle' appearing in its usual place,
immediately after '\begin{document}'.

     \documentclass{article}
     \title{Constructing a Nuclear Reactor Using Only Coconuts}
     \author{Jonas Grumby\thanks{%
         With the support of a Ginger Grant from the Roy Hinkley Society.} \\
       Skipper, \textit{Minnow}
       \and
       Willy Gilligan\thanks{%
         Thanks to the Mary Ann Summers foundation
         and to Thurston and Lovey Howell.}           \\
       Mate, \textit{Minnow}
       }
     \date{1964-Sep-26}
     \begin{document}
     \maketitle
     Just sit right back and you'll hear a tale, a tale of a fateful trip.
     That started from this tropic port, aboard this tiny ship. The mate was
     a mighty sailin' man, the Skipper brave and sure. Five passengers set
     sail that day for a three hour tour. A three hour tour.
       ...

   You tell LaTeX the information used to produce the title by making
the following declarations.  These must come before the '\maketitle',
either in the preamble or in the document body.

'\author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}'
     Required.  Declare the document author or authors.  The argument is
     a list of authors separated by '\and' commands.  To separate lines
     within a single author's entry, for instance to give the author's
     institution or address, use a double backslash, '\\'.  If you omit
     the '\author' declaration then you get 'LaTeX Warning: No \author
     given'.

'\date{TEXT}'
     Optional.  Declare TEXT to be the document's date.  The TEXT
     doesn't need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all.  If
     you omit '\date' then LaTeX uses the current date (*note \today::).
     To have no date, instead use '\date{}'.

'\thanks{TEXT}'
     Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author
     information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
     also use it in the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It
     can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as
     to print an email address.

'\title{TEXT}'
     Required.  Declare TEXT to be the title of the document.  Get line
     breaks inside TEXT with a double backslash, '\\'.  If you omit the
     '\title' declaration then you get 'LaTeX Error: No \title given'.

   To make your own title page, see *note titlepage::.  You can either
create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
'\maketitle' command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use in
place of 'article' that formats the title according to their house
requirements.)

18.2 '\pagenumbering'
=====================

Synopsis:

     \pagenumbering{NUMBER-STYLE}

   Specifies the style of page numbers, and resets the page number.  The
numbering style is reflected on the page, and also in the table of
contents and other page references.  This declaration has global scope
so its effect is not delimited by braces or environments.

   In this example, before the Main section the pages are numbered 'a',
etc.  Starting on the page containing that section, the pages are
numbered '1', etc.

     \begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
       ...
     \section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
       ...

   The argument NUMBER-STYLE is one of the following (see also *note
\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).

'arabic'
     Arabic numerals: 1, 2, ...

'roman'
     lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, ...

'Roman'
     uppercase Roman numerals: I, II, ...

'alph'
     lowercase letters: a, b, ... If you have more than 26 pages then
     you get 'LaTeX Error: Counter too large'.

'Alph'
     uppercase letters: A, B, ... If you have more than 26 pages then
     you get 'LaTeX Error: Counter too large'.

'gobble'
     LaTeX does not output a page number, although it does get reset.
     References to that page also are blank.  (This does not work with
     the popular package 'hyperref' so to have the page number not
     appear you may want to instead use '\pagestyle{empty}' or
     '\thispagestyle{empty}'.)

   Traditionally, if a document has front matter--preface, table of
contents, etc.--then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals.  The
main matter of a document uses arabic.  *Note \frontmatter & \mainmatter
& \backmatter::.

   If you want to address where the page number appears on the page,
see *note \pagestyle::.  If you want to change the value of page number
then you will manipulate the 'page' counter (*note Counters::).

18.3 '\pagestyle'
=================

Synopsis:

     \pagestyle{STYLE}

   Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are
typeset, from the current page onwards.

   A discussion with an example is below.  Note first that the package
'fancyhdr' is now the standard way to manipulate headers and footers.
New documents that need to do anything other than one of the standard
options below should use this package.  See its documentation on CTAN.

   Values for STYLE:

'plain'
     The header is empty.  The footer contains only a page number,
     centered.

'empty'
     The header and footer is empty.

'headings'
     Put running headers and footers on each page.  The document style
     specifies what goes in there; see the discussion below.

'myheadings'
     Custom headers, specified via the '\markboth' or the '\markright'
     commands.

   Some discussion of the motivation for LaTeX's mechanism will help you
work with the options 'headings' or 'myheadings'.  The document source
below produces an article, two-sided, with the pagestyle 'headings'.  On
this document's left hand pages, LaTeX wants (in addition to the page
number) the title of the current section.  On its right hand pages LaTeX
wants the title of the current subsection.  When it makes up a page,
LaTeX gets this information from the commands '\leftmark' and
'\rightmark'.  So it is up to '\section' and '\subsection' to store that
information there.

     \documentclass[twoside]{article}
     \pagestyle{headings}
     \begin{document}
       ... \section{Section 1} ... \subsection{Subsection 1.1} ...
     \section{Section 2}
       ...
     \subsection{Subsection 2.1}
       ...
     \subsection{Subsection 2.2}
       ...

Suppose that the second section falls on a left page.  Although when the
page starts it is in the first section, LaTeX will put 'Section 2' in
the left page header.  As to the right header, if no subsection starts
before the end of the right page then LaTeX blanks the right hand
header.  If a subsection does appear before the right page finishes then
there are two cases.  If at least one subsection starts on the right
hand page then LaTeX will put in the right header the title of the first
subsection starting on that right page.  If at least one of 2.1, 2.2,
..., starts on the left page but none starts on the right then LaTeX
puts in the right hand header the title of the last subsection to start,
that is, the one in effect during the right hand page.

   To accomplish this, in a two-sided article, LaTeX has '\section'
issue a command '\markboth', setting '\leftmark' to 'Section 2' and
setting '\rightmark' to blank.  And, LaTeX has '\subsection' issue a
command '\markright', setting '\rightmark' to 'Subsection 2.1', etc.

   Here are the descriptions of '\markboth' and '\markright':

'\markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}'
     Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for
     either a page style of 'headings' or 'myheadings'.  A left hand
     page heading LEFT-HEAD is generated by the last '\markboth' command
     before the end of the page.  A right hand page heading RIGHT-HEAD
     is generated by the first '\markboth' or '\markright' that comes on
     the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one that came
     before that page.

'\markright{RIGHT}'
     Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged.

18.4 '\thispagestyle'
=====================

Synopsis:

     \thispagestyle{STYLE}

   Works in the same way as the '\pagestyle' (*note \pagestyle::),
except that it changes to STYLE for the current page only.  This
declaration has global scope, so its effect is not delimited by braces
or environments.

   Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style.
For example, this LaTeX book document has the first page of the first
chapter in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).

     \documentclass{book}
     \pagestyle{headings}
     \begin{document}
     \chapter{First chapter}
       ...
     \chapter{Second chapter}\thispagestyle{empty}
       ...

The 'plain' style has a page number on it, centered in the footer.  To
make the page entirely empty, the command '\thispagestyle{empty}'
immediately follows the second '\chapter'.

19 Spaces
*********

LaTeX has many ways to produce white (or filled) space.  Some of these
are best suited to mathematical text; see *note Spacing in math mode::.
Some spacing commands are suitable for both regular text and
mathematical text; versions of some of these commands are in this
chapter.

19.1 '\enspace' & '\quad' & '\qquad'
====================================

Synopsis, one of:

     \enspace
     \quad
     \qquad

   Insert a horizontal space of 1/2em, 1em, or 2em.  The em is a length
defined by a font designer, often thought of as being the width of a
capital M. One advantage of describing space in ems is that it can be
more portable across documents than an absolute measurement such as
points (*note Lengths/em::).

   This puts a suitable gap between two graphics.

     \begin{center}
       \includegraphics{womensmile.png}%
       \qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png}
     \end{center}

*Note Spacing in math mode:: for '\quad' and '\qquad'.  These are
lengths from centuries of typesetting and so may be a better choice in
many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with
'\hspace'.

19.2 '\hspace'
==============

Synopsis, one of:

     \hspace{LENGTH}
     \hspace*{LENGTH}

   Insert the horizontal space LENGTH.  The LENGTH can be positive,
negative, or zero; adding negative space is like backspacing.  It is a
rubber length, that is, it may contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component, or
both (*note Lengths::).  Because the space is stretchable and
shrinkable, it is sometimes called "glue".

   This makes a line with 'Name:' an inch from the right margin.

     \noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}}

   The '*'-version inserts horizontal space that non-discardable.  More
precisely, when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines any white space--glues
and kerns--that come at a line break are discarded.  The '*'-version
avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable invisible item in
front of the space).

   In this example

     \parbox{0.8\linewidth}{%
       Fill in each blank: Four \hspace*{1in} and seven years ago our
       fathers brought forth on this continent, a new \hspace*{1in},
       conceived in \hspace*{1in}, and dedicated to the proposition
       that all men are created \hspace*{1in}.}

the 1 inch blank following 'conceived in' falls at the start of a line.
If you erase the '*' then LaTeX discards the blank.

   Here, the '\hspace' separates the three graphics.

     \begin{center}
       \includegraphics{lion.png}%   comment keeps out extra space
       \hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{tiger.png}%
       \hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{bear.png}
     \end{center}

Because the argument to each '\hspace' has 'minus 0.25cm', each can
shrink a little if the three figures are too wide.  But each space won't
shrink more than 0.25cm (*note Lengths::).

19.3 '\hfill'
=============

Synopsis:

     \hfill

   Produce a rubber length which has no natural space but that can
stretch horizontally as far as needed (*note Lengths::).

   This creates a one-line paragraph with 'Name:' on the left side of
the page and 'Quiz One' on the right.

     \noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One

   The '\hfill' command is equivalent to '\hspace{\fill}' and so the
space can be discarded at line breaks.  To avoid that instead use
'\hspace*{\fill}' (*note \hspace::).

   Here the graphs are evenly spaced in the middle of the figure.

     \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
       ...
     \begin{figure}
       \hspace*{\fill}%
       \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics{graph0.png}}%
         \hfill\vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics{graph1.png}}%
       \hspace*{\fill}%
       \caption{Comparison of two graphs} \label{fig:twographs}
     \end{figure}

Note the '\hspace*''s where the space could otherwise be dropped.

19.4 '\hss'
===========

Synopsis:

     \hss

   Produce a horizontal space that is infinitely shrinkable as well as
infinitely stretchable (this command is a TeX primitive).  LaTeX authors
should reach first for the '\makebox' command to get the effects of
'\hss' (*note \mbox & \makebox::).

   Here, the first line's '\hss' makes the Z stick out to the right,
overwriting the Y. In the second line the Z sticks out to the left,
overwriting the X.

     X\hbox to 0pt{Z\hss}Y
     X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y

Without the '\hss' you get something like 'Overfull \hbox (6.11111pt too
wide) detected at line 20'.

19.5 '\spacefactor'
===================

Synopsis:

     \spacefactor=INTEGER

   Influence LaTeX's glue stretch and shrink behavior.  Most user-level
documents do not use this command.

   While LaTeX is laying out the material, it may stretch or shrink the
gaps between words.  (This space is not a character; it is called the
"interword glue"; *note \hspace::).  The '\spacefactor' command (from
Plain TeX) allows you to, for instance, have the space after a period
stretch more than the space after a word-ending letter.

   After LaTeX places each character, or rule or other box, it sets a
parameter called the "space factor".  If the next thing in the input is
a space then this parameter affects how much stretching or shrinking can
happen.  A space factor that is larger than the normal value means that
the glue can stretch more and shrink less.  Normally, the space factor
is 1000.  This value is in effect following most characters, and any
non-character box or math formula.  But it is 3000 after a period,
exclamation mark, or question mark, it is 2000 after a colon, 1500 after
a semicolon, 1250 after a comma, and 0 after a right parenthesis or
bracket, or closing double quote or single quote.  Finally, it is 999
after a capital letter.

   If the space factor F is 1000 then the glue gap will be the font's
normal space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point this is
3.3333 points).  Otherwise, if the space factor F is greater than 2000
then TeX adds the font's extra space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10
point this is 1.11111 points), and then the font's normal stretch value
is multiplied by f /1000 and the normal shrink value is multiplied by
1000/f (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point these are 1.66666 and
1.11111 points).

   For example, consider the period ending 'A man's best friend is his
dog.' After it, TeX puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as the glue
after 'friend', which does not end in a period.

   The rules for space factors are even more complex because they play
additional roles.  In practice, there are two consequences.  First, if a
period or other punctuation is followed by a right parenthesis or
bracket, or right single or double quote then the spacing effect of that
period carries through those characters (that is, the following glue
will have increased stretch and shrink).  Second, if punctuation comes
after a capital letter then its effect is not in place so you get an
ordinary space.  This second case also affects abbreviations that do not
end in a capital letter (*note \@::).

   You can only use '\spacefactor' in paragraph mode or LR mode (*note
Modes::).  You can see the current value with '\the\spacefactor' or
'\showthe\spacefactor'.

   (Comment, not really related to '\spacefactor': if you get errors
like 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode', or 'You can't use
`\spacefactor' in math mode.', or 'Improper \spacefactor' then you have
probably tried to redefine an internal command.  *Note \makeatletter &
\makeatother::.)

19.5.1 '\@'
-----------

Synopsis:

     CAPITAL-LETTER\@.

   Treat a period as sentence-ending, where LaTeX would otherwise think
it is part of an abbreviation.  LaTeX thinks that a period ends an
abbreviation if the period comes after a capital letter, and otherwise
thinks the period ends the sentence.  By default, in justifying a line
LaTeX adjusts the space after a sentence-ending period (or a question
mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than it adjusts the space
between words (*note \spacefactor::).

   This example shows the two cases to remember.

     The songs \textit{Red Guitar}, etc.\ are by Loudon Wainwright~III\@.

The second period ends the sentence, despite that it is preceded by a
capital.  We tell LaTeX that it ends the sentence by putting '\@' before
it.  The first period ends the abbreviation 'etc.' but not the sentence.
The backslash-space, '\ ', produces a mid-sentence space.

   So: if you have a capital letter followed by a period that ends the
sentence, then put '\@' before the period.  This holds even if there is
an intervening right parenthesis or bracket, or right single or double
quote, because the spacing effect of that period carries through those
characters.  For example, this

     Use the \textit{Instructional Practices Guide},
     (a book by the MAA)\@.

will have correct inter-sentence spacing after the period.

   The '\@' command is only for a text mode.  If you use it outside of a
text mode then you get 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode'
(*note Modes::).

   Comment: the converse case is a period ending an abbreviation whose
last letter is not a capital letter, and that abbreviation is not the
last word in the sentence.  For that case follow the period with a
backslash-space, ('\ '), or a tie, ('~'), or '\@'.  Examples are 'Nat.\
Acad.\ Science', and 'Mr.~Bean', and '(manure, etc.\@) for sale' (note
in the last one that the '\@' comes before the closing parenthesis).

19.5.2 '\frenchspacing'
-----------------------

Synopsis, one of:

     \frenchspacing
     \nonfrenchspacing

   The first declaration causes LaTeX to treat spacing between sentences
in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a sentence.
The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more
(*note \spacefactor::); this is the default.

   Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the
space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark,
exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words
that are in the middle of a sentence.  Declaring '\frenchspacing' (the
command is from Plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all spaces are
treated equally.

19.5.3 '\normalsfcodes'
-----------------------

Synopsis:

     \normalsfcodes

   Reset the LaTeX space factor values to the default (*note
\spacefactor::).

19.6 Backslash-space, '\ '
==========================

This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
backslash followed by a space.  Synopsis:

     \

   Produce a space.  By default it produces white space of length
3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt.

   When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white
space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.

     \begin{tabular}{l}
     One blank: makes some space \\
     Three blanks:   in a row \\
     Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\
     \end{tabular}

On the first line LaTeX puts some space after the colon.  On the second
line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one whitespace, so you
end with the same space after the colon as in the first line.  LaTeX
would similarly collapse a blank followed by a tab, or a blank and a
newline and a blank.  However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so
the white area is wider.  That is, the backslash-space command creates a
fixed amount of horizontal space.  (Note that you can define a
horizontal space of any width at all with '\hspace'; see *note
\hspace::.)

   The backslash-space command has two main uses.  It is often used
after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that
follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'.  (But using curly parentheses, as in
'\TeX{} is best', has the advantage of still working if the next
character is a period.)  The other common use is that it marks a period
as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says
Prof.\ Smith' (*note \@::).

   Under normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent
to backslash-space, '\ '.

19.7 '~'
========

Synopsis:

     BEFORE~AFTER

   The tie character, '~', produces a space between BEFORE and AFTER at
which the line will not be broken.  By default the white space has
length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt (*note Lengths::).

   Here LaTeX will not break the line between the final two words.

     Thanks to Prof.~Lerman.

In addition, despite the period, LaTeX does not use the end-of-sentence
spacing (*note \@::).

   Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could
cause confusion.  But they also reduce LaTeX's options when it breaks
lines into paragraphs, so you can use too many.  They are also matters
of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers.
Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them from the TeXbook.

   * Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references:
     'Chapter~12', or 'Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}', or
     'Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}'.  When cases are enumerated inline:
     '(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded'.

   * Between a number and its unit: '$745.7.8$~watts' (the 'siunitx'
     package has a special facility for this) or '144~eggs'.  This
     includes between a month and a date: 'October~12' or '12~Oct'.  In
     general, in any expressions where numbers and abbreviations or
     symbols are separated by a space: 'AD~565', or '2:50~pm', or
     'Boeing~747', or '268~Plains Road', or '\$$1.4$~billion'.

   * When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: 'equals~$n$', or
     'less than~$\epsilon$', or 'given~$X$', or 'modulo~$p^e$ for all
     large~$n$' (but compare 'is~$15$' with 'is $15$~times the height').
     Between mathematical symbols in apposition with nouns:
     'dimension~$d$' or 'function~$f(x)$' (but compare 'with length
     $l$~or more').  When a symbol is a tightly bound object of a
     preposition: 'of~$x$', or 'from $0$ to~$1$', or 'in common
     with~$m$'.

   * Between symbols in series: '$1$,~$2$, or~$3$' or '$1$,~$2$,
     \ldots,~$n$'.

   * Between a person's forenames and between multiple surnames:
     'Donald~E. Knuth', or 'Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo', or 'Charles~XII' (but
     you must give TeX places to break the line so you may do 'Charles
     Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin').

   * Before a dash: 'pages 12~--14' or 'it is~--- it must be said~---
     plausible'.

19.8 '\thinspace' & '\negthinspace'
===================================

Synopsis, one of:

     \thinspace
     \negthinspace

   Produce an unbreakable and unstretchable space of 1/6em and -1/6em.
These are the text mode equivalents of '\,' and '\!' (*note Spacing in
math mode/\thinspace::).  You can use '\,' as a synonym for '\thinspace'
in text mode.

   The '\negthinspace' command is used in text mode mostly for fiddling
with spaces.  One common use of '\thinspace' is as the space between
nested quotes.

     Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace''

Another use is that some style guides call for a '\thinspace' between an
ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, though, think
the three dots are quite enough already).  Still another use is between
initials, as in 'D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth'.

19.9 '\/'
=========

Synopsis:

     BEFORE-CHARACTER\/AFTER-CHARACTER

   Insert an "italic correction", a small space defined by the font
designer for each character, to avoid the character colliding with
whatever follows.  When you use '\/', LaTeX takes the correction from
the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has been applied to
the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space.

   Here, were it not for the '\/', the BEFORE-CHARACTER italic f would
hit the AFTER-CHARACTER roman H

     \newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H}

because the italic letter leans far to the right.

   If AFTER-CHARACTER is a period or comma then don't insert an italic
correction since those punctuation symbols have a very small height.
However, with semicolons or colons as well as with normal letters, the
italic correction can help.

   When you use commands such as '\textit' or '\itshape' to change
fonts, LaTeX will automatically insert any needed italic correction
(*note Font styles::).

   Roman characters can also have an italic correction.  An example is
in the name 'pdf\/\TeX'.

   There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; spacing is
done in a different way.

19.10 '\hrulefill' & '\dotfill'
===============================

Synopsis, one of:

     \hrulefill
     \dotfill

   Produce an infinite horizontal rubber length (*note Lengths::) that
LaTeX fills with a rule (that is, a line) or with dots, instead of white
space.

   This outputs a line 2 inches long.

     Name:~\makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}

This example, when placed between blank lines, creates a paragraph that
is left and right justified and where the middle is filled with evenly
spaced dots.

     \noindent John Aubrey, RN \dotfill{} Melbury Lodge

   To make the rule or dots go to the line's end use '\null' at the
start or end.

   To change the rule's thickness, copy the definition and adjust it, as
here

     \renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
       \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}

which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.  Similarly, adjust
the dot spacing as with

     \renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
       \leavevmode\cleaders\hb@xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}

which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.

   This example produces a line for a signature.

     \begin{minipage}{4cm}
       \centering
       \hrulefill\\
       Signed
     \end{minipage}

The line is 4cm long.

19.11 '\bigskip' & '\medskip' & '\smallskip'
============================================

Synopsis, one of:

     \bigskip
     \medskip
     \smallskip

   Produce an amount of vertical space, large or medium-sized or small.
These commands are fragile (*note \protect::).

   Here the skip suggests the passage of time (from The Golden Ocean by
O'Brian).

     Mr Saumarez would have something rude to say to him, no doubt: he
     was at home again, and it was delightful.

     \bigskip
     ``A hundred and fifty-seven miles and one third, in twenty-four hours,''
     said Peter.

   Each command is associated with a length defined in the document
class file.

'\bigskip'
     The same as '\vspace{\bigskipamount}', ordinarily about one line
     space, with stretch and shrink.  The default for the 'book' and
     'article' classes is '12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt'.

'\medskip'
     The same as '\vspace{\medskipamount}', ordinarily about half of a
     line space, with stretch and shrink.  The default for the 'book'
     and 'article' classes is '6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt'.

'\smallskip'
     The same as '\vspace{\smallskipamount}', ordinarily about a quarter
     of a line space, with stretch and shrink.  The default for the
     'book' and 'article' classes is '3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt'.

   Because each command is a '\vspace', if you use on in mid-paragraph
then it will insert its vertical space between the line in which you use
it and the next line, not necessarily at the place that you use it.  So
these are best between paragraphs.

   The commands '\bigbreak', '\medbreak', and '\smallbreak' are similar
but also suggest to LaTeX that this is a good place to put a page break
(*note \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak::.

19.12 '\bigbreak' & '\medbreak' & '\smallbreak'
===============================================

Synopsis, one of:

     \bigbreak
     \medbreak
     \smallbreak

   Produce a vertical space that is big or medium-sized or small, and
suggest to LaTeX that this is a good place to break the page.  (The
associated penalties are -200, -100, and -50.)

   *Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip::, for more.  These commands
produce the same vertical space but differ in that they also remove a
preceding vertical space if it is less than what they would insert (as
with '\addvspace').  In addition, they terminate a paragraph where they
are used: this example

     abc\bigbreak def ghi

     jkl mno pqr

will output three paragraphs, the first ending in 'abc' and the second
starting, after an extra vertical space and a paragraph indent, with
'def'.

19.13 '\strut'
==============

Synopsis:

     \strut

   Ensure that the current line has height at least '0.7\baselineskip'
and depth at least '0.3\baselineskip'.  Essentially, LaTeX inserts into
the line a rectangle having zero width,
'\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}' (*note \rule::).  The
'\baselineskip' changes with the current font and fontsize.

   In this example the '\strut' keeps the box inside the frame from
having zero height.

     \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[2in]{\strut}

   This example has four lists.  In the first there is a much bigger gap
between items 2 and 3 than there is between items 1 and 2.  The second
list fixes that with a '\strut' at the end of its first item's second
line.

     \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
     \noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
     \begin{enumerate}
       \item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}
       \item test
       \item test
     \end{enumerate}
     \end{minipage}%
     \begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
     \begin{enumerate}
       \item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test\strut}
       \item test
       \item test
     \end{enumerate}
     \end{minipage}%
     \begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
     \begin{enumerate}
       \item \fbox{\parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}}
       \item \fbox{test}
       \item \fbox{test}
     \end{enumerate}
     \end{minipage}%
     \begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
     \begin{enumerate}
       \item \fbox{\parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test\strut}}
       \item \fbox{test}
       \item \fbox{test}
     \end{enumerate}
     \end{minipage}%

The final two lists use '\fbox' to show what's happening.  The third
list's '\parbox' goes only to the bottom of its second 'test', which
happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline.  The
fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra below-baseline
space.

   The '\strut' command is often useful in graphics, such as in 'TikZ'
or 'Asymptote'.  For instance, you may have a command such as
'\graphnode{NODE-NAME}' that fits a circle around NODE-NAME.  However,
unless you are careful the NODE-NAME's 'x' and 'y' will produce
different-diameter circles because the characters are different sizes.
A careful '\graphnode' might insert a '\strut', then NODE-NAME, and then
draw the circle.

   The general approach of using a zero width '\rule' is useful in many
circumstances.  In this table, the zero-width rule keeps the top of the
first integral from hitting the '\hline'.  Similarly, the second rule
keeps the second integral from hitting the first.

     \begin{tabular}{rl}
       \textsc{Integral}   &\textsc{Value}           \\
       \hline
       $\int_0^x t\, dt$   &$x^2/2$  \rule{0em}{2.5ex} \\
       $\int_0^x t^2\, dt$ &$x^3/3$  \rule{0em}{2.5ex}
     \end{tabular}

(Although the line-ending double backslash command has an available
optional argument to put in more vertical room, that won't work here.
Changing the first double backslash to something like '\\[2.5ex]' will
put the room between the header line and the '\hline', and the integral
would still hit the line.)

19.14 '\vspace'
===============

Synopsis, one of:

     \vspace{LENGTH}
     \vspace*{LENGTH}

   Add the vertical space LENGTH.  The LENGTH can be positive, negative,
or zero.  It is a rubber length--it may contain a 'plus' or 'minus'
component (*note Lengths::).

   This puts space between the two paragraphs.

     And I slept.

     \vspace{1ex plus 0.5ex}
     The new day dawned cold.

(*Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip:: for common inter-paragraph
spaces.)

   The '*'-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable.  More
precisely, LaTeX discards vertical space at a page break and the
'*'-version causes the space to stay.  This example leaves space between
the two questions.

     Question: Find the integral of \( 5x^4+5 \).

     \vspace*{2cm plus 0.5cm}
     Question: Find the derivative of \( x^5+5x+9 \).

That space will be present even if the page break happens to fall
between the questions.

   If you use '\vspace' in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in
horizontal mode) then the space is inserted after the line containing
the '\vspace' command; it does not start a new paragraph at the
'\vspace' command.

   In this example the two questions will be evenly spaced vertically on
the page, with at least one inch of space below each.

     \begin{document}
     1) Who put the bomp in the bomp bah bomp bah bomp?
     \vspace{1in plus 1fill}

     2) Who put the ram in the rama lama ding dong?
     \vspace{1in plus 1fill}
     \end{document}

19.15 '\vfill'
==============

Synopsis:

     \vfill

   End the current paragraph and insert a vertical rubber length that is
infinite, so it can stretch or shrink as far as needed (*note
Lengths::).

   It is often used in the same way as '\vspace{\fill}', except that
'\vfill' ends the current paragraph whereas '\vspace{\fill}' adds the
infinite vertical space below its line, irrespective of the paragraph
structure.  In both cases that space will disappear at a page boundary;
to circumvent this see the starred option in *note \vspace::.

   In this example the page is filled, so the top and bottom lines
contain the text 'Lost Dog!' and the second 'Lost Dog!' is exactly
halfway between them.

     \begin{document}
     Lost Dog!
     \vfill
     Lost Dog!  % perfectly in the middle
     \vfill
     Lost Dog!
     \end{document}

19.16 '\addvspace'
==================

Synopsis:

     \addvspace{VERT-LENGTH}

   Add a vertical space of VERT-LENGTH.  However, if there are two or
more '\addvspace''s in a sequence then together they only add the space
needed to make the natural length equal to the maximum of the
VERT-LENGTH's in that sequence.  This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).  The VERT-LENGTH is a rubber length (*note Lengths::).

   This example illustrates.  The 'picture' draws a scale.  In a
standard LaTeX article the length '\baselineskip' is 12pt.  The two
rules here are 22pt apart: the sum of the '\baselineskip' and the 10pt
from the first 'addvspace'.

     \documentclass{article}
     \usepackage{color}
     \begin{document}
     \setlength{\unitlength}{2pt}%
     \noindent\begin{picture}(0,0)%
       \multiput(0,0)(0,-1){25}{{\color{blue}\line(1,0){1}}}
       \multiput(0,0)(0,-5){6}{{\color{red}\line(1,0){2}}}
     \end{picture}%
     \rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
     \par\addvspace{10pt}% \addvspace{20pt}%
     \par\noindent\rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
     \end{document}

Now uncomment the second '\addvspace'.  It does not make the gap 20pt
longer; instead the gap is the sum of '\baselineskip' and 20pt.  So
'\addvspace' in a sense does the opposite of its name -- it makes sure
that multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only
the largest one is used.

   LaTeX uses this command to adjust the vertical space above or below
an environment that starts a new paragraph.  For instance, a 'theorem'
environment begins and ends with '\addvspace' so that two consecutive
'theorem''s are separated by one vertical space, not two.

   A error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item' pointing to an
'\addvspace' means that you were not in vertical mode when you hit this
command.  One way to change that is to precede '\addvspace' with a
'\par' command (*note \par::), as in the above example.

20 Boxes
********

At its core, LaTeX puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
page.  So these commands are central.

   There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating
boxes.  One useful adjunct to the commands here is 'adjustbox'.

20.1 '\mbox' & '\makebox'
=========================

Synopsis, one of:

     \mbox{TEXT}
     \makebox{TEXT}
     \makebox[WIDTH]{TEXT}
     \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}

   Create a box, a container for material.  The TEXT is typeset in LR
mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines.  The '\mbox'
command is robust, while '\makebox' is fragile (*note \protect::).

   Because 'text' is not broken into lines, you can use '\mbox' to
prevent hyphenation.  In this example, LaTeX will not hyphenate the
table name, 'T-4'.

     See Table~\mbox{T-4}

   The first two command versions, '\mbox' and '\makebox', are roughly
equivalent.  They create a box just wide enough to contain the TEXT.
(They are like plain TeX's '\hbox'.)

   In the third version the optional argument WIDTH specifies the width
of the box.  Note that the space occupied by the text need not equal the
width of the box.  For one thing, TEXT can be too small; this creates a
full-line box

     \makebox[\linewidth]{Chapter Exam}

with 'Chapter Exam' centered.  But TEXT can also be too wide for WIDTH.
See the example below of zero-width boxes.

   In the WIDTH argument you can use the following lengths that refer to
the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets on typesetting TEXT: '\depth',
'\height', '\width', '\totalheight' (this is the box's height plus its
depth).  For example, to make a box with the text stretched to double
the natural size you can say this.

     \makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}

   For the fourth command version the optional argument POSITION gives
position of the text within the box.  It may take the following values:

'c'
     The TEXT is centered (default).

'l'
     The TEXT is flush left.

'r'
     Flush right.

's'
     Stretch the interword space in TEXT across the entire WIDTH.  The
     TEXT must contain stretchable space for this to work.  For
     instance, this could head a press release:
     '\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil IMMEDIATE\hfil
     RELEASE\hfil}'

   A common use of '\makebox' is to make zero-width text boxes.  This
puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions.

     \newcommand{\pts}[1]{\makebox[0em][r]{#1 points\hspace*{1em}}}
     \pts{10}What is the air-speed velocity of an unladen swallow?

     \pts{90}An African or European swallow?


   The right edge of the output '10 points ' (note the ending space)
will be just before the 'What' (note the space after 'points').  You can
use '\makebox' similarly when making graphics, such as in 'TikZ' or
'Asymptote', where you put the edge of the text at a known location,
regardless of the length of that text.

   For boxes with frames see *note \fbox & \framebox::.  For colors
see *note Colored boxes::.

   There is a related version of '\makebox' that is used within the
'picture' environment, where the length is given in terms of
'\unitlength' (*note \makebox (picture)::).

   If you put a double-backslash into TEXT then LaTeX will not give you
a new line; for instance '\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}' outputs 'abc defghi'
while '\makebox{abc def \par ghi}' outputs 'abc def ghi', but neither go
to a second line.  To get multiple lines see *note \parbox:: and *note
minipage::.

20.2 '\fbox' & '\framebox'
==========================

Synopses, one of:

     \fbox{TEXT}
     \framebox{TEXT}
     \framebox[WIDTH]{TEXT}
     \framebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}

   Create a box with an enclosing frame, four lines surrounding the
space.  These commands are the same as '\mbox' and '\makebox' except for
the frame (*note \mbox & \makebox::).  The '\fbox' command is robust,
the '\framebox' command is fragile (*note \protect::).

     \fbox{Warning! No work shown, no credit given.}

LaTeX puts the text into a box that cannot be split or hyphenated.
Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four lines making
a frame.

   The first two command invocations, '\fbox{...}' and '\framebox{...}',
are roughly the same.  As to the third and fourth invocations, the
optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as WIDTH and the
position of the text inside that box as POSITION.  *Note \mbox &
\makebox:: for the full description but here is an example creating an
empty box that is 1/4in wide.

     \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}}

The '\strut' inserts a vertical height of '\baselineskip' (*note
\strut::).

   These parameters determine the frame layout.

'\fboxrule'
     The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box.  The default is
     0.2pt.  Change it with a command such as
     '\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}' (*note \setlength::).

'\fboxsep'
     The distance from the frame to the enclosed box.  The default is
     3pt.  Change it with a command such as '\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}'
     (*note \setlength::).  Setting it to 0pt is useful sometimes: this
     will put a frame around the picture with no white border.

          {\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
           \framebox{%
             \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}}

     The extra curly braces keep the effect of the '\setlength' local.

   As with '\mbox' and '\makebox', LaTeX will not break lines in TEXT.
But this example has LaTeX break lines to make a paragraph, and then
frame the result.

     \framebox{%
       \begin{minipage}{0.6\linewidth}
         My dear, here we must run as fast as we can, just to stay in place.
         And if you wish to go anywhere you must run twice as fast as that.
       \end{minipage}}

   *Note Colored boxes:: for colors other than black and white.

   The 'picture' environment has a version of this command where the
units depend on 'picture''s '\unitlength' (*note \framebox (picture)::).

20.3 '\parbox'
==============

Synopses, one of:

     \parbox{WIDTH}{CONTENTS}
     \parbox[POSITION]{WIDTH}{CONTENTS}
     \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT]{WIDTH}{CONTENTS}
     \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}{CONTENTS}

   Produce a box of text that is WIDTH wide.  Use this command to make a
box of small pieces of text, of a single paragraph.  This command is
fragile (*note \protect::).

     \begin{picture}(0,0)
       ...
       \put(1,2){\parbox{1.75in}{\raggedright Because the graph is a line on
                              this semilog paper, the relationship is
                              exponential.}}
     \end{picture}

   The CONTENTS are processed in a text mode (*note Modes::) so LaTeX
will break lines to make a paragraph.  But it won't make multiple
paragraphs; for that, use a 'minipage' environment (*note minipage::).

   The options for '\parbox' (except for CONTENTS) are the same as those
for 'minipage'.  For convenience a summary of the options is here but
see *note minipage:: for a complete description.

   There are two required arguments.  The WIDTH is a rigid length (*note
Lengths::).  It sets the width of the box into which LaTeX typesets
CONTENTS.  The CONTENTS is the text that is placed in that box.  It
should not have any paragraph-making components.

   There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS.
The POSITION gives the vertical alignment of the 'parbox' with respect
to the surrounding material.  The possible values are 'c' or 'm' to make
the vertical center of the 'parbox' lines up with the center of the
adjacent line (this is the default), or 't' to match the top line of the
'parbox' with the baseline of the surrounding material, or 'b' to match
the bottom line.

   The optional argument HEIGHT overrides the natural height of the box.

   The optional argument INNER-POS controls the placement of CONTENT
inside the 'parbox'.  Its default is the value of POSITION.  Its
possible values are: 't' to put the CONTENT at the top of the box, 'c'
to put it in the vertical center, 'b' to put it at the bottom of the
box, and 's' to stretch it out vertically (for this, the text must
contain vertically stretchable space).

20.4 '\raisebox'
================

Synopsis, one of:

     \raisebox{DISTANCE}{TEXT}
     \raisebox{DISTANCE}[HEIGHT]{TEXT}
     \raisebox{DISTANCE}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{TEXT}

   Raise or lower TEXT.  This command is fragile (*note \protect::).

   This example makes a command for the restriction of a function by
lowering the vertical bar symbol.

     \newcommand\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}}
     $f\restricted{A}$

   The first mandatory argument DISTANCE specifies how far to raise the
second mandatory argument TEXT.  This is a rigid length (*note
Lengths::).  If it is negative then it lowers TEXT.  The TEXT is
processed in LR mode so it cannot contain line breaks (*note Modes::).

   The optional arguments HEIGHT and DEPTH are dimensions.  If they are
specified, they override the natural height and depth of the box LaTeX
gets by typesetting TEXT.

   In the arguments DISTANCE, HEIGHT, and DEPTH you can use the
following lengths that refer to the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets
on typesetting TEXT: '\depth', '\height', '\width', '\totalheight' (this
is the box's height plus its depth).

   This will align two graphics on their top (*note Graphics::).

     \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{calc}  % in preamble
        ...
     \begin{center}
       \raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
         \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{lion.png}}
       \qquad
       \raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
         \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{meta.png}}
     \end{center}

The first '\height' is the height of 'lion.png' while the second is the
height of 'meta.png'.

20.5 '\sbox' & '\savebox'
=========================

Synopsis, one of:

     \sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}
     \savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}
     \savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH]{TEXT}
     \savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT}

   Typeset TEXT just as with '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::)
except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it in a storage
bin named BOX-CMD.  The bin name BOX-CMD begins with a backslash, '\'.
You must have previously allocated the bin BOX-CMD with '\newsavebox'
(*note \newsavebox::).The '\sbox' command is robust while '\savebox' is
fragile (*note \protect::).

   This creates and uses a bin.

     \newsavebox{\fullname}
     \sbox{\fullname}{John Jacob Jingleheimer Schmidt}
       ...
     \usebox{\fullname}! His name is my name, too!
     Whenever we go out, the people always shout!
     There goes \\usebox{\fullname}!  Ya da da da da da da.

One advantage of using and reusing a bin over a '\newcommand' is
efficiency, that LaTeX need not repeatedly retypeset the contents.  See
the example below.

   The first two command invocations, '\sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}' and
'\savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}', are roughly equivalent.  As to the third and
fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as
WIDTH, and the position of the text inside that box as POSITION.  *Note
\mbox & \makebox:: for the full description.

   In the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands the TEXT is typeset in LR mode
so it does not have line breaks (*note Modes::).  If you use these then
LaTeX doesn't give you an error but it ignores what you want: if you
enter '\sbox{\newbin}{test \\ test}' and '\usebox{\newbin}' then you get
'testtest', while if you enter '\sbox{\newbin}{test \par test}' and
'\usebox{\newbin}' then you get 'test test', but no error or warning.
To fix this use a '\parbox' or 'minipage' as here.

     \savebox{\abin}{%
       \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
         \begin{enumerate}
           \item First item
           \item Second item
         \end{enumerate}
       \end{minipage}}
       ...
     \usebox{\abin}

   As an example of the efficiency of reusing a bin's contents, this
puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in the
header.  LaTeX only typesets it once.

     \usepackage{graphicx}  % all this in the preamble
     \newsavebox{\sealbin}
     \savebox{\sealbin}{%
       \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}%
       \begin{picture}(0,0)%
          \put(1.5,-2.5){%
            \begin{tabular}{c}
               \includegraphics[height=2in]{companylogo.png} \\
               Office of the President
            \end{tabular}}
       \end{picture}%
     }
     \markright{\usebox{\sealbin}}
     \pagestyle{headings}

The 'picture' environment is good for fine-tuning the placement.

   If the bin has not already been defined then you get something like
'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \nobin'.

20.6 'lrbox'
============

Synopsis:

     \begin{lrbox}{BOX-CMD}
       TEXT
     \end{lrbox}

   The TEXT inside the environment is saved in the bin 'BOX-CMD'.  The
BOX-CMD must begin with a backslash.  You must create this bin in
advance with '\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::).  This is the
environment form of the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands, and is
equivalent to them.  *Note \sbox & \savebox:: for the full information.

   In this example the environment is convenient for entering the
'tabular'.

     \newsavebox{\jhbin}
     \begin{lrbox}{\jhbin}
       \begin{tabular}{c}
         \includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\
         Jim Hef{}feron
       \end{tabular}
     \end{lrbox}
       ...
     \usebox{\jhbin}

20.7 '\usebox'
==============

Synopsis:

     \usebox{BOX-CMD}

   Produce the box most recently saved in the bin BOX-CMD by the
commands '\sbox' or '\savebox', or the 'lrbox' environment.  *Note \sbox
& \savebox:: for more information and examples.  (Note that BOX-CMD
starts with a backslash.)  This command is robust (*note \protect::).

21 Color
********

You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
or on an entire page and write text on top of it.

   Color support comes as an additional package.  So put
'\usepackage{color}' in your document preamble to use the commands
described here.

   Many other packages also supplement LaTeX's color abilities.
Particularly worth mentioning is 'xcolor', which is widely used and
significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
'HTML' and 'Hsb' color models.

21.1 'color' package options
============================

Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):

     \usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{color}

   When you load the 'color' package there are two kinds of available
options.

   The first specifies the "printer driver".  LaTeX doesn't contain
information about different output systems but instead depends on
information stored in a file.  Normally you should not specify the
driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system's
default.  One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
across systems.  For completeness we include a list of the drivers.  The
currently relevant ones are: 'dvipdfmx', 'dvips', 'dvisvgm', 'luatex',
'pdftex', 'xetex'.  The two 'xdvi' and 'oztex' are essentially aliases
for 'dvips' (and 'xdvi' is monochrome).  Ones that should not be used
for new systems are: 'dvipdf', 'dvipdfm', 'dviwin', 'dvipsone', 'emtex',
'pctexps', 'pctexwin', 'pctexhp', 'pctex32', 'truetex', 'tcidvi', 'vtex'
(and 'dviwindo' is an alias for 'dvipsone').

   The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.

'monochrome'
     Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but
     do not generate color either.

'dvipsnames'
     Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
     particularly in legacy documents.  These color names were
     originally provided by the 'dvips' driver, giving the option name.

'nodvipsnames'
     Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of
     memory space.

21.2 Color models
=================

A "color model" is a way of representing colors.  LaTeX's capabilities
depend on the printer driver.  However, the 'pdftex', 'xetex', and
'luatex' printer drivers are today by far the most commonly used.  The
models below work for those drivers.  All but one of these is also
supported by essentially all other printer drivers used today.

   Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive.  Additive
mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
of red, green, and blue produces white.  Subtractive mixes pigments,
such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
and yellow makes black.

'cmyk'
     A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
     inclusive.  The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second
     is magenta, and the others are yellow and black.  A number value of
     0 means minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity.  This
     model is often used in color printing.  It is a subtractive model.

'gray'
     A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive.  The colors are
     shades of grey.  The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.

'rgb'
     A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
     inclusive.  The first number is the intensity of the red component,
     the second is green, and the third the blue.  A number value of 0
     means that none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full
     intensity.  This is an additive model.

'RGB'
     ('pdftex', 'xetex', 'luatex' drivers) A comma-separated list with
     three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive.  This model is a
     convenience for using 'rgb' since outside of LaTeX colors are often
     described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
     The values entered here are converted to the 'rgb' model by
     dividing by 255.

'named'
     Colors are accessed by name, such as 'PrussianBlue'.  The list of
     names depends on the driver, but all support the names 'black',
     'blue', 'cyan', 'green', 'magenta', 'red', 'white', and 'yellow'
     (See the 'dvipsnames' option in *note Color package options::).

21.3 Commands for color
=======================

These are the commands available with the 'color' package.

21.3.1 Define colors
--------------------

Synopsis:

     \definecolor{NAME}{MODEL}{SPECIFICATION}

   Give the name NAME to the color.  For example, after this

     \definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}

you can use that color name with 'Hi ho, \textcolor{silver}{Silver}!'.

   This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change
and not be misleading.

     \definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131}    % RGB needs pdflatex
     \newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}

   Often a document's colors are defined in the preamble, or in the
class or style, rather than in the document body.

21.3.2 Colored text
-------------------

Synopses:

     \textcolor{NAME}{...}
     \textcolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}{...}

or

     \color{NAME}
     \color[COLOR MODEL]{SPECIFICATION}

   The affected text gets the color.  This line

     \textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:}
     Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!

causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black.  You
can use a color declared with '\definecolor' in exactly the same way
that we just used the builtin color 'magenta'.

     \definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
     I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.

   The two '\textcolor' and '\color' differ in that the first is a
command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument.  Often
this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit.  The second
form is a declaration, as in 'The moon is made of {\color{green} green}
cheese', so it is in effect until the end of the current group or
environment.  This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as below
where it colors everything inside the 'center' environment, including
the vertical and horizontal lines.

     \begin{center} \color{blue}
       \begin{tabular}{l|r}
         UL &UR \\ \hline
         LL &LR
       \end{tabular}
     \end{center}

   You can use color in equations.  A document might have this
definition in the preamble

     \definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}

and then contain this equation.

     \begin{equation}
       \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
     \end{equation}

   Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or
style but sometimes you want a one-off.  Those are the second forms in
the synopses.

     Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
     {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37} Gold} for the team.

   The format of COLOR SPECIFICATION depends on the color model (*note
Color models::).  For instance, while 'rgb' takes three numbers, 'gray'
takes only one.

     The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.

   Colors inside colors do not combine.  Thus

     \textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}

has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.

21.3.3 Colored boxes
--------------------

Synopses:

     \colorbox{NAME}{...}
     \colorbox[MODEL NAME]{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}

or

     \fcolorbox{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
     \fcolorbox[MODEL NAME]{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}

   Make a box with the stated background color.  The '\fcolorbox'
command puts a frame around the box.  For instance this

     Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}

makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
depth and height from the '\strut' (so the depth is '-.3\baselineskip'
and the height is '\baselineskip').  This puts white text on a blue
background.

     \colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}

   The '\fcolorbox' commands use the same parameters as '\fbox' (*note
\fbox & \framebox::), '\fboxrule' and '\fboxsep', to set the thickness
of the rule and the boundary between the box interior and the
surrounding rule.  LaTeX's defaults are '0.4pt' and '3pt', respectively.

   This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points.  Note
that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
of the second line.

     {\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
     \fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}

21.3.4 Colored pages
--------------------

Synopses:

     \pagecolor{NAME}
     \pagecolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
     \nopagecolor

   The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent
pages, to the color.  For an explanation of the specification in the
second form *note Colored text::.  The third returns the background to
normal, which is a transparent background.  (If that is not supported
use '\pagecolor{white}', although that will make a white background
rather than the default transparent background.)

      ...
     \pagecolor{cyan}
      ...
     \nopagecolor

22 Graphics
***********

You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your LaTeX document.
You need an additional package, which comes standard with LaTeX.  This
example is the short how-to.

     \include{graphicx}  % goes in the preamble
       ...
     \includegraphics[width=0.5\linewidth]{plot.pdf}

   To use the commands described here your document preamble must
contain either '\usepackage{graphicx}' or '\usepackage{graphics}'.  Most
of the time, 'graphicx' is the better choice.

   Graphics come in two main types, raster and vector.  LaTeX can use
both.  In raster graphics the file contains an entry for each location
in an array, describing what color it is.  An example is a photograph,
in JPG format.  In vector graphics, the file contains a list of
instructions such as 'draw a circle with this radius and that center'.
An example is a line drawing produced by the Asymptote program, in PDF
format.  Generally vector graphics are more useful because you can
rescale their size without pixelation or other problems, and because
they often have a smaller size.

   There are systems particularly well-suited to make graphics for a
LaTeX document.  For example, these allow you to use the same fonts as
in your document.  LaTeX comes with a 'picture' environment (*note
picture::) that has simple capabilities.  Besides that, there are other
ways to include the graphic-making commands in the document.  Two such
systems are the PSTricks and TikZ packages.  There are also systems
external to LaTeX, that generate a graphic that you include using the
commands of this chapter.  Two that use a programming language are
Asymptote and MetaPost.  One that uses a graphical interface is Xfig.
Full description of these systems is outside the scope of this document;
see their documentation on CTAN.

22.1 'graphics' package options
===============================

Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):

     \usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{graphics}

or

     \usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{graphicx}

   The 'graphicx' package has a format for optional arguments to the
'\includegraphics' command that is convenient (it is the key-value
format), so it is the better choice for new documents.  When you load
the 'graphics' or 'graphicx' package with '\usepackage' there are two
kinds of available options.

   The first is that LaTeX does not contain information about different
output systems but instead depends on information stored in a "printer
driver" file.  Normally you should not specify the driver option in the
document, and instead rely on your system's default.  One advantage of
this is that it makes the document portable across systems.

   For completeness here is a list of the drivers.  The currently
relevant ones are: 'dvipdfmx', 'dvips', 'dvisvgm', 'luatex', 'pdftex',
'xetex'.  The two 'xdvi' and 'oztex' are essentially aliases for 'dvips'
(and 'xdvi' is monochrome).  Ones that should not be used for new
systems are: 'dvipdf', 'dvipdfm', 'dviwin', 'dvipsone', 'emtex',
'pctexps', 'pctexwin', 'pctexhp', 'pctex32', 'truetex', 'tcidvi', 'vtex'
(and 'dviwindo' is an alias for 'dvipsone').  These are stored in files
with a '.def' extension, such as 'pdftex.def'.

   The second kind of options are below.

'demo'
     Instead of an image file, LaTeX puts in a 150 pt by 100 pt
     rectangle (unless another size is specified in the
     '\includegraphics' command).

'draft'
     For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead the file name is
     printed in a box of the correct size.  In order to determine the
     size, the file must be present.

'final'
     (Default) Override any previous 'draft' option, so that the
     document shows the contents of the graphic files.

'hiderotate'
     Do not show rotated text.  (This allows for the possibility that a
     previewer does not have the capability to rotate text.)

'hidescale'
     Do not show scaled text.  (This allows for the possibility that a
     previewer does not have the capability to scale.)

'hiresbb'
     In a PS or EPS file the graphic size may be specified in two ways.
     The '%%BoundingBox' lines describe the graphic size using integer
     multiples of a PostScript point, that is, integer multiples of 1/72
     inch.  A later addition to the PostScript language allows decimal
     multiples, such as 1.23, in '%%HiResBoundingBox' lines.  This
     option has LaTeX to read the size from the latter.

22.2 'graphics' package configuration
=====================================

These commands configure the way LaTeX searches the file system for the
graphic.

   The behavior of file system search code is necessarily platform
dependent.  In this document we cover GNU/Linux, Macintosh, and Windows,
as those systems are typically configured.  For other situations consult
the documentation in 'grfguide.pdf', or the LaTeX source, or your TeX
distribution's documentation.

22.2.1 '\graphicspath'
----------------------

Synopsis:

     \graphicspath{LIST OF DIR NAMES INSIDE CURLY BRACKETS}

   Declare a list of directories to search for graphics files.  This
allows you to later say something like '\includegraphics{lion.png}'
instead of having to give its path.

   LaTeX always looks for graphic files first in the current directory.
The declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory
'pix', and then '../pix'.

     \usepackage{graphicx}   % or graphics; put in preamble
       ...
     \graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }

   The '\graphicspath' declaration is optional.  If you don't include it
then LaTeX's default is to search all of the places that it usually
looks for a file (it uses LaTeX's '\input@path').  In particular, in
this case one of the places it looks is the current directory.

   Enclose each directory name in curly braces; for example, above it
says ''{pix}''.  Do this even if there is only one directory.  Each
directory name must end in a forward slash, '/'.  This is true even on
Windows, where good practice is to use forward slashes for all the
directory separators since it makes the document portable to other
platforms.  If you have spaces in your directory name then use double
quotes, as with '{"my docs/"}'.  Getting one of these rules wrong will
cause LaTeX to report 'Error: File `FILENAME' not found'.

   Basically, the algorithm is that with this example, after looking in
the current directory,

     \graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
     ...
     \usepackage{lion.png}

for each of the listed directories, LaTeX concatenates it with the file
name and searches for the result, checking for 'pix/lion.png' and then
'../pix/lion.png'.  This algorithm means that the '\graphicspath'
command does not recursively search subdirectories: if you issue
'\graphicspath{{a/}}' and the graphic is in 'a/b/lion.png' then LaTeX
will not find it.  It also means that you can use absolute paths such as
'\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}' or
'\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}'.  However, using these
means that the document is not portable.  (You could preserve
portability by adjusting your TeX system settings configuration file
parameter 'TEXINPUTS'; see the documentation of your system.)

   You can use '\graphicspath' anywhere in the document.  You can use it
more than once.  Show its value with
'\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother'.

   The directories are taken with respect to the base file.  That is,
suppose that you are working on a document based on 'book/book.tex' and
it contains '\include{chapters/chap1}'.  If in 'chap1.tex' you put
'\graphicspath{{plots/}}' then LaTeX will not search for graphics in
'book/chapters/plots', but instead in 'book/plots'.

22.2.2 '\DeclareGraphicsExtensions'
-----------------------------------

Synopses:

     \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{COMMA-SEPARATED LIST OF FILE EXTENSIONS}

   Declare the filename extensions to try.  This allows you to specify
the order in which to choose graphic formats when you include graphic
files by giving the filename without the extension, as in
'\includegraphics{functionplot}'.

   In this example, LaTeX will find files in the PNG format before PDF
files.

     \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.png,PNG,.pdf,.PDF}
       ...
     \includegraphics{lion}   % will find lion.png before lion.pdf

Because the file name 'lion' does not have a period, LaTeX uses the
extension list.  For each directory in the graphics path (*note
\graphicspath::), LaTeX will try the extensions in the order given.  If
it does not find such a file after trying all the directories and
extensions then it reports '! LaTeX Error: File `'lion'' not found'.
Note that you must include the periods at the start of the extensions.

   Because GNU/Linux and Macintosh filenames are case sensitive, the
list of file extensions is case sensitive on those platforms.  The
Windows platform is not case sensitive.

   You are not required to include '\DeclareGraphicsExtensions' in your
document; the printer driver has a sensible default.  For example, the
most recent 'pdftex.def' has this extension list.

     .png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2

   You can use this command anywhere in the document.  You can use it
more than once.  Show its value with
'\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother'.

22.2.3 '\DeclareGraphicsRule'
-----------------------------

Synopsis:

     \DeclareGraphicsRule{EXTENSION}{TYPE}{SIZE-FILE EXTENSION}{COMMAND}

   Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in EXTENSION.

   This example declares that all files with names have the form
'filename-without-dot.mps' will be treated as output from MetaPost,
meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
input the file.

     \DeclareGraphicsRule{.mps}{mps}{.mps}{}

   This

     \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}

tells LaTeX that it should handle as MetaPost output any file with an
extension not covered by another rule, so it covers 'filename.1',
'filename.2', etc.

   This describes the four arguments.

EXTENSION
     The file extension to which this rule applies.  The extension is
     anything after and including the first dot in the filename.  Use
     the Kleene star, '*', to denote the default behaviour for all
     undeclared extensions.

TYPE
     The type of file involved.  This type is a string that must be
     defined in the printer driver.  For instance, files with extensions
     '.ps', '.eps', or '.ps.gz' may all be classed as type 'eps'.  All
     files of the same type will be input with the same internal command
     by the printer driver.  For example, the file types that 'pdftex'
     recognizes are: 'jpg', 'jbig2', 'mps', 'pdf', 'png', 'tif'.

SIZE-FILE EXTENSION
     The extension of the file to be read to determine the size of the
     graphic, if there is such a file.  It may be the same as EXTENSION
     but it may be different.

     As an example, consider a PostScript graphic.  To make it smaller,
     it might be compressed into a '.ps.gz' file.  Compressed files are
     not easily read by LaTeX so you can put the bounding box
     information in a separate file.  If SIZE-FILE EXTENSION is empty
     then you must specify size information in the arguments of
     '\includegraphics'.

     If the driver file has a procedure for reading size files for
     'type' then that will be used, otherwise it will use the procedure
     for reading '.eps' files.  (Thus you may specify the size of bitmap
     files in a file with a PostScript style '%%BoundingBox' line if no
     other format is available.)

COMMAND
     A command that will be applied to the file.  This is very often
     left blank.  This command must start with a single backward quote.
     Thus, '\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}'
     specifies that any file with the extension '.eps.gz' should be
     treated as an 'eps' file, with the BoundingBox information stored
     in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command 'gunzip
     -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file.

     Such a command is specific to your platform.  In addition, your TeX
     system must allow you to run external commands; as a security
     measure modern systems restrict running commands unless you
     explicitly allow it.  See the documentation for your TeX
     distribution.

22.3 Commands for graphics
==========================

These are the commands available with the 'graphics' and 'graphicx'
packages.

22.3.1 '\includegraphics'
-------------------------

Synopses for 'graphics' package:

     \includegraphics{FILENAME}
     \includegraphics[URX,URY]{FILENAME}
     \includegraphics[LLX,LLY][URX,URY]{FILENAME}
     \includegraphics*{FILENAME}
     \includegraphics*[URX,URY]{FILENAME}
     \includegraphics*[LLX,LLY][URX,URY]{FILENAME}

   Synopses for 'graphicx' package:

     \includegraphics{FILENAME}
     \includegraphics[KEY-VALUE LIST]{FILENAME}
     \includegraphics*{FILENAME}
     \includegraphics*[KEY-VALUE LIST]{FILENAME}

   Include a graphics file.  The starred form '\includegraphics*' will
clip the graphic to the size specified, while for the unstarred form any
part of the graphic that is outside the box of the specified size will
over-print the surrounding area.

   This

     \usepackage{graphicx}  % in preamble
       ...
     \begin{center}
       \includegraphics{plot.pdf}
     \end{center}

will incorporate into the document the graphic in 'plot.pdf', centered
and at its nominal size.  You can also give a path to the file, as with
'\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}'.  To specify a list of locations
to search for the file, *note \graphicspath::.

   If your filename includes spaces then put it in double quotes.  An
example is '\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}'.

   The '\includegraphics{FILENAME}' command decides on the type of
graphic by splitting FILENAME on the first dot.  You can use FILENAME
with no dot, as in '\includegraphics{turing}' and then LaTeX tries a
sequence of extensions such as '.png' and '.pdf' until it finds a file
with that extension (*note \DeclareGraphicsExtensions::).

   If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can
hide them with curly braces, as in
'\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}'.  Or, if you use the
'graphicx' package then you can use the options 'type' and 'ext'; see
below.  This and other filename issues are also handled with the package
'grffile'.

   This example puts a graphic in a figure environment so LaTeX can move
it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward (*note
figure::).

     \begin{figure}
       \centering
       \includegraphics[width=3cm]{lungxray.jpg}
       \caption{The evidence is overwhelming: don't smoke.}  \label{fig:xray}
     \end{figure}

   This places a graphic that will not float, so it is sure to appear at
this point in the document even if makes LaTeX stretch the text or
resort to blank areas on the page.  It will be centered and will have a
caption.

     \usepackage{caption}  % in preamble
       ...
     \begin{center}
       \includegraphics{pix/nix.png}
       \captionof{figure}{The spirit of the night} \label{pix:nix} % optional
     \end{center}

   This example puts a box with a graphic side by side with one having
text, with the two vertically centered.

     \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
       ...
     \begin{center}
       \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.4\textwidth]{plot}}
       \hspace{1em}
       \vcenteredhbox{\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
                        \begin{displaymath}
                          f(x)=x\cdot \sin (1/x)
                        \end{displaymath}
                      \end{minipage}}
     \end{center}

   If you use the 'graphics' package then the only options involve the
size of the graphic (but see *note \rotatebox:: and *note \scalebox::).
When one optional argument is present then it is '[URX,URY]' and it
gives the coordinates of the top right corner of the image, as a pair of
TeX dimensions (*note Units of length::).  If the units are omitted they
default to 'bp'.  In this case, the lower left corner of the image is
assumed to be at (0,0).  If two optional arguments are present then the
leading one is '[LLX,LLY]', specifying the coordinates of the image's
lower left.  Thus, '\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}' calls for the
graphic to be placed so it is 1 inch wide and 0.618 inches tall and so
its origin is at (0,0).

   The 'graphicx' package gives you many more options.  Specify them in
a key-value form, as here.

     \begin{center}
       \includegraphics[width=1in,angle=90]{lion}
       \hspace{2em}
       \includegraphics[angle=90,width=1in]{lion}
     \end{center}

The options are read left-to-right.  So the first graphic above is made
one inch wide and then rotated, while the second is rotated and then
made one inch wide.  Thus, unless the graphic is perfectly square, the
two will end with different widths and heights.

   There are many options.  The primary ones are listed first.

   Note that a graphic is placed by LaTeX into a box, which is
traditionally referred to as its bounding box (distinct from the
PostScript BoundingBox described below).  The graphic's printed area may
go beyond this box, or sit inside this box, but when LaTeX makes up a
page it puts together boxes and this is the box allocated for the
graphic.

'width'
     The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this width.  An
     example is '\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}'.  You can use the
     standard TeX dimensions (*note Units of length::) and also
     convenient is '\linewidth', or in a two-column document,
     '\columnwidth' (*note Page layout parameters::).  An example is
     that by using the 'calc' package you can make the graphic be 1 cm
     narrow than the width of the text with
     '\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}'.

'height'
     The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this height.  You
     can use the standard TeX dimensions (*note Units of length::), and
     also convenient are '\pageheight' and '\textheight' (*note Page
     layout parameters::).  For instance, the command
     '\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}' will make the
     graphic a quarter of the height of the text area.

'totalheight'
     The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus
     depth.  This differs from the height if the graphic was rotated.
     For instance, if it has been rotated by -90 then it will have zero
     height but a large depth.

'keepaspectratio'
     If set to 'true', or just specified as here

          \includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]{...}

     and you give as options both 'width' and 'height' (or
     'totalheight'), then LaTeX will make the graphic is as large as
     possible without distortion.  That is, LaTeX will ensure that
     neither is the graphic wider than 'width' nor taller than 'height'
     (or 'totalheight').

'scale'
     Factor by which to scale the graphic.  To make a graphic twice its
     nominal size, enter '\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}'.  This
     number may be any value; a number between 1 and 0 will shrink the
     graphic and a negative number will reflect it.

'angle'
     Rotate the graphic.  The angle is taken in degrees and
     counterclockwise.  The graphic is rotated about its 'origin'; see
     that option.  For a complete description of how rotated material is
     typeset, *note \rotatebox::.

'origin'
     The point of the graphic about which the rotation happens.
     Possible values are any string containing one or two of: 'l' for
     left, 'r' for right, 'b' for bottom, 'c' for center, 't' for top,
     and 'B' for baseline.  Thus, entering the command
     '\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}' will turn the picture
     upside down about that picture's center, while the command
     '\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}' will turn its
     picture upside down about its left baseline.  (The character 'c'
     gives the horizontal center in 'bc' or 'tc', but gives the vertical
     center in 'lc' or 'rc'.)  The default is 'lB'.

     To rotate about an arbitrary point, *note \rotatebox::.

   These are lesser-used options.

'viewport'
     Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show.  Takes four arguments,
     separated by spaces and given in TeX dimensions, as with
     '\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}'.  The
     dimensions default to big points, 'bp'.  They are taken relative to
     the origin specified by the bounding box.  See also the 'trim'
     option.

'trim'
     Gives parts of the graphic to not show.  Takes four arguments,
     separated by spaces, that are given in TeX dimensions, as with
     '\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in, ...]{...}'.
     These give the amounts of the graphic not to show, that is, LaTeX
     will crop the picture by 0 inches on the left, 0.1 inches on the
     bottom, 0.2 inches on the right, and 0.3 inches on the top.  See
     also the 'viewport' option.

'clip'
     If set to 'true', or just specified as here

          \includegraphics[...,clip,...]{...}

     then the graphic is cropped to the bounding box.  This is the same
     as using the starred form of the command,
     '\includegraphics*[...]{...}'.

'page'
     Give the page number of a multi-page PDF file.  The default is
     'page=1'.

'pagebox'
     Specifies which bounding box to use for PDF files from among
     'mediabox', 'cropbox', 'bleedbox', 'trimbox', or 'artbox'.  PDF
     files do not have the BoundingBox that PostScript files have, but
     may specify up to four predefined rectangles.  The MediaBox gives
     the boundaries of the physical medium.  The CropBox is the region
     to which the contents of the page are to be clipped when displayed.
     The BleedBox is the region to which the contents of the page should
     be clipped in production.  The TrimBox is the intended dimensions
     of the finished page.  The ArtBox is the extent of the page's
     meaningful content.  The driver will set the image size based on
     CropBox if present, otherwise it will not use one of the others,
     with a driver-defined order of preference.  MediaBox is always
     present.

'interpolate'
     Enable or disable interpolation of raster images by the viewer.
     Can be set with 'interpolate=true' or just specified as here.

          \includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]{...}

'quiet'
     Do not write information to the log.  You can set it with
     'quiet=true' or just specified it with
     '\includegraphics[...,quite,...]{...}',

'draft'
     If you set it with 'draft=true' or just specify it with

          \includegraphics[...,draft,...]{...}

     then the graphic will not appear in the document, possibly saving
     color printer ink.  Instead, LaTeX will put an empty box of the
     correct size with the filename printed in it.

   These options address the bounding box for Encapsulated PostScript
graphic files, which have a size specified with a line '%%BoundingBox'
that appears in the file.  It has four values, giving the lower x
coordinate, lower y coordinate, upper x coordinate, and upper y
coordinate.  The units are PostScript points, equivalent to TeX's big
points, 1/72 inch.  For example, if an '.eps' file has the line
'%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80' then its natural size is 30/72 inch wide by
60/72 inch tall.

'bb'
     Specify the bounding box of the displayed region.  The argument is
     four dimensions separated by spaces, as with '\includegraphics[..,
     bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}'.  Usually '\includegraphics' reads
     the BoundingBox numbers from the EPS file automatically, so this
     option is only useful if the bounding box is missing from that file
     or if you want to change it.

'bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury'
     Set the bounding box.  These four are obsolete, but are retained
     for compatibility with old packages.

'natwidth, natheight'
     An alternative for 'bb'.  Setting

          \includegraphics[...,natwidth=1in,natheight=0.618in,...]{...}

     is the same as setting 'bb=0 0 1in 0.618in'.

'hiresbb'
     If set to 'true', or just specified as with

          \includegraphics[...,hiresbb,...]{...}

     then LaTeX will look for '%%HiResBoundingBox' lines instead of
     '%%BoundingBox' lines.  (The 'BoundingBox' lines use only natural
     numbers while the 'HiResBoundingBox' lines use decimals; both use
     units equivalent to TeX's big points, 1/72 inch.)  To override a
     prior setting of 'true', you can set it to 'false'.

   These following options allow a user to override LaTeX's method of
choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension.  An example
is that '\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}' will read
the file 'lion.xxx' as though it were 'lion.png'.  For more on these,
*note \DeclareGraphicsRule::.

'type'
     Specify the graphics type.

'ext'
     Specify the graphics extension.  Only use this in conjunction with
     the option 'type'.

'read'
     Specify the file extension of the read file.  Only use this in
     conjunction with the option 'type'.

'command'
     Specify a command to be applied to this file.  Only use this in
     conjunction with the option 'type'.  *Note Command line options::
     for a discussion of enabling the '\write18' functionality to run
     external commands.

22.3.2 '\rotatebox'
-------------------

Synopsis if you use the 'graphics' package:

     \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}

   Synopses if you use the 'graphicx' package:

     \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
     \rotatebox[KEY-VALUE LIST]{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}

   Put MATERIAL in a box and rotate it ANGLE degrees counterclockwise.

   This example rotates the table column heads forty five degrees.

     \begin{tabular}{ll}
       \rotatebox{45}{Character} &\rotatebox{45}{NATO phonetic}   \\
       A                         &AL-FAH  \\
       B                         &BRAH-VOH
     \end{tabular}

   The MATERIAL can be anything that goes in a box, including a graphic.

       \rotatebox[origin=c]{45}{\includegraphics[width=1in]{lion}}

   To place the rotated material, the first step is that LaTeX sets
MATERIAL in a box, with a reference point on the left baseline.  The
second step is the rotation, by default about the reference point.  The
third step is that LaTeX computes a box to bound the rotated material.
Fourth, LaTeX moves this box horizontally so that the left edge of this
new bounding box coincides with the left edge of the box from the first
step (they need not coincide vertically).  This new bounding box, in its
new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when typesetting this
material.

   If you use the 'graphics' package then the rotation is about the
reference point of the box.  If you use the 'graphicx' package then
these are the options that can go in the KEY-VALUE LIST, but note that
you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the
'x' and 'y' options (*note \includegraphics::).

'origin'
     The point of the MATERIAL's box about which the rotation happens.
     Possible value is any string containing one or two of: 'l' for
     left, 'r' for right, 'b' for bottom, 'c' for center, 't' for top,
     and 'B' for baseline.  Thus, the first line here

          \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
          \rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}

     will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second
     will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline.  (The
     character 'c' gives the horizontal center in 'bc' or 'tc' but gives
     the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc', and gives both in 'c'.)  The
     default is 'lB'.

'x, y'
     Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with '\rotatebox[x=TeX
     DIMENSION,y=TeX DIMENSION]{...}' (*note Units of length::).  These
     give the offset from the box's reference point.

'units'
     This key allows you to change the default of degrees
     counterclockwise.  Setting 'units=-360' changes the direction to
     degrees clockwise and setting 'units=6.283185' changes to radians
     counterclockwise.

22.3.3 '\scalebox'
------------------

Synopses:

     \scalebox{HORIZONTAL FACTOR}{MATERIAL}
     \scalebox{HORIZONTAL FACTOR}[VERTICAL FACTOR]{MATERIAL}
     \reflectbox{MATERIAL}

   Scale the MATERIAL.

   This example halves the size, both horizontally and vertically, of
the first text and doubles the size of the second.

     \scalebox{0.5}{DRINK ME} and \scalebox{2.0}{Eat Me}

   If you do not specify the optional VERTICAL FACTOR then it defaults
to the same value as the HORIZONTAL FACTOR.

   You can use this command to resize a graphic, as here.

     \scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}}

If you use the 'graphicx' package then you can accomplish the same thing
with optional arguments to '\includegraphics' (*note
\includegraphics::).

   The '\reflectbox' command abbreviates '\scalebox{-1}[1]{MATERIAL}'.
Thus, 'Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}' will show the phrase 'Able was
I' immediately followed by its mirror reflection.

22.3.4 '\resizebox'
-------------------

Synopses:

     \resizebox{HORIZONTAL LENGTH}{VERTICAL LENGTH}{MATERIAL}
     \resizebox*{HORIZONTAL LENGTH}{VERTICAL LENGTH}{MATERIAL}

   Given a size, such as '3cm', transform MATERIAL to make it that size.
If either HORIZONTAL LENGTH or VERTICAL LENGTH is an exclamation
point '!' then the other argument is used to determine a scale factor
for both directions.

   This example makes the graphic be a half inch wide and scales it
vertically by the same factor to keep it from being distorted.

     \resizebox{0.5in}{!}{\includegraphics{lion}}

   The unstarred form '\resizebox' takes VERTICAL LENGTH to be the box's
height while the starred form '\resizebox*' takes it to be height+depth.
For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter inch with
'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This box has both height and
depth.}}'.

   You can use '\depth', '\height', '\totalheight', and '\width' to
refer to the original size of the box.  Thus, make the text two inches
wide but keep the original height with '\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Two
inches}'.

23 Special insertions
*********************

LaTeX provides commands for inserting characters that have a special
meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.

23.1 Reserved characters
========================

LaTeX sets aside the following characters for special purposes.  For
example, the percent sign '%' is for comments.  They are called
"reserved characters" or "special characters".

     # $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \

   If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text
body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply
put a backslash '\' in front of the character.  Thus, typing '\$1.23'
will produce '$1.23' in your output.

   As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font
use '\~{}' (omitting the curly braces would result in the next character
receiving a tilde accent).  Similarly, to get a get a text body font
circumflex use '\^{}'.  To get a backslash in the font of the text body,
enter '\textbackslash{}'.

   To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use '\verb!!'
as below (the double backslash '\\' is only there to split the lines).

     \begin{center}
       \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\
       \verb!# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \!
     \end{center}

23.2 Upper and lower case
=========================

Synopsis:

     \uppercase{TEXT}
     \lowercase{TEXT}
     \MakeUppercase{TEXT}
     \MakeLowercase{TEXT}

   Change the case of characters.  The TeX primitives commands
'\uppercase' and '\lowercase' only work for American characters.  The
LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowercase' commands also
change characters accessed by commands such as '\ae' or '\aa'.  The
commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowercase' are robust but they have
moving arguments (*note \protect::).

   These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of
a command within TEXT.  But they do change the case of every other Latin
letter inside the argument TEXT.  Thus, '\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$'}
produces 'LET Y=F(X)'.  Another example is that the name of an
environment will be changed, so that '\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ...
\end{tabular}}' will produce an error because the first half is changed
to '\begin{TABULAR}'.

   LaTeX uses the same fixed table for changing case throughout a
document, The table used is designed for the font encoding T1; this
works well with the standard TeX fonts for all Latin alphabets but will
cause problems when using other alphabets.

   To change the case of text that results from a macro inside TEXT you
need to do expansion.  Here the '\Schoolname' produces 'COLLEGE OF
MATHEMATICS'.

     \newcommand{\schoolname}{College of Mathematics}
     \newcommand{\Schoolname}{\expandafter\MakeUppercase
                                \expandafter{\schoolname}}

   The 'textcase' package brings some of the missing feature of the
standard LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowerCase'.

   To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
'mfirstuc'.

23.3 Symbols by font position
=============================

You can access any character of the current font using its number with
the '\symbol' command.  For example, the visible space character used in
the '\verb*' command has the code decimal 32, so it can be typed as
'\symbol{32}'.

   You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a ''' prefix,
or hexadecimal (base 16) with a '"' prefix, so the previous example
could also be written as '\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'.

23.4 Text symbols
=================

LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in
running text.  Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not
available in OT1.  Unless you are using XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX then you may
need to load the 'textcomp' package.

'\copyright'
'\textcopyright'
     (C) The copyright symbol.

'\dag'
     U+2020 The dagger symbol (in text).

'\ddag'
     U+2021 The double dagger symbol (in text).

'\LaTeX'
     The LaTeX logo.

'\LaTeXe'
     The LaTeX2e logo.

'\guillemotleft (<<)'
'\guillemotright (>>)'
'\guilsinglleft (<)'
'\guilsinglright (>)'
     <<, >>, <, > Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used
     in French.

'\ldots'
'\dots'
'\textellipsis'
     ... An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): '\ldots' and '\dots'
     also work in math mode.

'\lq'
     ' Left (opening) quote.

'\P'
'\textparagraph'
     U+00B6 Paragraph sign (pilcrow).

'\pounds'
'\textsterling'
     # English pounds sterling.

'\quotedblbase (,,)'
'\quotesinglbase (,)'
     ,, and , Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.

'\rq'
     ' Right (closing) quote.

'\S'
'\textsection'
     U+00A7 Section sign.

'\TeX'
     The TeX logo.

'\textasciicircum'
     ^ ASCII circumflex.

'\textasciitilde'
     ~ ASCII tilde.

'\textasteriskcentered'
     * Centered asterisk.

'\textbackslash'
     \ Backslash.

'\textbar'
     | Vertical bar.

'\textbardbl'
     U+23F8 Double vertical bar.

'\textbigcircle'
     U+25EF Big circle symbol.

'\textbraceleft'
     { Left brace.

'\textbraceright'
     } Right brace.

'\textbullet'
     * Bullet.

'\textcircled{LETTER}'
     U+24B6 Circle around LETTER.

'\textcompwordmark'
'\textcapitalcompwordmark'
'\textascendercompwordmark'
     Used to separate letters that would normally ligature.  For
     example, 'f\textcompwordmark i' produces 'fi' without a ligature.
     This is most useful in non-English languages.  The
     '\textcapitalcompwordmark' form has the cap height of the font
     while the '\textascendercompwordmark' form has the ascender height.

'\textdagger'
     U+2020 Dagger.

'\textdaggerdbl'
     U+2021 Double dagger.

'\textdollar (or '\$')'
     $ Dollar sign.

'\textemdash (or '---')'
     -- Em-dash (used for punctuation, as in 'The playoffs --- if you
     are fortunate enough to make the playoffs --- is more like a
     sprint.').

'\textendash (or '--')'
     - En-dash (used for ranges, as in 'See pages 12--14').

'\texteuro'

     The Euro symbol: Euro.  For an alternative glyph design, try the
     'eurosym' package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
     Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).

'\textexclamdown (or '!`')'
     !  Upside down exclamation point.

'\textgreater'
     > Greater than symbol.

'\textless'
     < Less than symbol.

'\textleftarrow'
     U+2190 Left arrow.

'\textordfeminine'
'\textordmasculine'
     a, o Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.

'\textperiodcentered'
     U+00B7 Centered period.

'\textquestiondown (or '?`')'
     ?  Upside down question mark.

'\textquotedblleft (or '``')'
     " Double left quote.

'\textquotedblright (or '''')'
     " Double right quote.

'\textquoteleft (or '`')'
     ' Single left quote.

'\textquoteright (or ''')'
     ' Single right quote.

'\textquotesingle'
     U+0027 Straight single quote.  (From TS1 encoding.)

'\textquotestraightbase'
'\textquotestraightdblbase'
     Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.

'\textregistered'
     (R) Registered symbol.

'\textrightarrow'
     U+2192 Right arrow.

'\textthreequartersemdash'
     U+FE58 "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.

'\texttrademark'
     U+2122 Trademark symbol.

'\texttwelveudash'
     U+FE58 "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.

'\textunderscore'
     _ Underscore.

'\textvisiblespace'
     U+2423 Visible space symbol.

23.5 Accents
============

LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages,
through the 'babel' package and related support if you are using
pdfLaTeX, or 'polyglossia' if you are using XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX.  This
section does not cover that support.  It only lists the core LaTeX
commands for creating accented characters.  The '\capital...' commands
shown here produce alternative forms for use with capital letters.
These are not available with OT1.

   Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated
with lowercase 'o'.

   Note that '\i' produces a dotless i, and '\j' produces a dotless j.
These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
accented.

'\"'
'\capitaldieresis'
     o" Umlaut (dieresis).

'\''
'\capitalacute'
     o' Acute accent.

'\.'
     o. Dot accent.

'\='
'\capitalmacron'
     o= Macron (overbar) accent.

'\^'
'\capitalcircumflex'
     o^ Circumflex (hat) accent.

'\`'
'\capitalgrave'
     o` Grave accent.

'\~'
'\capitaltilde'
     n~ Tilde accent.

'\b'
     o_ Bar accent underneath.

     Related to this, '\underbar{TEXT}' produces a bar under TEXT.  The
     argument is always processed in LR mode (*note Modes::).  The bar
     is always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing
     through descenders.  See also '\underline' in *note Math
     miscellany::.

'\c'
'\capitalcedilla'
     c, Cedilla accent underneath.

'\d'
'\capitaldotaccent'
     .o Dot accent underneath.

'\H'
'\capitalhungarumlaut'
     o'' Long Hungarian umlaut accent.

'\k'
'\capitalogonek'
     o; Ogonek.  Not available in the OT1 encoding.

'\r'
'\capitalring'
     o* Ring accent.

'\t'
'\capitaltie'
'\newtie'
'\capitalnewtie'
     oo[ Tie-after accent.  The '\newtie' form is centered in its box.

'\u'
'\capitalbreve'
     o( Breve accent.

'\v'
'\capitalcaron'
     o< Ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent.

23.6 Additional Latin letters
=============================

Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting letters beyond A-Z that
extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other than
English.

'\aa'
'\AA'
     aa and AA.

'\ae'
'\AE'
     ae and AE.

'\dh'
'\DH'
     Icelandic letter eth: d and D. Not available with OT1 encoding, you
     need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font encoding,
     such as T1.

'\dj'
'\DJ'
     Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke.
     Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the 'fontenc' package to
     select an alternate font encoding, such as T1.

'\ij'
'\IJ'
     ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).

'\l'
'\L'
     /l and /L.

'\ng'
'\NG'
     Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics.

'\o'
'\O'
     /o and /O.

'\oe'
'\OE'
     oe and OE.

'\ss'
'\SS'
     ss and SS.

'\th'
'\TH'
     Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH. Not available with OT1 encoding,
     you need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font
     encoding, such as T1.

23.7 '\rule'
============

Synopsis, one of:

     \rule{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
     \rule[RAISE]{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}

   Produce a "rule", a filled-in rectangle.

   This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
often used to mark the end of a proof.

     \newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}

The 'amsthm' package includes this command, with a somewhat
different-looking symbol.

   The mandatory arguments give the horizontal WIDTH and vertical
THICKNESS of the rectangle.  They are rigid lengths (*note Lengths::).
The optional argument RAISE is also a rigid length, and tells LaTeX how
much to raise the rule above the baseline, or lower it if the length is
negative.

   This produces a line, a rectangle that is wide but not tall.

     \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{0.4pt}

The line is the width of the page and 0.4 points tall.  This line
thickness is common in LaTeX.

   A rule that has zero width, or zero thickness, will not show up in
the output, but can cause LaTeX to change the output around it.  *Note
\strut:: for examples.

23.8 '\today'
=============

Synopsis:

     \today

   Produce today's date in the format 'MONTH DD, YYYY'.  An example of a
date in that format is 'July 4, 1976'.

   Multilingual packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia', or classes
such as 'lettre', will localize '\today'.  For example, the following
will output '4 juillet 1976':

     \year=1976 \month=7 \day=4
     \documentclass{minimal}
     \usepackage[french]{babel}
     \begin{document}
     \today
     \end{document}

'\today' uses the counters '\day', '\month', and '\year' (*note \day &
\month & \year::).

   A number of package on CTAN work with dates.  One is 'datetime'
package which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO
standards.

   The date is not updated as the LaTeX process runs, so in principle
the date could be incorrect by the time the program finishes.

24 Splitting the input
**********************

LaTeX lets you split a large document into several smaller ones.  This
can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the document.
It can also speed processing.

   Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
"root file", on which LaTeX compilation starts.  This shows such a file
with five included files.

     \documentclass{book}
     \includeonly{  % comment out lines below to omit compiling
       pref,
       chap1,
       chap2,
       append,
       bib
       }
     \begin{document}
     \frontmatter
     \include{pref}
     \mainmatter
     \include{chap1}
     \include{chap2}
     \appendix
     \include{append}
     \backmatter
     \include{bib}
     \end{document}

This will bring in material from 'pref.tex', 'chap1.tex', 'chap2.tex',
'append.tex', and 'bib.tex'.  If you compile this file, and then comment
out all of the lines inside '\includeonly{...}' except for 'chap1,' and
compile again, then LaTeX will only process the material in the first
chapter.  Thus, your output will appear more quickly and be shorter to
print.  However, the advantage of the '\includeonly' command is that
LaTeX will retain the page numbers and all of the cross reference
information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in
your output correctly.

   *Note Larger book template:: for another example of '\includeonly'.

24.1 '\endinput'
================

Synopsis:

     \endinput

   When you '\include{filename}', inside 'filename.tex' the material
after '\endinput' will not be included.  This command is optional; if
'filename.tex' has no '\endinput' then LaTeX will read all of the file.

   For example, suppose that a document's root file has '\input{chap1}'
and this is 'chap1.tex'.

     \chapter{One}
     This material will appear in the document.
     \endinput
     This will not appear.

   This can be useful for putting documentation or comments at the end
of a file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added during
mailing.  It is also useful for debugging: one strategy to localize
errors is to put '\endinput' halfway through the included file and see
if the error disappears.  Now, knowing which half contains the error,
moving '\endinput' to halfway through that area further narrows down the
location.  This process rapidly finds the offending line.

   After reading '\endinput', LaTeX continues to read to the end of the
line, so something can follow this command and be read nonetheless.
This allows you, for instance, to close an '\if...' with a '\fi'.

24.2 '\include' & '\includeonly'
================================

Synopsis:

     \includeonly{  % in document preamble
       ...
       FILENAME,
       ...
       }
       ...
     \include{FILENAME}  % in document body

   Bring material from the external file 'FILENAME.tex' into a LaTeX
document.

   The '\include' command does three things: it executes '\clearpage'
(*note \clearpage & \cleardoublepage::), then it inputs the material
from 'FILENAME.tex' into the document, and then it does another
'\clearpage'.  This command can only appear in the document body.  The
'\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by LaTeX under
subsequent '\include' commands.  Its list of filenames is
comma-separated, and it can only appear in the preamble.

   This example root document, 'constitution.tex', brings in three
files, 'preamble.tex', 'articles.tex', and 'amendments.tex'.

     \documentclass{book}
     \includeonly{
       preamble,
       articles,
       amendments
       }
     \begin{document}
     \include{preamble}
     \include{articles}
     \include{amendments}
     \end{document}

The file 'preamble.tex' contains no special code; you have just
excerpted the chapter from 'consitution.tex' and put it in a separate
file just for editing convenience.

     \chapter{Preamble}
     We the People of the United States,
     in Order to form a more perfect Union, ...

Running LaTeX on 'constitution.tex' makes the material from the three
files appear in the document but also generates the auxiliary files
'preamble.aux', 'articles.aux', and 'amendments.tex'.  These contain
information such as page numbers and cross-references (*note Cross
references::).  If you now comment out '\includeonly''s lines with
'preamble' and 'amendments' and run LaTeX again then the resulting
document shows only the material from 'articles.tex', not the material
from 'preamble.tex' or 'amendments.tex'.  Nonetheless, all of the
auxiliary information from the omitted files is still there, including
the starting page number of the chapter.

   If the document preamble does not have '\includeonly' then LaTeX will
include all the files you call for with '\include' commands.

   The '\include' command makes a new page.  To avoid that, see *note
\input:: (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary information).

   *Note Larger book template:: for another example using '\include' and
'\includeonly'.  That example also uses '\input' for some material that
will not necessarily start on a new page.

   File names can involve paths.

     \documentclass{book}
     \includeonly{
       chapters/chap1,
       }
     \begin{document}
     \include{chapters/chap1}
     \end{document}

   To make your document portable across distributions and platforms you
should avoid spaces in the file names.  The tradition is to instead use
dashes or underscores.  Nevertheless, for the name 'amo amas amat', this
works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:

     \documentclass{book}
     \includeonly{
       "amo\space amas\space amat"
       }
     \begin{document}
     \include{"amo\space amas\space amat"}
     \end{document}

   and this works under MiKTeX on Windows:

     \documentclass{book}
     \includeonly{
       {"amo amas amat"}
       }
     \begin{document}
     \include{{"amo amas amat"}}
     \end{document}

   You cannot use '\include' inside a file that is being included or you
get 'LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.' The '\include' command
cannot appear in the document preamble; you will get 'LaTeX Error:
Missing \begin{document}'.

   If a file that you '\include' does not exist, for instance if you
'\include{athiesm}' but you meant '\include{atheism}', then LaTeX does
not give you an error but will warn you 'No file athiesm.tex.' (It will
also create 'athiesm.aux'.)

   If you '\include' the root file in itself then you first get 'LaTeX
Error: Can be used only in preamble.' Later runs get 'TeX capacity
exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]'.  To fix this, you must remove
the inclusion '\include{root}' but also delete the file 'ROOT.aux' and
rerun LaTeX.

24.3 '\input'
=============

Synopsis:

     \input{FILENAME}

   LaTeX processes the file as if its contents were inserted in the
current file.  For a more sophisticated inclusion mechanism see *note
\include & \includeonly::.

   If FILENAME does not end in '.tex' then LaTeX first tries the
filename with that extension; this is the usual case.  If FILENAME ends
with '.tex' then LaTeX looks for the filename as it is.

   For example, this

     \input{macros}

will cause LaTeX to first look for 'macros.tex'.  If it finds that file
then it processes its contents as thought they had been copy-pasted in.
If there is no file of the name 'macros.tex' then LaTeX tries the name
'macros', without an extension.  (This may vary by distribution.)

   To make your document portable across distributions and platforms you
should avoid spaces in the file names.  The tradition is to instead use
dashes or underscores.  Nevertheless, for the name 'amo amas amat', this
works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:

     \input{"amo\space amas\space amat"}

   and this works under MiKTeX on Windows:

     \input{{"amo amas amat"}}

25 Front/back matter
********************

25.1 Table of contents etc.
===========================

Synopsis, one of:

     \tableofcontents
     \listoffigures
     \listoftables

   Produce a table of contents, or list of figures, or list of tables.
Put the command in the input file where you want the table or list to
go.  You do not type the entries; for example, typically the table of
contents entries are automatically generated from the sectioning
commands '\chapter', etc.

   This example illustrates the first command, '\tableofcontents'.
LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book's first page.

     \documentclass{book}
     % \setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
     \begin{document}
     \tableofcontents\newpage
       ...
     \chapter{...}
       ...
     \section{...}
       ...
     \subsection{...}
       ...
     \end{document}

Uncommenting the second line would cause that table to contain chapter
and section listings but not subsection listings, because the '\section'
command has level 1.  *Note Sectioning:: for level numbers of the
sectioning units.  For more on the 'tocdepth' *note
Sectioning/tocdepth::.

   Another example of the use of '\tableofcontents' is in *note Larger
book template::.

   If you want a page break after the table of contents, write a
'\newpage' command after the '\tableofcontents' command, as above.

   To make the table of contents LaTeX stores the information in an
auxiliary file named 'ROOT-FILE.toc' (*note Splitting the input::).  For
example, this LaTeX file 'test.tex'

     \documentclass{article}
     \begin{document}
     \tableofcontents\newpage
     \section{First section}
     \subsection{First subsection}
       ...

writes the following line to 'test.toc'.

     \contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2}
     \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2}

The 'section' or 'subsection' is the sectioning unit.  The hook
'\numberline' lets you to change how the information appears in the
table of contents.  Of its two arguments, '1' or '1.1' is the sectioning
unit number and 'First section' or 'First subsection' is the title.
Finally, '2' is the page number on which the sectioning units start.

   One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to
get the contents page correct you must run LaTeX twice, once to store
the information and once to get it.  In particular, the first time that
you run LaTeX on a new document, the table of contents page will be
empty except for its 'Contents' header.  Just run it again.

   The commands '\listoffigures' and '\listoftables' produce a list of
figures and a list of tables.  They work the same way as the contents
commands; for instance, these work with information stored in '.lof' and
'.lot' files.

   To change the header for the table of contents page do something like
the first line here.

     \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents}
     \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots}
     \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tables}

Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two.
Internationalization packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia' will
change the headers depending on the chosen base language.

   CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
and tables.  One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the
default, such as spacing, is 'tocloft'.  And, 'tocbibbind' will
automatically add the bibliography, index, etc.  to the table of
contents.

25.1.1 '\addcontentsline'
-------------------------

Synopsis:

     \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}

   Add an entry to the file specified by EXT.  Usually EXT is one of
'toc' for the table of contents, 'lof' for the list of figures, or 'lot'
for the list of tables.

   The following will result in an 'Appendices' line in the table of
contents.

     \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}}

It will appear at the same indentation level as the sections, will be in
boldface, and will be assigned the page number associated with the point
where it appears in the input file.

   The '\addcontentsline' command writes information to the file
'ROOT-NAME.EXT'.  It writes that information as the text of the command
'\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}', where 'NUM' is the current value of
counter 'UNIT'.  The most common case is the table of contents and there
NUM is the page number of the first page of UNIT.

   This command is invoked by the sectioning commands '\chapter', etc.,
and also by '\caption' inside a float environment.  But it is also used
by authors.  For example, in a book to have the preface unnumbered, you
may use the starred '\chapter*'.  But that does not put in table of
contents information, so you can enter it manually, as here.

     \chapter*{Preface}
     \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface}

In the '.toc' file LaTeX will put the line '\contentsline
{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}'; note the page number '3'.

   All of the arguments for '\addcontentsline' are required.

EXT
     Typically one of the strings 'toc' for the table of contents, 'lof'
     for the list of figures, or 'lot' for the list of tables.  The
     filename extension of the information file.

UNIT
     A string that depends on the value of the EXT argument:

     'toc'
          For the table of contents, this is the name of a sectional
          unit: 'part', 'chapter', 'section', 'subsection', etc.

     'lof'
          For the list of figures: 'figure'.

     'lot'
          For the list of tables: 'table'.

TEXT
     The text of the entry.  You must '\protect' any commands that are
     fragile (*note \protect::).

   The '\addcontentsline' command has an interaction with '\include'
(*note \include & \includeonly::).  If you use them at the same level,
as with '\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}' then lines in the
table of contents can come out in the wrong order.  The solution is to
move '\addcontentsline' into the file being included.

   If you use a UNIT that LaTeX does not recognize, as here

     \addcontentsline{toc}{setcion}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}}

then you don't get an error but the formatting in the table of contents
will not make sense.

25.1.2 '\addtocontents'
-----------------------

Synopsis:

     \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}

   Add TEXT, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to the
auxiliary file with extension EXT.  This is most commonly used for the
table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also applies
to the list of figures and list of tables.

   This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the
'Contents' header.

     \tableofcontents\newpage
     \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}

   The '\addtocontents' command has two arguments.  Both are required.

EXT
     Typically one of: 'toc' for the table of contents, 'lof' for the
     list of figures, or 'lot' for the list of tables.  The extension of
     the file holding the information.

TEXT
     The text, and possibly commands, to be written.

   The sectioning commands such as '\chapter' use the '\addcontentsline'
command to store information.  This command creates lines in the '.toc'
auxiliary file containing the '\contentsline' command (*note
\addcontentsline::).  In contrast, the command '\addtocontents' puts
material directly in that file.

   The '\addtocontents' command has an interaction with '\include'
(*note \include & \includeonly::).  If you use them at the same level,
as with '\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}' then lines in the table
of contents can come out in the wrong order.  The solution is to move
'\addtocontents' into the file being included.

25.1.3 '\nofiles'
-----------------

Synopsis:

     \nofiles

   Prevent LaTeX from writing any auxiliary files.  The only output will
be the '.log' and '.pdf' (or '.dvi') files.  This command must go in the
preamble.

   Because of the '\nofiles' command this example will not produce a
'.toc' file.

     \documentclass{book}
     \nofiles
     \begin{document}
     \tableofcontents\newpage
     \chapter{...}
       ...

LaTeX will not erase any existing auxiliary files, so if you insert the
'\nofiles' command after you have run the file and gotten a '.toc' then
the table of contents page will continue to show the old information.

25.2 Indexes
============

This document has an index.

     \documentclass{article}
     \usepackage{makeidx} \makeindex
       ...
     \begin{document}
       ...
     Recall Wilson's Theorem: \index{Wilson's Theorem}
     a number \( n>1 \) is prime if and only if the factorial of \( n-1 \)
     is congruent to \( -1 \) modulo~\( n \).
       ...
     \printindex
       ...

The '\usepackage{makeidx}' and '\makeindex' in the preamble bring in the
relevant commands.

   Producing an index is a three stage process.  First, in the document
body you declare index entries with the '\index' command (*note
\index::).  When you run LaTeX, the '\index' writes its information to
an auxiliary file 'ROOT-NAME.idx'.  Next, to alphabetize and to do other
manipulations you run an external command, typically 'makeindex' or
'xindy' (*note makeindex::).  These output a file 'ROOT-NAME.ind'.
Finally, you bring the information back into your document and typeset
it with the '\printindex' command (*note \printindex::).

   There are many packages that apply to indexing commands.  The
'showidx' package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on
the page where the entry appears.  This can help in preparing the index.
The 'multind' package supports multiple indexes.  See also the TeX FAQ
entry on this topic,
<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind>.

25.2.1 '\index'
---------------

Synopsis:

     \index{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}

   Declare an entry in the index.  This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).

   For example, as described in *note Indexes::, one way to get an index
from what's below is to compile the document with 'pdflatex test', then
process the index entries with 'makeindex test', and then compile again
with 'pdflatex test'.

     W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
       ...
     Ackermann function\index{Ackermann!function}
       ...
     rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}

All three index entries will get a page number, such as 'Ackermann, 22'.
LaTeX will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the line
below it and indented, and the third as a subitem of the second.  Three
levels deep is as far as you can nest subentries.  (If you add
'\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}' then 'makeindex'
says 'Scanning input file test.idx....done (4 entries accepted, 1
rejected)' and nothing appears in the index).

   If you enter a second '\index' with the same INDEX-ENTRY-STRING then
you will get a single index entry with two page numbers (unless they
happen to fall on the same page).  Thus, adding 'as for
Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}' later in the same document as above will
give an index entry like 'Ackermann, 22, 151'.  Also, you can enter the
index entries in any order, so for instance '\index{Ackermann!function}'
could come before '\index{Ackermann}'.

   Get a page range in the output, like 'Hilbert, 23--27', as here.

     W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
       ...
     D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert\(}
       ...
     disapproved of his marriage.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert\)}

If the beginning and ending of the page range are equal then the system
just gives a single page entry, not a range.

   If you index subentries but not a main entry, as with
'\index{Jones!program}' and '\index{Jones!results}', then the output is
the item 'Jones' with no comma or page number, followed by two subitems,
like 'program, 50' and 'results, 51'.

   Generate a index entry that says 'See' by using a vertical bar
character: '\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's function}}'.  You
can instead get 'See also' with 'seealso'.  (The text 'See' is defined
by '\seename', and 'See also' by '\alsoname'.  You can redefine these
either by using an internationalization package such as 'babel' or
'polyglossia', or directly as with '\renewcommand{\alsoname}[1]{Also see
#1}'.)

   The 'See' feature is part of a more general functionality.  After the
vertical bar you can put the name of a one-input command, as in
'\index{group|textit}' (note the missing backslash on the '\textit'
command) and the system will apply that command to the page number, here
giving something like '\textit{7}'.  You can define your own one-input
commands, such as '\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}' and
then '\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}' will give a blue page
number (*note Color::).  Another, less practical, example is this,

     \newcommand\indexownpage[1]{#1, \thepage}
       ... Epimenides.\index{self-reference|indexownpage}

which creates an entry citing the page number of its own index listing.

   The two functions just described combine, as here

     \index{Ackermann!function|(definedpage}
       ...
     \index{Ackermann!function|)}

which outputs an index entry like 'function, 23--27' where the page
number range is in blue.

   Consider an index entry such as 'U+03B1-ring'.  Entering it as
'$\alpha$-ring' will cause it to be alphabetized according to the dollar
sign.  You can instead enter it using an at-sign, as
'\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}'.  If you specify an entry with an
at-sign separating two strings, 'POS@TEXT', then POS gives the
alphabetical position of the entry while TEXT produces the text of the
entry.  Another example is that '\index{Saint Michael's College@SMC}'
produces an index entry 'SMC' alphabetized into a different location
than its spelling would naturally give it.

   To put a '!', or '@', or '|' character in an index entry, preceding
it with a double quote, '"'.  (The double quote gets deleted before
alphabetization.)

   A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond
that provided by 'makeidx'.  One is 'index', which allows for multiple
indices and contains a command '\index*{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}' that prints
the INDEX-ENTRY-STRING as well as indexing it.

   The '\index' command writes the indexing information to the file
'ROOT-NAME.idx' file.  Specifically, it writes text of the command
'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where PAGE-NUM is the value
of the '\thepage' counter.  On occasion, when the '\printindex' command
is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate.

   If you omit the closing brace of an '\index' command then you get a
message like this.

     Runaway argument?  {Ackermann!function
     !  Paragraph ended before \@wrindex was complete.

25.2.2 'makeindex'
------------------

Synopsis, one of:

     makeindex FILENAME
     makeindex -s STYLE-FILE FILENAME
     makeindex OPTIONS FILENAME0 ...

   Sort, and otherwise process, the index information in the auxiliary
file FILENAME.  This is a command line program.  It takes one or more
raw index files, 'FILENAME.idx' files, and produces the actual index
file, the 'FILENAME.ind' file that is input by '\printindex' (*note
\printindex::).

   The first form of the command suffices for many uses.  The second
allows you to format the index by using an "index style file", a '.isty'
file.  The third form is the most general; see the full documentation on
CTAN.

   This is a simple '.isty' file.

     % book.isty
     %   $ makeindex -s book.isty -p odd book.idx
     % creates the index as book.ind, starting on an odd page.
     preamble
     "\\pagestyle{empty}
     \\small
     \\begin{theindex}
     \\thispagestyle{empty}"

     postamble
     "\n
     \\end{theindex}"

   The description here covers only some of the index formatting
possibilities in STYLE-FILE.  For a full list see the documentation on
CTAN.

   A style file consists of a list of pairs: SPECIFIER and ATTRIBUTE.
These can appear in the file in any order.  All of the ATTRIBUTES are
strings, except where noted.  Strings are surrounded with double quotes,
'"', and the maximum length of a string is 144 characters.  The '\n' is
for a newline and '\t' is for a tab.  Backslashes are escaped with
another backslash, '\\'.  If a line begins with a percent sign, '%',
then it is a comment.

'preamble'
     Preamble of the output file.  Defines the context in which the
     index is formatted.  Default: '"\\begin{theindex}\n"'.

'postamble'
     Postamble of the output file.  Default: '"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"'.

'group_skip'
     Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group
     for entries starting with 'a', etc.  This specifier gives what is
     inserted when a new group begins.  Default: '"\n\n \\indexspace\n"'
     ('\indexspace' is a rubber length with default value '10pt plus5pt
     minus3pt').

'lethead_flag'
     An integer.  It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.
     If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than 'group_skip'
     nothing will be inserted before the group.  If it is positive then
     at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will be
     inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them.  If it is
     negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase.
     The default is 0.

'lethead_prefix'
     If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the
     prefix inserted before the new letter header.  Default: '""'

'lethead_suffix'
     If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix
     inserted after the new letter header.  Default: '""'.

'item_0'
     What is put between two level 0 items.  Default: '"\n \\item "'.

'item_1'
     Put between two level 1 items.  Default: '"\n \\subitem "'.

'item_2'
     put between two level 2 items.  Default: '"\n \\subsubitem "'.

'item_01'
     What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item.  Default:
     '"\n \\subitem "'.

'item_x1'
     What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item in the case
     that the level 0 item doesn't have any page numbers (as in
     '\index{aaa|see{bbb}}').  Default: '"\n \\subitem "'.

'item_12'
     What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item.  Default:
     '"\n \\subsubitem "'.

'item_x2'
     What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item, if the
     level 1 item doesn't have page numbers.  Default: '"\n \\subsubitem
     "'.

'delim_0'
     Delimiter put between a level 0 key and its first page number.
     Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.

'delim_1'
     Delimiter put between a level 1 key and its first page number.
     Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.

'delim_2'
     Delimiter between a level 2 key and its first page number.
     Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.

'delim_n'
     Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any level).
     Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.

'delim_r'
     What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a
     range.  Default: '"--"'.

'line_max'
     An integer.  Maximum length of an index entry's line in the output,
     beyond which the line wraps.  Default: '72'.

'indent_space'
     What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line.  Default:
     '"\t\t"'.

'indent_length'
     A number.  The length of the wrapped line indentation.  The default
     'indent_space' is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
     default here is '16'.

'page_precedence'
     A document may have pages numbered in different ways.  For example,
     a book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman
     while main matter pages are in arabic.  This string specifies the
     order in which they will appear in the index.  The 'makeindex'
     command supports five different types of numerals: lowercase roman
     'r', and numeric or arabic 'n', and lowercase alphabetic 'a', and
     uppercase roman 'R', and uppercase alphabetic 'A'.  Default:
     '"rnaRA"'.

   There are a number of other programs that do the job 'makeindex'
does.  One is 'xindy', which does internationalization and can process
indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of other
languages.  It is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms
of the collating order of the text, as described in its documentation.

25.2.3 '\printindex'
--------------------

Synopsis:

     \printindex

   Place the index into the output.

   To get an index you must first include
'\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex' in the document preamble and compile
the document, then run the system command 'makeindex', and then compile
the document again.  *Note Indexes:: for further discussion and an
example of the use of '\printindex'.

25.3 Glossaries
===============

Synopsis:

     \usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
       ...
     \newglossaryentry{LABEL}{SETTINGS}
       ...
     \gls{LABEL}.
       ...
     \printglossaries

   The 'glossaries' package allows you to make glossaries, including
multiple glossaries, as well as lists of acronyms.

   To get the output from this example, compile the document (for
instance with 'pdflatex filename'), then run the command line command
'makeglossaries filename', and then compile the document again.

     \documentclass{...}
     \usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
     \newglossaryentry{tm}{%
       name={Turing machine},
       description={A model of a machine that computes.  The model is simple
                    but can compute anything any existing device can compute.
                    It is the standard model used in Computer Science.},
       }
     \begin{document}
     Everything begins with the definition of a \gls{tm}.
       ...
     \printglossaries
     \end{document}

That gives two things.  In the main text it outputs '... definition of a
Turing machine'.  In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed
'Glossary' there appears a description list.  In boldface it says
'Turing machine' and the rest of the item says in normal type 'A model
of a machine ... Computer Science'.

   The command '\makeglossary' opens the file that will contain the
entry information, 'ROOT-FILE.glo'.  Put the '\printglossaries' command
where you want the glossaries to appear in your document.

   The 'glossaries' package is very powerful.  For instance, besides the
commands '\newglossaryentry' and '\gls', there are similar commands for
a list of acronyms.  See the package documentations on CTAN.

25.3.1 '\newglossaryentry'
--------------------------

Synopsis, one of:

     \newglossaryentry{LABEL}
     {
       name={NAME},
       description={DESCRIPTION},
       OTHER OPTIONS, ...
     }

   or

     \longnewglossaryentry{LABEL}
     {
       name={NAME},
       OTHER OPTIONS ...,
     }
     {DESCRIPTION}

   Declare a new entry for a glossary.  The LABEL must be unique for the
document.  The settings associated with the label are pairs:
'KEY=VALUE'.

   This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers U+211D in
the glossary.

     \newglossaryentry{R}
     {
       name={\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}}},
       description={the real numbers},
     }

   Use the second command form if the DESCRIPTION spans more than one
paragraph.

   For a full list of KEYs see the package documentation on CTAN but
here are a few.

'name'
     (Required.)  The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining.

'description'
     (Required.)  The description that will appear in the glossary.  If
     this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second
     command form given in the synopsis.

'plural'
     The plural form of NAME.  Refer to the plural form using '\glspl'
     or '\Glspl' (*note \gls::).

'sort'
     How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary
     holds.

'symbol'
     A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name.

25.3.2 '\gls'
-------------

Synopsis, one of:

     \gls{LABEL}
     \glspl{LABEL}
     \Gls{LABEL}
     \Glspl{LABEL}

   Refer to a glossary entry.  The entries are declared with
'\newglossaryentry' (*note \newglossaryentry::).

   This

     \newglossaryentry{N}{%
       name={the natural numbers},
       description={The numbers $0$, $1$, $2$, $\ldots$\@},
       symbol={\ensuremath{\mathbb{N}}},
       }
       ...
     Consider \gls{N}.

gives the output 'Consider the natural numbers'.

   The second command form '\glspl{LABEL}' produces the plural of NAME
(by default it tries adding an 's').  The third form capitalizes the
first letter of NAME, as does the fourth form, which also takes the
plural.

26 Letters
**********

Synopsis:

     \documentclass{letter}
     \address{SENDERS ADDRESS}   % return address
     \signature{SENDER NAME}
     \begin{document}
     \begin{letter}{RECIPIENT ADDRESS}
     \opening{SALUTATION}
       LETTER BODY
     \closing{CLOSING TEXT}
     \end{letter}
        ...
     \end{document}

   Produce one or more letters.

   Each letter is in a separate 'letter' environment, whose argument
RECIPIENT ADDRESS often contains multiple lines separated with a double
backslash, ('\\').  For example, you might have:

      \begin{letter}{Ninon de l'Enclos \\
                     l'h\^otel Sagonne}
        ...
      \end{letter}

   The start of the 'letter' environment resets the page number to 1,
and the footnote number to 1 also.

   The SENDER ADDRESS and SENDER NAME are common to all of the letters,
whether there is one or more, so these are best put in the preamble.  As
with the recipient address, often SENDER ADDRESS contains multiple lines
separated by a double backslash ('\\').  LaTeX will put the SENDER NAME
under the closing, after a vertical space for the traditional
hand-written signature.

   Each 'letter' environment body begins with a required '\opening'
command such as '\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}'.  The LETTER BODY text is
ordinary LaTeX so it can contain everything from enumerated lists to
displayed math, except that commands such as '\chapter' that make no
sense in a letter are turned off.  Each 'letter' environment body
typically ends with a '\closing' command such as '\closing{Yours,}'.

   Additional material may come after the '\closing'.  You can say who
is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like '\cc{the Boss \\
the Boss's Boss}'.  There's a similar '\encl' command for a list of
enclosures.  And, you can add a postscript with '\ps'.

   LaTeX's default is to indent the sender name and the closing above it
by a length of '\longindentation'.  By default this is '0.5\textwidth'.
To make them flush left, put '\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}' in your
preamble.

   To set a fixed date use something like
'\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}'.  If put in your preamble then it
will apply to all the letters.

   This example shows only one 'letter' environment.  The three lines
marked as optional are typically omitted.

     \documentclass{letter}
     \address{Sender's street \\ Sender's town}
     \signature{Sender's name \\ Sender's title}
     % optional: \location{Mailbox 13}
     % optional: \telephone{(102) 555-0101}
     \begin{document}
     \begin{letter}{Recipient's name \\ Recipient's address}
     \opening{Sir:}
     % optional: \thispagestyle{firstpage}
     I am not interested in entering a business arrangement with you.
     \closing{Your most humble, etc.,}
     \end{letter}
     \end{document}

   These commands are used with the 'letter' class.

26.1 '\address'
===============

Synopsis:

     \address{SENDERS ADDRESS}

   Specify the return address, as it appears on the letter and on the
envelope.  Separate multiple lines in SENDERS ADDRESS with a double
backslash, '\\'.

   Because it can apply to multiple letters this declaration is often
put in the preamble.  However, it can go anywhere, including inside an
individual 'letter' environment.

   This command is optional: if you do not use it then the letter is
formatted with some blank space on top, for copying onto pre-printed
letterhead paper.  If you do use the '\address' declaration then it is
formatted as a personal letter.

   Here is an example.

     \address{Stephen Maturin \\
              The Grapes of the Savoy}

26.2 '\cc'
==========

Synopsis:

     \cc{NAME0 \\
          ... }

   Produce a list of names to which copies of the letter were sent.
This command is optional.  If it appears then typically it comes after
'\closing'.  Put the names on different lines by separating them with a
double backslash, '\\', as in:

     \cc{President \\
         Vice President}

26.3 '\closing'
===============

Synopsis:

     \closing{TEXT}

   Produce the letter's closing.  This is optional, but usual.  It
appears at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature.  For
example:

     \closing{Regards,}

26.4 '\encl'
============

Synopsis:

     \encl{FIRST ENCLOSED OBJECT \\
            ... }

   Produce a list of things included with the letter.  This command is
optional; when it is used, it typically is put after '\closing'.
Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, '\\'.

     \encl{License \\
           Passport}

26.5 '\location'
================

Synopsis:

     \location{TEXT}

   The TEXT appears centered at the bottom of the page.  It only appears
if the page style is 'firstpage'.

26.6 '\makelabels'
==================

Synopsis:

     \makelabels   % in preamble

   Optional, for a document that contains 'letter' environments.  If you
just put '\makelabels' in the preamble then at the end of the document
you will get a sheet with labels for all the recipients, one for each
letter environment, that you can copy to a sheet of peel-off address
labels.

   Customize the labels by redefining the commands '\startlabels',
'\mlabel', and '\returnaddress' (and perhaps '\name') in the preamble.
The command '\startlabels' sets the width, height, number of columns,
etc., of the page onto which the labels are printed.  The command
'\mlabel{RETURN ADDRESS}{RECIPIENT ADDRESS}' produces the two labels (or
one, if you choose to ignore the RETURN ADDRESS) for each letter
environment.  The first argument, RETURN ADDRESS, is the value returned
by the macro '\returnaddress'.  The second argument, RECIPIENT ADDRESS,
is the value passed in the argument to the 'letter' environment.  By
default '\mlabel' ignores the first argument, the RETURN ADDRESS,
causing the default behavior described in the prior paragraph.

   This illustrates customization.  Its output includes a page with two
columns having two labels each.

     \documentclass{letter}
     \renewcommand*{\returnaddress}{Fred McGuilicuddy \\
                                    Oshkosh, Mineola 12305}
     \newcommand*\originalMlabel{}
     \let\originalMlabel\mlabel
     \def\mlabel#1#2{\originalMlabel{}{#1}\originalMlabel{}{#2}}
     \makelabels
       ...
     \begin{document}
     \begin{letter}{A Einstein \\
                    112 Mercer Street \\
                    Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540}
       ...
     \end{letter}
     \begin{letter}{K G\"odel \\
                    145 Linden Lane \\
                    Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540}
       ...
     \end{letter}
     \end{document}

The first column contains the return address twice.  The second column
contains the address for each recipient.

   The package 'envlab' makes formatting the labels easier, with
standard sizes already provided.  The preamble lines
'\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}' and '\makelabels' are all that
you need to print envelopes.

26.7 '\name'
============

Synopsis:

     \name{NAME}

   Optional.  Sender's name, used for printing on the envelope together
with the return address.

26.8 '\opening'
===============

Synopsis:

     \opening{SALUTATION}

   Required.  Follows the '\begin{letter}{...}'.  The argument
SALUTATION is mandatory.  For instance:

     \opening{Dear John:}

26.9 '\ps'
==========

Synopsis:

     \ps{TEXT}

   Add a postscript.  This command is optional and usually is used after
'\closing'.

     \ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.}

26.10 '\signature'
==================

Synopsis:

     \signature{FIRST LINE \\
                 ... }

   The sender's name.  This command is optional, although its inclusion
is usual.

   The argument text appears at the end of the letter, after the
closing.  LaTeX leaves some vertical space for a handwritten signature.
Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, '\\'.  For example:

     \signature{J Fred Muggs \\
                White House}

   LaTeX's default for the vertical space from the '\closing' text down
to the '\signature' text is '6\medskipamount', which is six times
'\medskipamount' (where '\medskipamount' is equal to a '\parskip', which
in turn is defined by default here to 0.7em).

   This command is usually in the preamble, to apply to all the letters
in the document.  To have it apply to one letter only, put it inside a
'letter' environment and before the '\closing'.

   You can include a graphic in the signature as here.

     \signature{\vspace{-6\medskipamount}\includegraphics{sig.png}\\
                  My name}

For this you must put '\usepackage{graphicx}' in the preamble (*note
Graphics::).

26.11 '\telephone'
==================

Synopsis:

     \telephone{NUMBER}

   The sender's telephone number.  This is typically in the preamble,
where it applies to all letters.  This only appears if the 'firstpage'
pagestyle is selected.  If so, it appears on the lower right of the
page.

27 Terminal input/output
************************

27.1 '\typein'
==============

Synopsis, one of:

     \typein{PROMPT-MSG}
     \typein[CMD]{PROMPT-MSG}

   Print PROMPT-MSG on the terminal and cause LaTeX to stop and wait for
you to type a line of input.  This line of input ends when you hit the
return key.

   For example, this

     As long as I live I shall never forget \typein{Enter student name:}

coupled with this command line interaction

     Enter student name:

     \@typein=Aphra Behn

gives the output '... never forget Aphra Behn'.

   The first command version, '\typein{PROMPT-MSG}', causes the input
you typed to be processed as if it had been included in the input file
in place of the '\typein' command.

   In the second command version the optional argument 'CMD' argument
must be a command name -- it must begin with a backslash, \.  This
command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you
typed.  For example, this

     \typein[\student]{Enter student name:}
     \typeout{Recommendation for \student .}

gives this output on the command line,

     Enter student name:

     \student=John Dee
     Recommendation for John Dee.

where the user has entered 'John Dee.'

27.2 '\typeout'
===============

Synopsis:

     \typeout{MSG}

   Print 'msg' on the terminal and in the 'log' file.

   This

     \newcommand{\student}{John Dee}
     \typeout{Recommendation for \student .}

outputs 'Recommendation for John Dee'.  Like what happens here with
'\student', commands that are defined with '\newcommand' or
'\renewcommand' (among others) are replaced by their definitions before
being printed.

   LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to 'msg'.  As above, use
the command '\space' to get a single space, independent of surrounding
spaces.  Use '^^J' to get a newline.  Get a percent character with
'\csname @percentchar\endcsname'.

   This command can be useful for simple debugging, as here:

     \newlength{\jhlength}
     \setlength{\jhlength}{5pt}
     \typeout{The length is \the\jhlength.}

produces on the command line 'The length is 5.0pt'.

28 Command line
***************

Synopsis (from a terminal command line):

     pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT

   Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT.  In place of 'pdflatex' you can also use
'xelatex', or 'lualatex', or 'dviluatex', or 'latex'.

   For example, this will run LaTeX on the file 'thesis.tex', creating
the output 'thesis.pdf'.

     pdflatex thesis

Note that '.tex' is the default file extension.

   pdfTeX is a development of the original TeX program, as are XeTeX and
LuaTeX (*note TeX engines::).  They are completely backward compatible.
But the original program had a custom output format, DVI, while the
newer ones can output directly to PDF. This allows them to take
advantage of the extra features in PDF such as hyperlinks, support for
modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and ubiquitous viewing
programs.  In short, if you run 'pdflatex' or 'xelatex' or 'lualatex'
then you will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern
features.  If you run 'latex', or 'dvilualatex', then you will get DVI.
The description here assumes pdfLaTeX.

   *Note Command line options::, for a selection of the most useful
command line options.  As to ARGUMENT, the usual case is that it does
not begin with a backslash, so the system takes it to be the name of a
file and it compiles that file.  If ARGUMENT begins with a backslash
then the system will interpret it as a line of LaTeX input, which can be
used for special effects (*note Command line input::).

   If you gave no arguments or options then 'pdflatex' prompts for input
from the terminal.  You can escape from this by entering '<control>-D'.

   If LaTeX finds an error in your document then by default it stops and
asks you about it.  *Note Recovering from errors:: for an outline of
what to do.

28.1 Command line options
=========================

These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
authoring.  For a full list, try running 'latex --help' from the command
line.

   With many implementations you can specify command line options by
prefixing them with '-' or '--'.  This is the case for both TeX Live
(and MacTeX) and MiKTeX.  We will use both conventions interchangeably.

'-version'
     Show the current version, like 'pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
     Live 2015/Debian)' along with a small amount of additional
     information, and exit.

'-help'
     Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit.

'-interaction=MODE'
     TeX compiles a document in one of four interaction modes:
     'batchmode', 'nonstopmode', 'scrollmode', 'errorstopmode'.  In
     "errorstop mode" (the default), TeX stops at each error and asks
     for user intervention.  In "batch mode" it prints nothing on the
     terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user hit '<return>' at
     every error, and missing files cause the job to abort.  In "nonstop
     mode", diagnostic message appear on the terminal but as in batch
     mode there is no user interaction.  In "scroll mode", TeX only
     stops for missing files or keyboard input.

     For instance, starting LaTeX with this command line

          pdflatex -interaction=batchmode FILENAME

     eliminates most terminal output.

'-jobname=STRING'
     Set the value of TeX's 'jobname' to the string.  The log file and
     output file will then be named 'STRING.log' and 'STRING.pdf'.

     When you run 'pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT', if ARGUMENT does not
     start with a backslash then TeX considers it the name of a file to
     input.  Otherwise it waits for the first '\input' instruction and
     the name of the input file will be the job name.  This is used to
     name the log file the output file.  The 'jobname' option overrides
     that process and directly specifies the name.  *Note Command line
     input:: for an example of its use.

'-output-directory=DIRECTORY'
     Write files in the directory DIRECTORY.  It must already exist.

'--shell-escape'
'--no-shell-escape'
'--enable-write18'
'--disable-write18'
     Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL COMMAND}'.  The first two options
     are for with TeX Live or MacTeX while the second two are for
     MiKTeX.

     Sometimes you want to run external system commands from inside a
     LaTeX file.  For instance the package 'sagetex' allows you to have
     the mathematics software system Sage do calculations or draw graphs
     and then incorporate that output in your document.  For this TeX
     provides the '\write18' command.

     But with this functionality enabled, security issues could happen
     if you compiled a LaTeX file from the Internet.  By default
     '\write18' is disabled.  (More precisely, by default TeX Live,
     MacTeX, and MiKTeX only allow the execution of a limited number of
     TeX-related programs, which they distribute.)

     If you invoke LaTeX with the option 'no-shell-escape', and in your
     document you call '\write18{ls -l}', then you do not get an error
     but the log file says 'runsystem(ls -l)...disabled'.

'-halt-on-error'
     Stop processing at the first error.

'-file-line-error'
'-no-file-line-error'
     Enable or disable 'FILENAME:LINENO:ERROR'-style error messages.
     These are only available with TeX Live or MacTeX.

28.2 Command line input
=======================

As part of the command line invocation 'pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT' you
can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting ARGUMENT with a backslash.
This allows you to do some special effects.

   For example, this file (which uses the 'hyperref' package for
hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a
PDF.

     \ifdefined\paperversion        % in preamble
     \newcommand{\urlcolor}{black}
     \else
     \newcommand{\urlcolor}{blue}
     \fi
     \usepackage[colorlinks=true,urlcolor=\urlcolor]{hyperref}
       ...
     \href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN}  % in body
       ...

Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex book'
will give the 'CTAN' link in blue.  But compiling it with 'pdflatex
"\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"' has the link in black.  (Note the
use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the
command line shell; your system may do this differently.)

   In a similar way, from the single file 'main.tex' you can compile two
different versions.

     pdflatex -jobname=students "\def\student{}\input{main}"
     pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}"

The 'jobname' option is there because otherwise both files would be
called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first.

   A final example.  This loads the package 'graphicx' with the option
'draft'

     pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"

so the graphic files are read for their size information but not
incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is there because
otherwise the output file would be 'graphicx.pdf', as '\RequirePackage'
does an '\input' of its own.)

28.3 Recovering from errors
===========================

If LaTeX finds an error in your document then it gives you an error
message and prompts you with a question mark, '?'.  For instance,
running LaTeX on this file

     \newcommand{\NP}{\ensuremath{\textbf{NP}}}
     The \PN{} problem is a million dollar one.

causes it show this, and wait for input.

     ! Undefined control sequence.
     l.5 The \PN
                {} problem is a million dollar one.
     ?

The simplest thing is to enter 'x' and '<return>' and fix the typo.  You
could instead enter '?' and '<return>' to see other options.

   There are two other error scenarios.  The first is that you forgot to
include the '\end{document}' or misspelled it.  In this case LaTeX gives
you a '*' prompt.  You can get back to the command line by typing
'\stop' and '<return>'.

   The last scenario is that you mistyped the file name.  For instance,
instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'.

     ! I can't find file `tste'.
     <*> tste

     (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit)
     Please type another input file name:

The simplest thing is to enter '<Control>' and 'd' (holding them down at
the same time), and then retype the correct command line.

Appendix A Document templates
*****************************

Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will
be useful.  Additional template resources are listed at
<http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates>.

A.1 'beamer' template
=====================

The 'beamer' class creates presentation slides.  It has a vast array of
features, but here is a basic template:

\documentclass{beamer}

\title{Beamer Class template}
\author{Alex Author}
\date{July 31, 2007}

\begin{document}

\maketitle

% without [fragile], any {verbatim} code gets mysterious errors.
\begin{frame}[fragile]
 \frametitle{First Slide}

\begin{verbatim}
  This is \verbatim!
\end{verbatim}

\end{frame}

\end{document}

   One web resource for this:
<http://robjhyndman.com/hyndsight/beamer/>.

A.2 'article' template
======================

\documentclass{article}
\title{Article Class Template}
\author{Alex Author}

\begin{document}
\maketitle

\section{First section}
Some text.

\subsection{First section, first subsection}
Additional text.

\section{Second section}
Some more text.
\end{document}

A.3 'book' template
===================

This is a straightforward template for a book.  See *Note Larger book
template:: for a more elaborate one.

\documentclass{book}
\title{Book Class Template}
\author{Alex Author}

\begin{document}
\maketitle

\chapter{First}
Some text.

\chapter{Second}
Some other text.

\section{A subtopic}
The end.
\end{document}

A.4 Larger 'book' template
==========================

This is a more elaborate template for a book.  It has '\frontmatter',
'\mainmatter', and '\backmatter' to control the typography of the three
main areas of a book (*note \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter::).
The book has a bibliography and an index.

   Notable is that it uses '\include' and '\includeonly' (*note
Splitting the input::).  While you are working on a chapter you can
comment out all the other chapter entries from the argument to
'\includeonly'.  That will speed up compilation without losing any
information such as cross-references.  (Material that does not need to
come on a new page is brought in with '\input' instead of '\include'.
You don't get the cross-reference benefit this way.)

\documentclass[titlepage]{book}
\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex

\title{Book Class Template}
\author{Alex Author}

\includeonly{%
  frontcover,
  preface,
  chap1,
  ...
  }
\begin{document}
\frontmatter
\include{frontcover}
  % maybe comment out while drafting:
\maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright}
\tableofcontents
\include{preface}
\mainmatter
\include{chap1}
...
\appendix
\include{appena}
...
\backmatter
\bibliographystyle{apalike}
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography}
\bibliography
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
\printindex
\include{backcover}
\end{document}

A.5 'tugboat' template
======================

'TUGboat' is the journal of the TeX Users Group,
<http://tug.org/TUGboat>.

\documentclass{ltugboat}

\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{ifpdf}
\ifpdf
\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref}
\else
\usepackage{url}
\fi

%%% Start of metadata %%%

\title{Example \TUB\ article}

% repeat info for each author.
\author{First Last}
\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country}
\netaddress{user (at) example dot org}
\personalURL{http://example.org/~user/}

%%% End of metadata %%%

\begin{document}

\maketitle

\begin{abstract}
This is an example article for \TUB{}.
Please write an abstract.
\end{abstract}

\section{Introduction}

This is an example article for \TUB, linked from
\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}.

We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the
\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF}
output).  Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively.

The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more):
% verbatim blocks are often better in \small
\begin{verbatim}[\small]
\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW
\BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML
\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe
\mf \MFB
\plain \POBox \PS
\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP
\TUB \TUG \tug
\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE

\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph

\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred}  % please use!
\cs{fred}   -> \fred
\meta{fred} -> <fred>
\nth{n}     -> 1st, 2nd, ...
\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4
\booktitle{Book of Fred}
\end{verbatim}

For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format
\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue.

This file is just a template.  The \TUB\ style documentation is the
\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}.  (For
\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using
\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location,
\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.)

Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions.

\bibliographystyle{plain}  % we recommend the plain bibliography style
\nocite{book-minimal}      % just making the bibliography non-empty
\bibliography{xampl}       % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX

\makesignature
\end{document}

Index
*****

* Menu:

* &:                                     tabular.           (line  4940)
* * prompt:                              Recovering from errors.
                                                            (line 14060)
* *-form of environment commands:        \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                            (line  6771)
* *-form of sectioning commands:         Sectioning.        (line  1981)
* *-form, defining new commands:         \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                            (line  6413)
* --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
                                                            (line 13962)
* --enable-write18 command-line option:  Command line options.
                                                            (line 13962)
* --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
                                                            (line 13989)
* --halt-on-error command-line option:   Command line options.
                                                            (line 13986)
* --help command-line option:            Command line options.
                                                            (line 13927)
* --interaction command-line option:     Command line options.
                                                            (line 13930)
* --jobname command-line option:         Command line options.
                                                            (line 13947)
* --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
                                                            (line 13989)
* --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
                                                            (line 13962)
* --output-directory command-line option: Command line options.
                                                            (line 13959)
* --shell-escape command-line option:    Command line options.
                                                            (line 13962)
* --version command-line option:         Command line options.
                                                            (line 13922)
* .aux file:                             Output files.      (line   458)
* .dvi file:                             Output files.      (line   435)
* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 13394)
* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 13035)
* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 13186)
* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 13186)
* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 13198)
* .lof file:                             Output files.      (line   468)
* .lof file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12801)
* .log file:                             Output files.      (line   453)
* .lot file:                             Output files.      (line   468)
* .lot file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12801)
* .pdf file:                             Output files.      (line   445)
* .tex, default extension:               Command line.      (line 13884)
* .toc file:                             Output files.      (line   468)
* .toc file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12801)
* .xdv file:                             TeX engines.       (line   510)
* 10pt option:                           Document class options.
                                                            (line   672)
* 11pt option:                           Document class options.
                                                            (line   672)
* 12pt option:                           Document class options.
                                                            (line   672)
* ::                                     Colon character & \colon.
                                                            (line  9486)
* : <1>:                                 Colon character & \colon.
                                                            (line  9486)
* [...] for optional arguments:          LaTeX command syntax.
                                                            (line   529)
* \ character starting commands:         LaTeX command syntax.
                                                            (line   529)
* \!:                                    Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9351)
* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 12378)
* \#:                                    Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12090)
* \$:                                    Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12090)
* \%:                                    Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12090)
* \&:                                    Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12090)
* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 12382)
* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4786)
* \*:                                    \*.                (line  9506)
* \+:                                    tabbing.           (line  4778)
* \,:                                    Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9337)
* \-:                                    tabbing.           (line  4782)
* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).  (line  5808)
* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 12385)
* \/:                                    \/.                (line 10324)
* \::                                    Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9333)
* \;:                                    Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9328)
* \<:                                    tabbing.           (line  4774)
* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 12389)
* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4768)
* \>:                                    tabbing.           (line  4772)
* \> <1>:                                Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9333)
* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4771)
* \@:                                    \@.                (line 10127)
* \@beginparpenalty:                     list.              (line  3868)
* \@endparpenalty:                       list.              (line  3876)
* \@fnsymbol:                            \footnote.         (line  6164)
* \@ifstar:                              \@ifstar.          (line  6598)
* \@itempenalty:                         list.              (line  3872)
* \@startsection:                        \@startsection.    (line  2452)
* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4801)
* \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  4802)
* \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.           (line  4802)
* \aa (aa):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12455)
* \AA (AA):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12455)
* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line  9221)
* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 12895)
* \address:                              \address.          (line 13573)
* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 12970)
* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.     (line  7316)
* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  7563)
* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 10649)
* \ae (ae):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12459)
* \AE (AE):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12459)
* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  8055)
* \Alph example:                         enumerate.         (line  3227)
* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  8058)
* \alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                            (line  7191)
* \Alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                            (line  7196)
* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 13121)
* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  8061)
* \and for \author:                      \maketitle.        (line  9718)
* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  8064)
* \appendix:                             \appendix.         (line  2391)
* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  8069)
* \arabic{COUNTER}:                      \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                            (line  7201)
* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line  9104)
* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line  9107)
* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line  9110)
* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9113)
* \arraycolsep:                          array.             (line  2910)
* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.           (line  5065)
* \arraystretch:                         tabular.           (line  5071)
* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8072)
* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8081)
* \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3140)
* \AtBeginDvi:                           Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   852)
* \AtEndDocument:                        \AtEndDocument.    (line  3156)
* \AtEndOfClass:                         Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   857)
* \AtEndOfPackage:                       Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   857)
* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line  9717)
* \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  4802)
* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 12404)
* \backmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                            (line  2424)
* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  8084)
* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line  9224)
* \baselineskip:                         Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1470)
* \baselinestretch:                      Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1480)
* \begin:                                Environments.      (line  2802)
* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8088)
* \bf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1268)
* \bfseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1233)
* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.          (line  5292)
* \bibliography:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5416)
* \bibliographystyle:                    Using BibTeX.      (line  5416)
* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  8091)
* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  8095)
* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  8099)
* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  8103)
* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8106)
* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  8109)
* \bigskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
                                                            (line 10430)
* \bigskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
                                                            (line 10431)
* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  8120)
* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8112)
* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8116)
* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8123)
* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  8127)
* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  8130)
* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9116)
* \boldmath:                             \boldmath & \unboldmath.
                                                            (line  9006)
* \boldmath <1>:                         \boldmath & \unboldmath.
                                                            (line  9014)
* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8133)
* \bottomfraction:                       Floats.            (line  1894)
* \bottomfraction <1>:                   Floats.            (line  1895)
* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  8138)
* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8141)
* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line  9227)
* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  8146)
* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 12414)
* \cal:                                  Font styles.       (line  1271)
* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8149)
* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 12382)
* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 12440)
* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 12444)
* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 12414)
* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 12393)
* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 12378)
* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 12418)
* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 12397)
* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 12422)
* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 12389)
* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 12436)
* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 12426)
* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 12430)
* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 12436)
* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 12401)
* \caption:                              figure.            (line  3353)
* \caption <1>:                          table.             (line  4892)
* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 13599)
* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8154)
* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line  9057)
* \centering:                            \centering.        (line  2992)
* \chapter:                              Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* \chapter <1>:                          \chapter.          (line  2089)
* \check:                                Math accents.      (line  9230)
* \CheckCommand:                         Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   864)
* \CheckCommand*:                        Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   864)
* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8157)
* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8160)
* \circle:                               \circle.           (line  4439)
* \cite:                                 \cite.             (line  5351)
* \ClassError:                           Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   884)
* \ClassInfo:                            Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   884)
* \ClassInfoNoLine:                      Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   884)
* \ClassWarning:                         Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   884)
* \ClassWarningNoLine:                   Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   884)
* \cleardoublepage:                      \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
                                                            (line  5987)
* \clearpage:                            \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
                                                            (line  5987)
* \cline:                                \cline.            (line  5199)
* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 13615)
* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  8165)
* \colon:                                Colon character & \colon.
                                                            (line  9486)
* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.        (line  1548)
* \columnsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1673)
* \columnsep <2>:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1676)
* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.        (line  1554)
* \columnseprule <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1674)
* \columnseprule <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1676)
* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.        (line  1561)
* \columnwidth <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1675)
* \columnwidth <2>:                      Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1676)
* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  8168)
* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8174)
* \contentsline:                         \addcontentsline.  (line 12899)
* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  8177)
* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 12177)
* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line  9119)
* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9122)
* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line  9125)
* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line  9128)
* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line  9131)
* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8180)
* \CurrentOption:                        Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   903)
* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 12418)
* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 12181)
* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  8185)
* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.          (line  4645)
* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8188)
* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line  9725)
* \day:                                  \day & \month & \year.
                                                            (line  7366)
* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.        (line  1594)
* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.        (line  1600)
* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.        (line  1607)
* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.        (line  1573)
* \dbltopnumber:                         \twocolumn.        (line  1612)
* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 12184)
* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  8192)
* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line  9233)
* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line  9061)
* \DeclareGraphicsExtensions:            \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
                                                            (line 11508)
* \DeclareGraphicsRule:                  \DeclareGraphicsRule.
                                                            (line 11548)
* \DeclareOption:                        Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   909)
* \DeclareOption*:                       Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   909)
* \DeclareRobustCommand:                 Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   939)
* \DeclareRobustCommand*:                Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   939)
* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9134)
* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8195)
* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8198)
* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line  9137)
* \dh (d):                               Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12463)
* \DH (D):                               Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12463)
* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8201)
* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8205)
* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  8209)
* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line  9140)
* \displaystyle:                         Math formulas.     (line  7941)
* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8212)
* \dj:                                   Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12469)
* \DJ:                                   Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12469)
* \documentclass:                        Document classes.  (line   630)
* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line  9236)
* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8215)
* \dotfill:                              \hrulefill & \dotfill.
                                                            (line 10359)
* \dots:                                 Text symbols.      (line 12201)
* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.           (line  5076)
* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8219)
* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8223)
* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8227)
* \emph:                                 Font styles.       (line  1253)
* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8230)
* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 13628)
* \end:                                  Environments.      (line  2802)
* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 12615)
* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.  (line  6061)
* \enspace:                              \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
                                                            (line  9932)
* \enumi:                                enumerate.         (line  3213)
* \enumii:                               enumerate.         (line  3213)
* \enumiii:                              enumerate.         (line  3213)
* \enumiv:                               enumerate.         (line  3213)
* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8234)
* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8240)
* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8243)
* \evensidemargin:                       Document class options.
                                                            (line   742)
* \evensidemargin <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1734)
* \evensidemargin <2>:                   Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1735)
* \ExecuteOptions:                       Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1015)
* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  8246)
* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line  9143)
* \extracolsep:                          tabular.           (line  5016)
* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 10794)
* \fboxrule:                             \framebox (picture).
                                                            (line  4622)
* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827)
* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10826)
* \fboxsep:                              \framebox (picture).
                                                            (line  4622)
* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 10832)
* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 10831)
* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line 10019)
* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8249)
* \floatpagefraction:                    Floats.            (line  1898)
* \floatpagefraction <1>:                Floats.            (line  1899)
* \floatsep:                             Floats.            (line  1914)
* \floatsep <1>:                         Floats.            (line  1915)
* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.      (line  1641)
* \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              \footnote.         (line  6164)
* \fnsymbol{COUNTER}:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                            (line  7214)
* \fontencoding:                         Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1380)
* \fontfamily:                           Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1390)
* \fontseries:                           Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1417)
* \fontshape:                            Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1457)
* \fontsize:                             Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1470)
* \footnote:                             \footnote.         (line  6146)
* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.     (line  6212)
* \footnoterule:                         \footnote.         (line  6174)
* \footnotesep:                          \footnote.         (line  6186)
* \footnotesize:                         Font sizes.        (line  1345)
* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.     (line  6268)
* \footskip:                             Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1693)
* \footskip <1>:                         Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1694)
* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  8252)
* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line  9522)
* \frame:                                \frame.            (line  4633)
* \framebox:                             \framebox (picture).
                                                            (line  4597)
* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10794)
* \frenchspacing:                        \frenchspacing.    (line 10173)
* \frontmatter:                          \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                            (line  2424)
* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  8255)
* \fussy:                                \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5866)
* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8258)
* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8261)
* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line  9146)
* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8264)
* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8268)
* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8272)
* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8275)
* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 13464)
* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 11446)
* \graphpaper:                           \graphpaper.       (line  4343)
* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line  9239)
* \guillemotleft (<<):                   Text symbols.      (line 12193)
* \guillemotright (>>):                  Text symbols.      (line 12194)
* \guilsinglleft (<):                    Text symbols.      (line 12195)
* \guilsinglright (>):                   Text symbols.      (line 12196)
* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 12422)
* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line  9242)
* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8279)
* \headheight:                           Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1681)
* \headheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1682)
* \headsep:                              Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1686)
* \headsep <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1687)
* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8282)
* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line 10007)
* \hline:                                \hline.            (line  5222)
* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line  9149)
* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8285)
* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8288)
* \hrulefill:                            \hrulefill & \dotfill.
                                                            (line 10359)
* \hsize:                                Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1786)
* \hsize <1>:                            Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1786)
* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line  9960)
* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line 10040)
* \huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1345)
* \Huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1345)
* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.      (line  5907)
* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 12372)
* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8291)
* \IfFileExists:                         Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   971)
* \ignorespaces:                         \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
                                                            (line  7080)
* \ignorespacesafterend:                 \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
                                                            (line  7080)
* \ij (ij):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12475)
* \IJ (IJ):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12475)
* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8295)
* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8298)
* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8302)
* \include:                              \include & \includeonly.
                                                            (line 12646)
* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
* \includeonly:                          \include & \includeonly.
                                                            (line 12646)
* \indent:                               \indent & \noindent.
                                                            (line  7761)
* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 13035)
* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 13071)
* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 13171)
* \indexspace:                           makeindex.         (line 13238)
* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line  9152)
* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  8307)
* \input:                                \input.            (line 12763)
* \InputIfFileExists:                    Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   971)
* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8310)
* \intextsep:                            Floats.            (line  1918)
* \intextsep <1>:                        Floats.            (line  1919)
* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8313)
* \it:                                   Font styles.       (line  1274)
* \item:                                 description.       (line  3059)
* \item <1>:                             enumerate.         (line  3195)
* \item <2>:                             itemize.           (line  3528)
* \item <3>:                             itemize.           (line  3550)
* \itemindent:                           list.              (line  3693)
* \itemsep:                              list.              (line  3697)
* \itshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1227)
* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 12372)
* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8320)
* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8316)
* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 12426)
* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  8324)
* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line  9155)
* \kill:                                 tabbing.           (line  4806)
* \l (/l):                               Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12479)
* \L (/L):                               Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12479)
* \label:                                \label.            (line  2691)
* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.         (line  3222)
* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.         (line  3222)
* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.         (line  3222)
* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.         (line  3222)
* \labelitemi:                           itemize.           (line  3557)
* \labelitemii:                          itemize.           (line  3557)
* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.           (line  3557)
* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.           (line  3557)
* \labelsep:                             list.              (line  3709)
* \labelwidth:                           list.              (line  3714)
* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8327)
* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8330)
* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8333)
* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8338)
* \large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1345)
* \Large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1345)
* \LARGE:                                Font sizes.        (line  1345)
* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 12187)
* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 12190)
* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8343)
* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8347)
* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8351)
* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line  9065)
* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 12200)
* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8355)
* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  8359)
* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line  9534)
* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8366)
* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8371)
* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.          (line  3279)
* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8375)
* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8378)
* \leftmargin:                           itemize.           (line  3576)
* \leftmargin <1>:                       list.              (line  3734)
* \leftmargini:                          itemize.           (line  3576)
* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.           (line  3576)
* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.           (line  3576)
* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.           (line  3576)
* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.           (line  3576)
* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.           (line  3576)
* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8381)
* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8386)
* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8391)
* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8395)
* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line  9158)
* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8398)
* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line  9161)
* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line  9164)
* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line  9167)
* \line:                                 \line.             (line  4367)
* \linebreak:                            \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
                                                            (line  5925)
* \linespread:                           Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1494)
* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.    (line  4411)
* \linewidth:                            Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1700)
* \linewidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1701)
* \listoffigures:                        Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12801)
* \listoftables:                         Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12801)
* \listparindent:                        list.              (line  3751)
* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8406)
* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line  9170)
* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8410)
* \LoadClass:                            Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   991)
* \LoadClassWithOptions:                 Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   991)
* \location:                             \location.         (line 13643)
* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line  9173)
* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8413)
* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  8418)
* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  8422)
* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8427)
* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8432)
* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 12206)
* \mainmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                            (line  2424)
* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10705)
* \makebox (for picture):                \makebox (picture).
                                                            (line  4559)
* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 13357)
* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 13394)
* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 13035)
* \makelabel:                            list.              (line  3670)
* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 13653)
* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line  9681)
* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  8435)
* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  7837)
* \marginparpush:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1707)
* \marginparpush <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1710)
* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  7866)
* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  7870)
* \marginparwidth:                       Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1709)
* \marginparwidth <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1710)
* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  7874)
* \marginsep:                            Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1708)
* \marginsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1710)
* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line  9879)
* \markright{RIGHT}:                     \pagestyle.        (line  9888)
* \mathbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1304)
* \mathcal:                              Font styles.       (line  1320)
* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  8944)
* \mathnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1317)
* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  8947)
* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line  9245)
* \mathrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1301)
* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  8950)
* \mathsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1307)
* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  8953)
* \mathtt:                               Font styles.       (line  1310)
* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  8956)
* \mathversion:                          Font styles.       (line  1322)
* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line  9176)
* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10705)
* \mdseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1230)
* \medskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
                                                            (line 10435)
* \medskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
                                                            (line 10436)
* \medspace:                             Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9333)
* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8439)
* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8444)
* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line  9179)
* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  8454)
* \month:                                \day & \month & \year.
                                                            (line  7366)
* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8459)
* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8462)
* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.      (line  5091)
* \multiput:                             \multiput.         (line  4295)
* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  8465)
* \name:                                 \name.             (line 13710)
* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  8468)
* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8471)
* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8474)
* \NeedsTeXFormat:                       Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1025)
* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8477)
* \negthinspace:                         Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9351)
* \negthinspace <1>:                     \thinspace & \negthinspace.
                                                            (line 10300)
* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8481)
* \newcommand:                           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                            (line  6394)
* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.       (line  6659)
* \newenvironment:                       \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                            (line  6750)
* \newfont:                              \newfont.          (line  6996)
* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 13405)
* \newlength:                            \newlength.        (line  6700)
* \newline:                              \newline.          (line  5784)
* \NEWLINE:                              \(SPACE).          (line 10203)
* \newpage:                              \newpage.          (line  6028)
* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.       (line  6722)
* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.       (line  6884)
* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 12436)
* \ng:                                   Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12483)
* \NG:                                   Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12483)
* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8484)
* \nocite:                               \nocite.           (line  5401)
* \nocorr:                               Font styles.       (line  1215)
* \nocorrlist:                           Font styles.       (line  1215)
* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 13010)
* \noindent:                             \indent & \noindent.
                                                            (line  7761)
* \nolinebreak:                          \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
                                                            (line  5925)
* \nonfrenchspacing:                     \frenchspacing.    (line 10173)
* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.          (line  3274)
* \nopagebreak:                          \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
                                                            (line  6086)
* \normalfont:                           Font styles.       (line  1251)
* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  7853)
* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 10193)
* \normalsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1345)
* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8489)
* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  8497)
* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8501)
* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8504)
* \o (/o):                               Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12487)
* \O (/O):                               Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12487)
* \obeycr:                               \obeycr & \restorecr.
                                                            (line  5744)
* \oddsidemargin:                        Document class options.
                                                            (line   742)
* \oddsidemargin <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1733)
* \oddsidemargin <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1735)
* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8507)
* \oe (oe):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12491)
* \OE (OE):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12491)
* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8512)
* \oldstylenums:                         Font styles.       (line  1326)
* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  8516)
* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  8519)
* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  8522)
* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.        (line  1522)
* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 13720)
* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  8525)
* \OptionNotUsed:                        Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1043)
* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  8529)
* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  8532)
* \oval:                                 \oval.             (line  4458)
* \overbrace{MATH}:                      Over- and Underlining.
                                                            (line  9300)
* \overline{TEXT}:                       Over- and Underlining.
                                                            (line  9281)
* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8537)
* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 12209)
* \PackageError:                         Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   884)
* \PackageInfo:                          Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   884)
* \PackageInfoNoLine:                    Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   884)
* \PackageWarning:                       Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   884)
* \PackageWarningNoLine:                 Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   884)
* \pagebreak:                            \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
                                                            (line  6086)
* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line  9752)
* \pageref:                              \pageref.          (line  2749)
* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line  9810)
* \paperheight:                          Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1746)
* \paperheight <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1747)
* \paperwidth:                           Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1752)
* \paperwidth <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1753)
* \par:                                  \par.              (line  7708)
* \paragraph:                            Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* \paragraph <1>:                        \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                            (line  2324)
* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  8542)
* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 10861)
* \parindent:                            minipage.          (line  4089)
* \parindent <1>:                        \indent & \noindent.
                                                            (line  7761)
* \parindent <2>:                        \parindent & \parskip.
                                                            (line  7810)
* \parsep:                               list.              (line  3757)
* \parskip:                              \parindent & \parskip.
                                                            (line  7810)
* \parskip example:                      itemize.           (line  3595)
* \part:                                 Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* \part <1>:                             \part.             (line  2035)
* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  8545)
* \partopsep:                            list.              (line  3766)
* \PassOptionsToClass:                   Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1049)
* \PassOptionsToPackage:                 Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1049)
* \pdfpageheight:                        Document class options.
                                                            (line   698)
* \pdfpagewidth:                         Document class options.
                                                            (line   698)
* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8548)
* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8553)
* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8557)
* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8560)
* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8564)
* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9182)
* \poptabs:                              tabbing.           (line  4812)
* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.           (line  4813)
* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 12213)
* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line  9185)
* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8567)
* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  8570)
* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  8575)
* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 13357)
* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 13394)
* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 13342)
* \printindex <1>:                       \printindex.       (line 13346)
* \ProcessOptions:                       Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1086)
* \ProcessOptions*:                      Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1086)
* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8584)
* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  8587)
* \protect:                              \protect.          (line  7028)
* \providecommand:                       \providecommand.   (line  6519)
* \ProvidesClass:                        Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1124)
* \ProvidesFile:                         Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1157)
* \ProvidesPackage:                      Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1124)
* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 13732)
* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8590)
* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8593)
* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.           (line  4815)
* \put:                                  \put.              (line  4277)
* \qbezier:                              \qbezier.          (line  4318)
* \qquad:                                Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9362)
* \qquad <1>:                            \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
                                                            (line  9932)
* \quad:                                 Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9356)
* \quad <1>:                             \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
                                                            (line  9932)
* \quotedblbase (,,):                    Text symbols.      (line 12217)
* \quotesinglbase (,):                   Text symbols.      (line 12218)
* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 12430)
* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.     (line  1662)
* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.       (line  3503)
* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.      (line  3452)
* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 10913)
* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8596)
* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8601)
* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8605)
* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8609)
* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8612)
* \ref:                                  \ref.              (line  2773)
* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 12017)
* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.   (line  7332)
* \renewenvironment:                     \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                            (line  6750)
* \RequirePackage:                       Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1166)
* \RequirePackageWithOptions:            Class and package commands.
                                                            (line  1166)
* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 12048)
* \restorecr:                            \obeycr & \restorecr.
                                                            (line  5744)
* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  8617)
* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  8622)
* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  7853)
* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8627)
* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8631)
* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8638)
* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line  9534)
* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  8642)
* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  8647)
* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  8651)
* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  8654)
* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  8657)
* \rightmargin:                          list.              (line  3781)
* \rm:                                   Font styles.       (line  1277)
* \rmfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1224)
* \roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                            (line  7204)
* \Roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                            (line  7209)
* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 11949)
* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 12221)
* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 12506)
* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 12224)
* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 10959)
* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 10959)
* \sc:                                   Font styles.       (line  1280)
* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 12017)
* \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1345)
* \scshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1245)
* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8660)
* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line  9188)
* \section:                              Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* \section <1>:                          \section.          (line  2182)
* \seename:                              \index.            (line 13121)
* \selectfont:                           Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1500)
* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.       (line  7298)
* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  7535)
* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8663)
* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  7592)
* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  7616)
* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  7640)
* \sf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1283)
* \sffamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1242)
* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8669)
* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.       (line  4494)
* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8672)
* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8675)
* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 13749)
* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8679)
* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8682)
* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line  9191)
* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9194)
* \sl:                                   Font styles.       (line  1286)
* \sloppy:                               \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5866)
* \slshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1239)
* \small:                                Font sizes.        (line  1345)
* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  8685)
* \smallskip:                            \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
                                                            (line 10440)
* \smallskipamount:                      \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
                                                            (line 10441)
* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  8689)
* \SPACE:                                \(SPACE).          (line 10203)
* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 10066)
* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8692)
* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  8695)
* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  8699)
* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line  9569)
* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8703)
* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  8708)
* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8713)
* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  8718)
* \ss (ss):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12495)
* \SS (SS):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12495)
* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line  9585)
* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8723)
* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.      (line  7350)
* \stop:                                 Recovering from errors.
                                                            (line 14060)
* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 10484)
* \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* \subparagraph <1>:                     \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                            (line  2324)
* \subsection:                           Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* \subsection <1>:                       \subsection.       (line  2260)
* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  8731)
* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  8734)
* \subsubsection:                        \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                            (line  2324)
* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8737)
* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  8741)
* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8746)
* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line  9197)
* \suppressfloats:                       Floats.            (line  1887)
* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  8750)
* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  8753)
* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8756)
* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8761)
* \symbol:                               Symbols by font position.
                                                            (line 12160)
* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 12436)
* \TAB:                                  \(SPACE).          (line 10203)
* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.           (line  4820)
* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.           (line  5080)
* \tableofcontents:                      Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12801)
* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line  9200)
* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9203)
* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8764)
* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 13779)
* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 12228)
* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 12266)
* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 12231)
* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 12234)
* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 12237)
* \textbackslash:                        Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12097)
* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 12240)
* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 12243)
* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 12246)
* \textbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1233)
* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 12249)
* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 12252)
* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 12255)
* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 12258)
* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 12265)
* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 12261)
* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 12264)
* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 12178)
* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 12273)
* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 12276)
* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 12279)
* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 12202)
* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 12282)
* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 12287)
* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 12290)
* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 12296)
* \textfloatsep:                         Floats.            (line  1923)
* \textfloatsep <1>:                     Floats.            (line  1924)
* \textfraction:                         Floats.            (line  1902)
* \textfraction <1>:                     Floats.            (line  1903)
* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 12299)
* \textheight:                           Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1758)
* \textheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1759)
* \textit:                               Font styles.       (line  1227)
* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 12305)
* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 12302)
* \textmd:                               Font styles.       (line  1230)
* \textnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1251)
* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 12308)
* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 12309)
* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 12210)
* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 12312)
* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 12315)
* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 12318)
* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 12321)
* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 12324)
* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 12327)
* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 12330)
* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 12333)
* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 12334)
* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 12337)
* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 12340)
* \textrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1224)
* \textsc:                               Font styles.       (line  1245)
* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 12225)
* \textsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1242)
* \textsl:                               Font styles.       (line  1239)
* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 12214)
* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 12343)
* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 12346)
* \texttt:                               Font styles.       (line  1248)
* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 12349)
* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 12352)
* \textup:                               Font styles.       (line  1236)
* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 12355)
* \textwidth:                            Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1766)
* \textwidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1767)
* \th (th):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12499)
* \TH (TH):                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12499)
* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line  9731)
* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8767)
* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.       (line  4431)
* \thickspace:                           Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9328)
* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.        (line  4423)
* \thinspace:                            Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9337)
* \thinspace <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
                                                            (line 10300)
* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line  9894)
* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line  9248)
* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  8771)
* \tiny:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1345)
* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line  9738)
* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8775)
* \today:                                \today.            (line 12541)
* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8779)
* \topfraction:                          Floats.            (line  1907)
* \topfraction <1>:                      Floats.            (line  1908)
* \topmargin:                            Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1791)
* \topsep:                               list.              (line  3786)
* \topskip:                              Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1798)
* \topskip <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1799)
* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  8784)
* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  8787)
* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  8793)
* \tt:                                   Font styles.       (line  1289)
* \ttfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1248)
* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.        (line  1534)
* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 13794)
* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 13839)
* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 12440)
* \unboldmath:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
                                                            (line  9006)
* \unboldmath <1>:                       \boldmath & \unboldmath.
                                                            (line  9014)
* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 12406)
* \underbrace{MATH}:                     Over- and Underlining.
                                                            (line  9286)
* \underline{TEXT}:                      Over- and Underlining.
                                                            (line  9269)
* \unitlength:                           picture.           (line  4162)
* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  8799)
* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  8806)
* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8813)
* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8817)
* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  8821)
* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  8826)
* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  8831)
* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  8836)
* \upshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1236)
* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8843)
* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8846)
* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 11065)
* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.       (line  7239)
* \usefont:                              Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1508)
* \usepackage:                           Additional packages.
                                                            (line   763)
* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 12444)
* \value:                                \value.            (line  7265)
* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  8854)
* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  8849)
* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  8859)
* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  8863)
* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  8867)
* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  8871)
* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  8875)
* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  8879)
* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line  9074)
* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line  9251)
* \vector:                               \vector.           (line  4536)
* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8883)
* \verb:                                 \verb.             (line  5582)
* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8888)
* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8904)
* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 10620)
* \vline:                                \vline.            (line  5173)
* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 10569)
* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  8922)
* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line  9254)
* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line  9257)
* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8926)
* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8929)
* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8932)
* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8935)
* \year:                                 \day & \month & \year.
                                                            (line  7366)
* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8938)
* \\ (for center):                       center.            (line  2954)
* \\ (for eqnarray):                     eqnarray.          (line  3262)
* \\ (for flushright):                   flushright.        (line  3491)
* \\ (for \shortstack objects):          \shortstack.       (line  4520)
* \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4765)
* \\ for flushleft:                      flushleft.         (line  3432)
* \\ for letters:                        Letters.           (line 13537)
* \\ for tabular:                        tabular.           (line  4943)
* \\ for verse:                          verse.             (line  5644)
* \\ for \author:                        \maketitle.        (line  9718)
* \\ for \title:                         \maketitle.        (line  9739)
* \\ force line break:                   \\.                (line  5682)
* \\* (for eqnarray):                    eqnarray.          (line  3270)
* \^:                                    Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12097)
* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 12393)
* \_:                                    Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12090)
* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 12397)
* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4792)
* \{:                                    Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12090)
* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  8052)
* \}:                                    Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12090)
* \~:                                    Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12097)
* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 12401)
* ^:                                     Subscripts & superscripts.
                                                            (line  7977)
* _:                                     Subscripts & superscripts.
                                                            (line  7977)
* 'see' and 'see also' index entries:    \index.            (line 13121)
* {...} for required arguments:          LaTeX command syntax.
                                                            (line   529)
* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 10244)
* a4paper option:                        Document class options.
                                                            (line   677)
* a5paper option:                        Document class options.
                                                            (line   677)
* abstract environment:                  abstract.          (line  2819)
* abstracts:                             abstract.          (line  2819)
* accents:                               Accents.           (line 12361)
* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line  9217)
* accessing any character of a font:     Symbols by font position.
                                                            (line 12160)
* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 13357)
* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 12382)
* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9222)
* additional packages, loading:          Additional packages.
                                                            (line   763)
* ae ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12459)
* algorithm2e package:                   tabbing.           (line  4845)
* align environment, from amsmath:       eqnarray.          (line  3239)
* aligning equations:                    eqnarray.          (line  3239)
* alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.           (line  4705)
* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  7966)
* amsmath package:                       array.             (line  2914)
* amsmath package <1>:                   array.             (line  2925)
* amsmath package <2>:                   displaymath.       (line  3106)
* amsmath package <3>:                   equation.          (line  3309)
* amsmath package <4>:                   theorem.           (line  5496)
* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  7966)
* amsmath package <6>:                   Dots.              (line  9077)
* amsmath package <7>:                   Math functions.    (line  9206)
* amsmath package <8>:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
                                                            (line  9467)
* amsmath package <9>:                   Colon character & \colon.
                                                            (line  9495)
* amsmath package <10>:                  Colon character & \colon.
                                                            (line  9499)
* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.          (line  3239)
* amsthm package:                        theorem.           (line  5496)
* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 12518)
* appendices:                            \appendix.         (line  2391)
* appendix:                              \appendix.         (line  2391)
* appendix package:                      \appendix.         (line  2414)
* aring:                                 Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12455)
* array (package) package:               array.             (line  2936)
* array environment:                     array.             (line  2865)
* arrays, math:                          array.             (line  2865)
* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12306)
* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12341)
* article class:                         Document classes.  (line   635)
* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 12267)
* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12232)
* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12235)
* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12238)
* Asymptote package:                     \line.             (line  4397)
* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 10540)
* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10772)
* at clause, in font definitions:        \newfont.          (line  7009)
* at-sign:                               \@.                (line 10127)
* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line  9718)
* auxiliary file:                        Output files.      (line   458)
* b5paper option:                        Document class options.
                                                            (line   677)
* babel package:                         \chapter.          (line  2154)
* babel package <1>:                     thebibliography.   (line  5286)
* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 12361)
* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 12548)
* babel package <4>:                     Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12875)
* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 13121)
* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 11312)
* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 12241)
* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12247)
* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 12244)
* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 12389)
* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9225)
* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 12404)
* basics of LaTeX:                       Overview.          (line   373)
* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 14087)
* beginning of document hook:            \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3140)
* bibliography format, open:             Document class options.
                                                            (line   725)
* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX.     (line  5416)
* bibliography, creating (manually):     thebibliography.   (line  5239)
* bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5416)
* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12250)
* Big point:                             Units of length.   (line  7499)
* bigfoot package:                       Footnotes of footnotes.
                                                            (line  6373)
* black boxes, omitting:                 Document class options.
                                                            (line   711)
* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line  8962)
* bm package:                            \boldmath & \unboldmath.
                                                            (line  9032)
* bold font:                             Font styles.       (line  1269)
* bold math:                             Font styles.       (line  1322)
* bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.       (line  3064)
* boldface mathematics:                  \boldmath & \unboldmath.
                                                            (line  9006)
* book class:                            Document classes.  (line   635)
* book, back matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                            (line  2424)
* book, end matter:                      \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                            (line  2424)
* book, front matter:                    \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                            (line  2424)
* book, main matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                            (line  2424)
* bottomnumber:                          Floats.            (line  1930)
* bottomnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  1931)
* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10705)
* box, allocating new:                   \newsavebox.       (line  6722)
* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 11275)
* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 10959)
* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 11065)
* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 10696)
* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  7499)
* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12253)
* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12256)
* breaking lines:                        Line breaking.     (line  5665)
* breaking pages:                        Page breaking.     (line  5956)
* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line  9506)
* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 12440)
* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9228)
* bug reporting:                         About this document.
                                                            (line   344)
* bullet lists:                          itemize.           (line  3528)
* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  8147)
* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 12259)
* bulleted lists:                        itemize.           (line  3528)
* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line  8988)
* calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.       (line  1272)
* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 12267)
* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 12444)
* catcode:                               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                            (line  6560)
* category code, character:              \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                            (line  6560)
* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  7512)
* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 13599)
* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 12414)
* center environment:                    center.            (line  2944)
* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 12238)
* centered equations:                    Document class options.
                                                            (line   715)
* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 12313)
* centering text, declaration for:       \centering.        (line  2992)
* centering text, environment for:       center.            (line  2944)
* Centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  7503)
* chapter:                               Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* chapter <1>:                           \chapter.          (line  2089)
* character category code:               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                            (line  6560)
* character, invisible:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
                                                            (line  9429)
* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 12361)
* characters, case of:                   Upper and lower case.
                                                            (line 12115)
* characters, non-English:               Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12449)
* characters, reserved:                  Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12083)
* characters, special:                   Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12083)
* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 12444)
* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9231)
* Cicero:                                Units of length.   (line  7512)
* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12250)
* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 12262)
* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 12393)
* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9243)
* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 12232)
* citation key:                          \bibitem.          (line  5301)
* class and package commands:            Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   849)
* class and package difference:          Class and package construction.
                                                            (line   788)
* class and package structure:           Class and package structure.
                                                            (line   802)
* class file example:                    Class and package structure.
                                                            (line   835)
* class file layout:                     Class and package structure.
                                                            (line   802)
* class options:                         Document class options.
                                                            (line   664)
* class options <1>:                     Class and package structure.
                                                            (line   802)
* class options <2>:                     Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   909)
* classes of documents:                  Document classes.  (line   630)
* cleveref package:                      Cross references.  (line  2683)
* cleveref package <1>:                  \ref.              (line  2796)
* cleveref package <2>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6254)
* clock option to slides class:          Document class options.
                                                            (line   757)
* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 13615)
* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 12222)
* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  7503)
* code, typesetting:                     verbatim.          (line  5543)
* colon character:                       Colon character & \colon.
                                                            (line  9486)
* color:                                 Color.             (line 11077)
* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 11182)
* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 11204)
* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 11275)
* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 11312)
* color models:                          Color models.      (line 11130)
* color package commands:                Commands for color.
                                                            (line 11177)
* color package options:                 Color package options.
                                                            (line 11092)
* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 11182)
* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 11275)
* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 11312)
* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 11204)
* command line:                          Command line.      (line 13872)
* command syntax:                        LaTeX command syntax.
                                                            (line   529)
* commands, class and package:           Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   849)
* commands, defining new ones:           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                            (line  6394)
* commands, defining new ones <1>:       \providecommand.   (line  6519)
* commands, document class:              Class and package construction.
                                                            (line   779)
* commands, graphics package:            Commands for graphics.
                                                            (line 11621)
* commands, ignore spaces:               \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
                                                            (line  7080)
* commands, redefining:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                            (line  6394)
* commands, star-variants:               \@ifstar.          (line  6598)
* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12267)
* computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.          (line  5543)
* configuration, graphics package:       Graphics package configuration.
                                                            (line 11434)
* contents file:                         Output files.      (line   468)
* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12179)
* counters, a list of:                   Counters.          (line  7155)
* counters, defining new:                \newcounter.       (line  6659)
* counters, getting value of:            \value.            (line  7265)
* counters, printing:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                            (line  7183)
* counters, setting:                     \setcounter.       (line  7298)
* cprotect package:                      verbatim.          (line  5563)
* cprotect package <1>:                  \verb.             (line  5621)
* creating pictures:                     picture.           (line  4143)
* creating tables:                       table.             (line  4854)
* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line  9732)
* cross references:                      Cross references.  (line  2651)
* cross references, resolving:           Output files.      (line   458)
* cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.          (line  2749)
* cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.              (line  2773)
* CTAN:                                  CTAN.              (line   604)
* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 12280)
* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 12291)
* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 12277)
* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 12182)
* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 12274)
* DANTE e.V.:                            CTAN.              (line   618)
* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line  9726)
* date, today's:                         \today.            (line 12541)
* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 12562)
* dbltopnumber:                          Floats.            (line  1934)
* dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  1935)
* dcolumn package:                       array.             (line  2936)
* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  7509)
* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 11182)
* defining a new command:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                            (line  6394)
* defining a new command <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  6519)
* defining new environments:             \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                            (line  6750)
* defining new fonts:                    \newfont.          (line  6996)
* defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.       (line  6884)
* definitions:                           Definitions.       (line  6389)
* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line  9534)
* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 13290)
* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 13294)
* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 13298)
* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 13302)
* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 13306)
* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 13445)
* description environment:               description.       (line  3034)
* description lists, creating:           description.       (line  3034)
* design size, in font definitions:      \newfont.          (line  7009)
* Didot point:                           Units of length.   (line  7509)
* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 12378)
* difference between class and package:  Class and package construction.
                                                            (line   788)
* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line  9506)
* discretionary hyphenation:             \discretionary.    (line  5843)
* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line  9618)
* displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
                                                            (line  4675)
* displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
                                                            (line  4675)
* displaymath environment:               displaymath.       (line  3090)
* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  7886)
* document class commands:               Class and package construction.
                                                            (line   779)
* document class options:                Document class options.
                                                            (line   664)
* document class, defined:               Starting and ending.
                                                            (line   410)
* document classes:                      Document classes.  (line   630)
* document environment:                  document.          (line  3134)
* document templates:                    Document templates.
                                                            (line 14080)
* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 12280)
* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 12385)
* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9237)
* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 12385)
* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 12418)
* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 12372)
* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8299)
* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 12372)
* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8321)
* dots:                                  Dots.              (line  9046)
* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 12197)
* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 12185)
* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 12277)
* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9234)
* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 12197)
* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 12319)
* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 12219)
* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 12335)
* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 12322)
* double spacing:                        Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1487)
* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12247)
* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line  8962)
* draft option:                          Document class options.
                                                            (line   707)
* dvipdfmx command:                      Output files.      (line   435)
* dvips command:                         Output files.      (line   435)
* dvitype command:                       Output files.      (line   435)
* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 12288)
* e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   484)
* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line  9046)
* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 12203)
* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  7517)
* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  7517)
* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 12283)
* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 12344)
* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 12350)
* emphasis:                              Font styles.       (line  1253)
* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 13628)
* end of document hook:                  \AtEndDocument.    (line  3156)
* ending and starting:                   Starting and ending.
                                                            (line   399)
* engines, TeX:                          TeX engines.       (line   477)
* enlarge current page:                  \enlargethispage.  (line  6061)
* enumerate environment:                 enumerate.         (line  3172)
* enumitem package:                      list.              (line  3880)
* environment:                           Starting and ending.
                                                            (line   418)
* environment, abstract:                 abstract.          (line  2819)
* environment, array:                    array.             (line  2865)
* environment, center:                   center.            (line  2944)
* environment, description:              description.       (line  3034)
* environment, displaymath:              displaymath.       (line  3090)
* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  7886)
* environment, document:                 document.          (line  3134)
* environment, enumerate:                enumerate.         (line  3172)
* environment, eqnarray:                 eqnarray.          (line  3239)
* environment, equation:                 equation.          (line  3295)
* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  7886)
* environment, figure:                   figure.            (line  3315)
* environment, filecontents:             filecontents.      (line  3373)
* environment, filecontents*:            filecontents.      (line  3373)
* environment, flushleft:                flushleft.         (line  3424)
* environment, flushright:               flushright.        (line  3485)
* environment, itemize:                  itemize.           (line  3528)
* environment, letter:                   letter.            (line  3611)
* environment, list:                     list.              (line  3616)
* environment, math:                     math.              (line  3980)
* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  7886)
* environment, minipage:                 minipage.          (line  3992)
* environment, picture:                  picture.           (line  4143)
* environment, quotation:                quotation & quote. (line  4675)
* environment, quote:                    quotation & quote. (line  4675)
* environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.           (line  4705)
* environment, table:                    table.             (line  4854)
* environment, tabular:                  tabular.           (line  4914)
* environment, thebibliography:          thebibliography.   (line  5239)
* environment, theorem:                  theorem.           (line  5474)
* environment, theorem-like:             \newtheorem.       (line  6884)
* environment, titlepage:                titlepage.         (line  5504)
* environment, verbatim:                 verbatim.          (line  5543)
* environment, verse:                    verse.             (line  5629)
* environments:                          Environments.      (line  2802)
* environments, defining:                \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                            (line  6750)
* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 13702)
* EPS files:                             Graphics package configuration.
                                                            (line 11434)
* EPS files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
* eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.          (line  3239)
* equation environment:                  equation.          (line  3295)
* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  7886)
* equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  2773)
* equation numbers, left vs. right:      Document class options.
                                                            (line   721)
* equation numbers, omitting:            eqnarray.          (line  3274)
* equations, aligning:                   eqnarray.          (line  3239)
* equations, environment for:            equation.          (line  3295)
* equations, flush left vs. centered:    Document class options.
                                                            (line   715)
* es-zet German letter:                  Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12495)
* etex command:                          TeX engines.       (line   484)
* eth, Icelandic letter:                 Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12463)
* etoolbox package:                      Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   953)
* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 12291)
* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 12291)
* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  7517)
* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  7517)
* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 12297)
* executivepaper option:                 Document class options.
                                                            (line   677)
* exponent:                              Subscripts & superscripts.
                                                            (line  7977)
* extended Latin:                        Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12449)
* external files, writing:               filecontents.      (line  3373)
* families, of fonts:                    Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1390)
* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line  9675)
* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line  9817)
* fancyvrb package:                      tabbing.           (line  4845)
* fancyvrb package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  5574)
* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 12310)
* figure environment:                    figure.            (line  3315)
* figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.              (line  2773)
* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.          (line  4093)
* figures, inserting:                    figure.            (line  3315)
* file, root:                            Splitting the input.
                                                            (line 12576)
* filecontents environment:              filecontents.      (line  3373)
* filecontents* environment:             filecontents.      (line  3373)
* final option:                          Document class options.
                                                            (line   707)
* first-latex-doc document:              About this document.
                                                            (line   356)
* fixed-width font:                      Font styles.       (line  1290)
* flafter package:                       Floats.            (line  1882)
* fleqn option:                          Document class options.
                                                            (line   707)
* float package:                         Floats.            (line  1852)
* float page:                            Floats.            (line  1858)
* flush left equations:                  Document class options.
                                                            (line   715)
* flushing floats and starting a page:   \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
                                                            (line  5987)
* flushleft environment:                 flushleft.         (line  3424)
* flushright environment:                flushright.        (line  3485)
* font catalogue:                        Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1390)
* font commands, low-level:              Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1375)
* font size:                             Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1470)
* font sizes:                            Font sizes.        (line  1340)
* font styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1200)
* font symbols, by number:               Symbols by font position.
                                                            (line 12160)
* fonts:                                 Fonts.             (line  1194)
* fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.          (line  6996)
* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line  8988)
* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line  9810)
* footer, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1673)
* footnote number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  2773)
* footnote parameters:                   \footnote.         (line  6174)
* footnote, in a table:                  Footnotes in a table.
                                                            (line  6303)
* footnote, in section headings:         Footnotes in section headings.
                                                            (line  6284)
* footnote, of a footnote:               Footnotes of footnotes.
                                                            (line  6373)
* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.          (line  4093)
* footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.         (line  6127)
* Footnotes, in a minipage:              \footnote.         (line  6202)
* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote.         (line  6164)
* formulas, environment for:             equation.          (line  3295)
* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  7886)
* forward reference:                     Cross references.  (line  2672)
* forward references, resolving:         Output files.      (line   458)
* fraction:                              \frac.             (line  9522)
* fragile commands:                      \protect.          (line  7028)
* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827)
* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827)
* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 10832)
* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 12197)
* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line  9101)
* geometry package:                      Document class options.
                                                            (line   698)
* geometry package <1>:                  Document class options.
                                                            (line   702)
* global options:                        Document class options.
                                                            (line   664)
* global options <1>:                    Additional packages.
                                                            (line   772)
* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 13357)
* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 13357)
* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 13405)
* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 13464)
* glue register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  6700)
* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 11333)
* graphics <1>:                          Graphics package configuration.
                                                            (line 11434)
* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 11333)
* graphics package <1>:                  Graphics package configuration.
                                                            (line 11434)
* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
* graphics package commands:             Commands for graphics.
                                                            (line 11621)
* graphics package options:              Graphics package options.
                                                            (line 11370)
* graphics packages:                     \line.             (line  4397)
* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 12017)
* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 12048)
* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 12017)
* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 12048)
* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 12397)
* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9240)
* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12300)
* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  8040)
* group, and environments:               Environments.      (line  2814)
* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 13237)
* ha'c<ek accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line  9231)
* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 12444)
* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 12513)
* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 12393)
* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line  9243)
* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line  9810)
* header, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1673)
* hello, world:                          Starting and ending.
                                                            (line   399)
* here, putting floats:                  Floats.            (line  1852)
* home page for manual:                  About this document.
                                                            (line   321)
* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line 10040)
* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line 10040)
* horizontal spacing:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
                                                            (line  9429)
* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 12422)
* hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.     (line  6254)
* hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6263)
* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line  9791)
* hyperref package <3>:                  Command line input.
                                                            (line 14001)
* hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.      (line  5907)
* hyphenation, discretionary:            \discretionary.    (line  5843)
* hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).  (line  5808)
* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10705)
* Icelandic eth:                         Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12463)
* Icelandic thorn:                       Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12499)
* idx file:                              \index.            (line 13171)
* ij letter, Dutch:                      Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12475)
* implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.       (line   477)
* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  7496)
* in-line formulas:                      math.              (line  3980)
* inch:                                  Units of length.   (line  7496)
* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
* indent, forcing:                       \indent & \noindent.
                                                            (line  7761)
* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.         (line  4089)
* indentfirst package:                   \part.             (line  2079)
* indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.          (line  2141)
* indentfirst package <2>:               \section.          (line  2236)
* indentfirst package <3>:               \subsection.       (line  2302)
* indentfirst package <4>:               \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                            (line  2379)
* indentfirst package <5>:               \indent & \noindent.
                                                            (line  7803)
* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 13318)
* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 13314)
* index entries, 'see' and 'see also':   \index.            (line 13121)
* index entry:                           \index.            (line 13071)
* index package:                         \index.            (line 13166)
* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 13105)
* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 13342)
* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 13186)
* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 13198)
* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 13035)
* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line 10007)
* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 10620)
* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line  9636)
* input file:                            Splitting the input.
                                                            (line 12572)
* input, on command line:                Command line input.
                                                            (line 13997)
* input/output, to terminal:             Terminal input/output.
                                                            (line 13791)
* inserting figures:                     figure.            (line  3315)
* insertions of special characters:      Special insertions.
                                                            (line 12077)
* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line  9627)
* invisible character:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
                                                            (line  9429)
* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 10324)
* italic font:                           Font styles.       (line  1275)
* itemize environment:                   itemize.           (line  3528)
* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 13261)
* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 13270)
* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 13264)
* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 13280)
* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 13267)
* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 13274)
* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 13284)
* JPEG files:                            Graphics package configuration.
                                                            (line 11434)
* JPEG files <1>:                        \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
* JPG files:                             Graphics package configuration.
                                                            (line 11434)
* JPG files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
* justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.       (line  3503)
* justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.      (line  3452)
* Knuth, Donald E.:                      Overview.          (line   373)
* label:                                 Cross references.  (line  2651)
* labelled lists, creating:              description.       (line  3034)
* Lamport TeX:                           Overview.          (line   391)
* Lamport, Leslie:                       Overview.          (line   373)
* landscape option:                      Document class options.
                                                            (line   707)
* landscape orientation:                 Document class options.
                                                            (line   718)
* latex command:                         Output files.      (line   435)
* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 12188)
* LaTeX overview:                        Overview.          (line   373)
* LaTeX Project team:                    About this document.
                                                            (line   340)
* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e:                     About this document.
                                                            (line   336)
* latex-doc-ptr document:                About this document.
                                                            (line   353)
* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 12191)
* <latexrefman@tug.org> email address:   About this document.
                                                            (line   340)
* Latin letters, additional:             Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12449)
* layout commands:                       Layout.            (line  1517)
* layout, page parameters for:           Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1673)
* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 12197)
* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12306)
* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12253)
* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 12207)
* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 12319)
* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 12325)
* left-hand equation numbers:            Document class options.
                                                            (line   721)
* left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.      (line  3452)
* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.         (line  3424)
* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line  9605)
* legalpaper option:                     Document class options.
                                                            (line   677)
* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  7563)
* lengths, allocating new:               \newlength.        (line  6700)
* lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.           (line  7385)
* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  7535)
* leqno option:                          Document class options.
                                                            (line   707)
* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12303)
* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 13244)
* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 13253)
* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 13257)
* letter class:                          Document classes.  (line   635)
* letter environment:                    letter.            (line  3611)
* letterpaper option:                    Document class options.
                                                            (line   677)
* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 12361)
* letters, additional Latin:             Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12449)
* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 13615)
* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 13720)
* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 13494)
* line break, forcing:                   \\.                (line  5682)
* line breaking:                         Line breaking.     (line  5665)
* line breaks, changing:                 \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5866)
* line breaks, forcing:                  \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
                                                            (line  5925)
* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line  9506)
* line breaks, preventing:               \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
                                                            (line  5925)
* lines in tables:                       tabular.           (line  4914)
* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 13310)
* lining numerals:                       Font styles.       (line  1326)
* lining text up in tables:              tabular.           (line  4914)
* lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.           (line  4705)
* list environment:                      list.              (line  3616)
* list items, specifying counter:        \usecounter.       (line  7239)
* list of figures file:                  Output files.      (line   468)
* list of tables file:                   Output files.      (line   468)
* listings package:                      tabbing.           (line  4845)
* listings package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  5568)
* listings package <2>:                  \verb.             (line  5618)
* lists of items:                        itemize.           (line  3528)
* lists of items, generic:               list.              (line  3616)
* lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.         (line  3172)
* loading additional packages:           Additional packages.
                                                            (line   763)
* log file:                              Output files.      (line   453)
* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 12188)
* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 12191)
* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 12229)
* long command:                          Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   866)
* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 12219)
* low-level font commands:               Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1375)
* lowercase:                             Upper and lower case.
                                                            (line 12115)
* LR box:                                picture.           (line  4240)
* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line  9605)
* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 11037)
* lshort document:                       About this document.
                                                            (line   364)
* ltugboat class:                        tugboat template.  (line 14211)
* lualatex command:                      TeX engines.       (line   501)
* LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.       (line   501)
* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  7517)
* macro package, LaTeX as:               Overview.          (line   378)
* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 12389)
* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line  9225)
* macros2e package:                      \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                            (line  6584)
* Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.          (line  3239)
* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10705)
* makeindex:                             makeindex.         (line 13186)
* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 13186)
* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 13198)
* making a title page:                   titlepage.         (line  5504)
* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  7664)
* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  7837)
* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 12310)
* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line  9534)
* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line  9534)
* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line  9217)
* math environment:                      math.              (line  3980)
* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  7886)
* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  7886)
* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line  9101)
* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line  9480)
* math mode:                             Modes.             (line  9615)
* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  7886)
* math mode, spacing:                    Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9311)
* math mode, spacing <1>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
                                                            (line  9429)
* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.            (line  9368)
* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  8040)
* math, bold:                            Font styles.       (line  1322)
* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  7966)
* mathtools package <1>:                 Over- and Underlining.
                                                            (line  9305)
* mathtools package <2>:                 \smash.            (line  9423)
* mathtools package <3>:                 \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
                                                            (line  9459)
* MetaPost package:                      \line.             (line  4397)
* mfirstuc package:                      Upper and lower case.
                                                            (line 12154)
* mhchem package:                        Subscripts & superscripts.
                                                            (line  8033)
* Millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  7506)
* minipage environment:                  minipage.          (line  3992)
* minipage, creating a:                  minipage.          (line  3992)
* minted package:                        tabbing.           (line  4845)
* minted package <1>:                    verbatim.          (line  5568)
* minted package <2>:                    \verb.             (line  5618)
* mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.              (line   618)
* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  7506)
* modes:                                 Modes.             (line  9595)
* monospace font:                        Font styles.       (line  1290)
* moving arguments:                      \protect.          (line  7041)
* mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.         (line  6202)
* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  7528)
* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  7528)
* multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.        (line  1534)
* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 12361)
* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 13061)
* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line  9506)
* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 13442)
* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 10244)
* nested \include, not allowed:          \include & \includeonly.
                                                            (line 12744)
* new class commands:                    Class and package construction.
                                                            (line   779)
* new command, check:                    Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   864)
* new command, definition:               Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   939)
* new commands, defining:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                            (line  6394)
* new commands, defining <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  6519)
* new line, output as input:             \obeycr & \restorecr.
                                                            (line  5744)
* new line, starting:                    \\.                (line  5682)
* new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.          (line  5784)
* new page, starting:                    \newpage.          (line  6028)
* non-English characters:                Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12449)
* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  7837)
* notitlepage option:                    Document class options.
                                                            (line   707)
* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line  9534)
* numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.       (line  7239)
* numerals, old-style:                   Font styles.       (line  1326)
* oblique font:                          Font styles.       (line  1287)
* oe ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12491)
* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 12426)
* old-style numerals:                    Font styles.       (line  1326)
* one-column output:                     \onecolumn.        (line  1522)
* onecolumn option:                      Document class options.
                                                            (line   736)
* oneside option:                        Document class options.
                                                            (line   736)
* openany option:                        Document class options.
                                                            (line   736)
* openbib option:                        Document class options.
                                                            (line   707)
* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 12207)
* openright option:                      Document class options.
                                                            (line   736)
* OpenType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   477)
* options, class:                        Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   909)
* options, color package:                Color package options.
                                                            (line 11092)
* options, command line:                 Command line options.
                                                            (line 13914)
* options, document class:               Document class options.
                                                            (line   664)
* options, document class <1>:           Class and package structure.
                                                            (line   802)
* options, global:                       Additional packages.
                                                            (line   772)
* options, graphics package:             Graphics package options.
                                                            (line 11370)
* options, package:                      Class and package structure.
                                                            (line   802)
* options, package <1>:                  Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   909)
* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 12310)
* oslash:                                Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12487)
* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line  9636)
* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 12389)
* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line  9237)
* overlining:                            Over- and Underlining.
                                                            (line  9266)
* overview of LaTeX:                     Overview.          (line   373)
* package file layout:                   Class and package structure.
                                                            (line   802)
* package options:                       Class and package structure.
                                                            (line   802)
* package options <1>:                   Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   909)
* package, algorithm2e:                  tabbing.           (line  4845)
* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  7966)
* package, amsmath:                      array.             (line  2914)
* package, amsmath <1>:                  array.             (line  2925)
* package, amsmath <2>:                  displaymath.       (line  3106)
* package, amsmath <3>:                  equation.          (line  3309)
* package, amsmath <4>:                  theorem.           (line  5496)
* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  7966)
* package, amsmath <6>:                  Dots.              (line  9077)
* package, amsmath <7>:                  Math functions.    (line  9206)
* package, amsmath <8>:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
                                                            (line  9467)
* package, amsmath <9>:                  Colon character & \colon.
                                                            (line  9495)
* package, amsmath <10>:                 Colon character & \colon.
                                                            (line  9499)
* package, amsthm:                       theorem.           (line  5496)
* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 12518)
* package, appendix:                     \appendix.         (line  2414)
* package, array (package):              array.             (line  2936)
* package, Asymptote:                    \line.             (line  4397)
* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 10540)
* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10772)
* package, babel:                        \chapter.          (line  2154)
* package, babel <1>:                    thebibliography.   (line  5286)
* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 12361)
* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 12548)
* package, babel <4>:                    Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12875)
* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 13121)
* package, bigfoot:                      Footnotes of footnotes.
                                                            (line  6373)
* package, bm:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
                                                            (line  9032)
* package, cleveref:                     Cross references.  (line  2683)
* package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.              (line  2796)
* package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6254)
* package, cprotect:                     verbatim.          (line  5563)
* package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.             (line  5621)
* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 12562)
* package, dcolumn:                      array.             (line  2936)
* package, enumitem:                     list.              (line  3880)
* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 13702)
* package, etoolbox:                     Class and package commands.
                                                            (line   953)
* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 12291)
* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line  9675)
* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line  9817)
* package, fancyvrb:                     tabbing.           (line  4845)
* package, fancyvrb <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  5574)
* package, flafter:                      Floats.            (line  1882)
* package, float:                        Floats.            (line  1852)
* package, geometry:                     Document class options.
                                                            (line   698)
* package, geometry <1>:                 Document class options.
                                                            (line   702)
* package, hyperref:                     \footnotemark.     (line  6254)
* package, hyperref <1>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6263)
* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line  9791)
* package, hyperref <3>:                 Command line input.
                                                            (line 14001)
* package, indentfirst:                  \part.             (line  2079)
* package, indentfirst <1>:              \chapter.          (line  2141)
* package, indentfirst <2>:              \section.          (line  2236)
* package, indentfirst <3>:              \subsection.       (line  2302)
* package, indentfirst <4>:              \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                            (line  2379)
* package, indentfirst <5>:              \indent & \noindent.
                                                            (line  7803)
* package, index:                        \index.            (line 13166)
* package, listings:                     tabbing.           (line  4845)
* package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  5568)
* package, listings <2>:                 \verb.             (line  5618)
* package, macros2e:                     \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                            (line  6584)
* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  7966)
* package, mathtools <1>:                Over- and Underlining.
                                                            (line  9305)
* package, mathtools <2>:                \smash.            (line  9423)
* package, mathtools <3>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
                                                            (line  9459)
* package, MetaPost:                     \line.             (line  4397)
* package, mfirstuc:                     Upper and lower case.
                                                            (line 12154)
* package, mhchem:                       Subscripts & superscripts.
                                                            (line  8033)
* package, minted:                       tabbing.           (line  4845)
* package, minted <1>:                   verbatim.          (line  5568)
* package, minted <2>:                   \verb.             (line  5618)
* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 13061)
* package, pict2e:                       \line.             (line  4397)
* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 12361)
* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 12548)
* package, polyglossia <2>:              Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12875)
* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 13121)
* package, PSTricks:                     \line.             (line  4397)
* package, sagetex:                      Command line options.
                                                            (line 13970)
* package, setspace:                     Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1487)
* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 13061)
* package, siunitx:                      ~.                 (line 10270)
* package, symbols:                      Math symbols.      (line  8040)
* package, textcase:                     Upper and lower case.
                                                            (line 12151)
* package, textcomp:                     Font styles.       (line  1326)
* package, TikZ:                         \line.             (line  4397)
* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 10540)
* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10771)
* package, titlesec:                     \part.             (line  2083)
* package, titlesec <1>:                 \chapter.          (line  2162)
* package, titlesec <2>:                 \section.          (line  2240)
* package, titlesec <3>:                 \subsection.       (line  2306)
* package, titlesec <4>:                 \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                            (line  2383)
* package, tocbibbind:                   Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12886)
* package, tocloft:                      Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12886)
* package, ulem:                         Over- and Underlining.
                                                            (line  9275)
* package, url:                          \verb.             (line  5614)
* package, verbatimbox:                  verbatim.          (line  5574)
* packages, loading additional:          Additional packages.
                                                            (line   763)
* page break, forcing:                   \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
                                                            (line  6086)
* page break, preventing:                \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
                                                            (line  6086)
* page breaking:                         Page breaking.     (line  5956)
* page layout parameters:                Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1673)
* page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.          (line  2749)
* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line  9752)
* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line  9894)
* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line  9669)
* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 11312)
* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 13323)
* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line  9534)
* paragraph:                             Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* paragraph <1>:                         \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                            (line  2324)
* paragraph indentation:                 \parindent & \parskip.
                                                            (line  7810)
* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.          (line  4089)
* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line  4675)
* paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote.
                                                            (line  4675)
* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line  9601)
* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 10861)
* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12211)
* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  7708)
* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 10861)
* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  7664)
* parameters, for footnotes:             \footnote.         (line  6174)
* parameters, page layout:               Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1673)
* part:                                  Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* part <1>:                              \part.             (line  2035)
* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  7493)
* PDF graphic files:                     Graphics package configuration.
                                                            (line 11434)
* PDF graphic files <1>:                 \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
* pdflatex command:                      Output files.      (line   445)
* pdfTeX:                                Output files.      (line   445)
* pdfTeX engine:                         TeX engines.       (line   484)
* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line 10127)
* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12313)
* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line 10127)
* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line 10127)
* pica:                                  Units of length.   (line  7493)
* pict2e package:                        \line.             (line  4397)
* pict2e package <1>:                    \line.             (line  4397)
* picture environment:                   picture.           (line  4143)
* pictures, creating:                    picture.           (line  4143)
* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 12211)
* placement of floats:                   Floats.            (line  1831)
* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 13450)
* PNG files:                             Graphics package configuration.
                                                            (line 11434)
* PNG files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
* poetry, an environment for:            verse.             (line  5629)
* Point:                                 Units of length.   (line  7489)
* polish l:                              Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12479)
* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 12361)
* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 12548)
* polyglossia package <2>:               Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12875)
* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 13121)
* portrait orientation:                  Document class options.
                                                            (line   718)
* position, in picture:                  picture.           (line  4214)
* positional parameter:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                            (line  6440)
* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 13234)
* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 13732)
* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 12215)
* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 13230)
* preamble, defined:                     Starting and ending.
                                                            (line   415)
* prompt, *:                             Recovering from errors.
                                                            (line 14060)
* pronunciation:                         Overview.          (line   391)
* PSTricks package:                      \line.             (line  4397)
* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  7489)
* quad:                                  Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9356)
* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 12316)
* quotation environment:                 quotation & quote. (line  4675)
* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 12197)
* quote environment:                     quotation & quote. (line  4675)
* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 12331)
* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 12335)
* quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
                                                            (line  4675)
* quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
                                                            (line  4675)
* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line  9569)
* ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.       (line  3503)
* ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.        (line  3485)
* ragged right text:                     \raggedright.      (line  3452)
* ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.         (line  3424)
* redefining environments:               \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                            (line  6750)
* reference, forward:                    Cross references.  (line  2672)
* references, resolving forward:         Output files.      (line   458)
* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 12338)
* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line  9585)
* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  7837)
* report class:                          Document classes.  (line   635)
* reporting bugs:                        About this document.
                                                            (line   344)
* reserved characters:                   Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12083)
* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 12017)
* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 12048)
* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 12197)
* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12341)
* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12256)
* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 12222)
* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 12322)
* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 12328)
* right-hand equation numbers:           Document class options.
                                                            (line   721)
* right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.       (line  3503)
* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.       (line  3485)
* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 12430)
* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line  9246)
* robust commands:                       \protect.          (line  7028)
* roman font:                            Font styles.       (line  1278)
* root file:                             Splitting the input.
                                                            (line 12576)
* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line  9569)
* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 11949)
* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 11949)
* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 11949)
* row, tabbing:                          tabbing.           (line  4745)
* rubber lengths, defining new:          \newlength.        (line  6700)
* running header and footer:             Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1673)
* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line  9810)
* sagetex package:                       Command line options.
                                                            (line 13970)
* sans serif font:                       Font styles.       (line  1284)
* Scaled point:                          Units of length.   (line  7515)
* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 12017)
* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 12048)
* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line  8988)
* script letters for math:               Font styles.       (line  1272)
* secnumdepth:                           Sectioning.        (line  2012)
* secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.        (line  2013)
* section:                               Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* section <1>:                           \section.          (line  2182)
* section number, cross referencing:     \ref.              (line  2773)
* section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.        (line  2013)
* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 12226)
* section, redefining:                   \@startsection.    (line  2452)
* sectioning commands:                   Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* sectioning, part:                      \part.             (line  2035)
* series, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1417)
* setspace package:                      Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1487)
* setting counters:                      \setcounter.       (line  7298)
* shapes, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1457)
* sharp S letters:                       Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12495)
* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 13061)
* simulating typed text:                 verbatim.          (line  5543)
* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 12197)
* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 12197)
* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 12325)
* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 12219)
* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 12331)
* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 12328)
* siunitx package:                       ~.                 (line 10270)
* sizes of text:                         Font sizes.        (line  1340)
* skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  6700)
* slanted font:                          Font styles.       (line  1287)
* slides class:                          Document classes.  (line   635)
* sloppypar:                             sloppypar.         (line  5879)
* sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.         (line  5879)
* small caps font:                       Font styles.       (line  1281)
* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 13454)
* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  7515)
* space, hard:                           ~.                 (line 10244)
* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line 10040)
* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 10649)
* space, negative thin:                  \thinspace & \negthinspace.
                                                            (line 10300)
* space, thin:                           \thinspace & \negthinspace.
                                                            (line 10300)
* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 10244)
* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 10569)
* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line  9922)
* spaces, ignore around commands:        \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
                                                            (line  7080)
* spacing within math mode:              Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9311)
* spacing, inter-sentence:               \frenchspacing.    (line 10173)
* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 10193)
* spacing, math mode:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
                                                            (line  9429)
* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 12310)
* special characters:                    Reserved characters.
                                                            (line 12083)
* special characters <1>:                Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12449)
* special insertions:                    Special insertions.
                                                            (line 12077)
* specifier, float placement:            Floats.            (line  1831)
* splitting the input file:              Splitting the input.
                                                            (line 12572)
* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line  9569)
* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line  9585)
* star-variants, commands:               \@ifstar.          (line  6598)
* starred form, defining new commands:   \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                            (line  6413)
* starting a new page:                   \newpage.          (line  6028)
* starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
                                                            (line  5987)
* starting and ending:                   Starting and ending.
                                                            (line   399)
* starting on a right-hand page:         \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
                                                            (line  5987)
* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 12215)
* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 12335)
* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 12335)
* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 12331)
* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line 10007)
* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 10620)
* stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.     (line  1662)
* strut:                                 \strut.            (line 10484)
* styles of text:                        Font styles.       (line  1200)
* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line  9669)
* subparagraph:                          Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* subparagraph <1>:                      \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                            (line  2324)
* subscript:                             Subscripts & superscripts.
                                                            (line  7977)
* subsection:                            Sectioning.        (line  1956)
* subsection <1>:                        \subsection.       (line  2260)
* subsubsection:                         \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                            (line  2324)
* superscript:                           Subscripts & superscripts.
                                                            (line  7977)
* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 13458)
* symbols package:                       Math symbols.      (line  8040)
* symbols, boldface:                     \boldmath & \unboldmath.
                                                            (line  9006)
* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  8040)
* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 12172)
* tab stops, using:                      tabbing.           (line  4705)
* tabbing environment:                   tabbing.           (line  4705)
* table environment:                     table.             (line  4854)
* table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline.
                                                            (line 12895)
* table of contents file:                Output files.      (line   468)
* table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings.
                                                            (line  6284)
* table of contents, creating:           Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12801)
* table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.
                                                            (line  2024)
* tables, creating:                      table.             (line  4854)
* tabular environment:                   tabular.           (line  4914)
* template, article:                     article template.  (line 14118)
* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 14087)
* template, book:                        book template.     (line 14138)
* template, book <1>:                    Larger book template.
                                                            (line 14161)
* template, TUGboat:                     tugboat template.  (line 14211)
* templates, document:                   Document templates.
                                                            (line 14080)
* terminal input/output:                 Terminal input/output.
                                                            (line 13791)
* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 12229)
* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 12172)
* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 12017)
* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 12048)
* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 12017)
* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 12048)
* textcase package:                      Upper and lower case.
                                                            (line 12151)
* textcomp package:                      Font styles.       (line  1326)
* textcomp package <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 12172)
* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line  9732)
* thebibliography environment:           thebibliography.   (line  5239)
* theorem environment:                   theorem.           (line  5474)
* theorem-like environment:              \newtheorem.       (line  6884)
* theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.       (line  6884)
* theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.           (line  5474)
* thin space:                            Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9337)
* thin space <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
                                                            (line 10300)
* thin space, negative:                  Spacing in math mode.
                                                            (line  9351)
* thin space, negative <1>:              \thinspace & \negthinspace.
                                                            (line 10300)
* thorn, Icelandic letter:               Additional Latin letters.
                                                            (line 12499)
* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 12344)
* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 10244)
* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 12436)
* TikZ package:                          \line.             (line  4397)
* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 10540)
* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10771)
* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 12401)
* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9249)
* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12235)
* title page, separate or run-in:        Document class options.
                                                            (line   729)
* title pages, creating:                 titlepage.         (line  5504)
* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line  9739)
* titlepage environment:                 titlepage.         (line  5504)
* titlepage option:                      Document class options.
                                                            (line   707)
* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line  9681)
* titlesec package:                      \part.             (line  2083)
* titlesec package <1>:                  \chapter.          (line  2162)
* titlesec package <2>:                  \section.          (line  2240)
* titlesec package <3>:                  \subsection.       (line  2306)
* titlesec package <4>:                  \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                            (line  2383)
* tocbibbind package:                    Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12886)
* tocdepth:                              Sectioning.        (line  2023)
* tocdepth counter:                      Sectioning.        (line  2024)
* tocloft package:                       Table of contents etc..
                                                            (line 12886)
* today's date:                          \today.            (line 12541)
* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 12513)
* topmargin:                             Page layout parameters.
                                                            (line  1792)
* topnumber:                             Floats.            (line  1938)
* topnumber <1>:                         Floats.            (line  1939)
* totalnumber:                           Floats.            (line  1942)
* totalnumber <1>:                       Floats.            (line  1943)
* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12347)
* transcript file:                       Output files.      (line   453)
* TrueType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   477)
* TUGboat template:                      tugboat template.  (line 14211)
* two-column output:                     \twocolumn.        (line  1534)
* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 12350)
* twocolumn option:                      Document class options.
                                                            (line   736)
* twoside option:                        Document class options.
                                                            (line   736)
* type styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1200)
* typed text, simulating:                verbatim.          (line  5543)
* typeface sizes:                        Font sizes.        (line  1340)
* typefaces:                             Fonts.             (line  1194)
* typewriter font:                       Font styles.       (line  1290)
* typewriter labels in lists:            description.       (line  3064)
* ulem package:                          Over- and Underlining.
                                                            (line  9275)
* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 12378)
* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 12406)
* underlining:                           Over- and Underlining.
                                                            (line  9266)
* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12353)
* Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.       (line   477)
* units, of length:                      Units of length.   (line  7485)
* unofficial nature of this manual:      About this document.
                                                            (line   340)
* unordered lists:                       itemize.           (line  3528)
* uppercase:                             Upper and lower case.
                                                            (line 12115)
* url package:                           \verb.             (line  5614)
* using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.      (line  5416)
* usrguide official documentation:       About this document.
                                                            (line   359)
* UTF-8:                                 TeX engines.       (line   477)
* variables, a list of:                  Counters.          (line  7155)
* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line  9252)
* verbatim environment:                  verbatim.          (line  5543)
* verbatim text:                         verbatim.          (line  5543)
* verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.             (line  5582)
* verbatimbox package:                   verbatim.          (line  5574)
* verse environment:                     verse.             (line  5629)
* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12247)
* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12244)
* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line  9623)
* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 10569)
* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 10649)
* vertical space before paragraphs:      \parindent & \parskip.
                                                            (line  7810)
* vertical spacing:                      \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
                                                            (line  9429)
* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.            (line  9368)
* visible space:                         \verb.             (line  5607)
* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12356)
* weights, of fonts:                     Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1427)
* white space:                           Spaces.            (line  9922)
* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9255)
* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9258)
* widths, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
                                                            (line  1439)
* writing external files:                filecontents.      (line  3373)
* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 13494)
* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  7517)
* xdvi command:                          Output files.      (line   435)
* xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.       (line   510)
* xelatex command:                       TeX engines.       (line   510)
* XeTeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   510)
* xindy:                                 makeindex.         (line 13333)
* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 13333)